CENTRAL CIRCULATION BOOKSTACKS 
 
 The person charging this material is re- 
 sponsible for its renewal or its return to 
 the library from which it was borrowed 
 on or before the Latest Date stamped 
 below. You may be charged a minimum 
 fee of $75.00 for eacli lost booic. 
 
 llMft, mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons 
 for disciplinary action cuid may result In dismissal from 
 the University. 
 TO RENEW CALL TELEPHONE CENTER, 333-8400 
 
 UNIVEKSITY OF IlLINOIS lIBItARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 
 
 OCT 3 1 1995 
 OCT 'i 1995 
 
 When renewing by phone, write new due date below 
 previous due date. L162 
 
5\0 
 
 BOOKSTACKS- 
 DOCUMENTS 
 
 Rural Electrification Administration 
 Telephone Operations Manual 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 Issue No. 2 
 January 1980 
 
 TELEPHONE TARIFF 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 1 . GENERAL 
 
 2. APPROVAL 
 
 3. ORGANIZATION 
 
 4. USE 
 
 EXHIBIT A 
 
 1. GENERAL 
 
 0£^. 
 
 
 
 1.1 This section of the manual presents a model tariff which 
 may be used as a guide by REA telephone borrowers for 
 assistance in preparing or revising their own tariffs. 
 
 1.2 An accurate, current and complete tariff is a basic 
 requirement for a well-managed telephone system, since it 
 establishes a written record of the telephone services 
 regularly offered to the public, the regulations under 
 which such services are offered, and the rates applicable 
 to each service. It enables uniformity of action 
 throughout the organization and prevents discrimination 
 between customers. 
 
 1.3 Due to recent regulatory changes, and subsequent legal 
 decisions, it is incumbent upon the management of the 
 company to assure that the company's tariff is in full 
 compliance with current federal and state requirements. 
 
 2 . APPROVAL 
 
 2.1 Newly established tariffs as well as all revisions to 
 
 existing tariffs should be adopted by re/solution of the 
 board of directors. 
 
 2.2 If the telephone organization's rates are under the 
 jurisdiction of a public regulatory body, authorization 
 from the body must be obtained to make the tariff or any 
 of its revisions effective. 
 
 2.3 Proposed tariffs should be reviewed by legal counsel for 
 the borrower, to insure that they conform to all applic- 
 able State laws and with the terms of the loan contract 
 and the mortgage. 
 
Rural Electrification Administration TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 Telephone Operations Manual Issue No. 2 
 
 3. ORGANIZATION 
 
 3.1 Organization of a tariff conveniently falls into six 
 parts, namely: 
 
 (1) Definition of Terms . Explanation of language utili - 
 lized throughout the remainder of the tariff, 
 
 (2) General Rules and Regulations . \^ich includes the 
 Obligation of the Company, Liability of the Company , 
 Use of Service and Facilities, the Establishment and 
 Furnishing of Service, Credit Requirements and 
 Allowances and Payment Arrangements. 
 
 (3) General Exchange Service Tariffs . These are indivi- 
 dual tariffs including Rates and Charges for 
 Telephone Company Provided Services. Included in 
 this part are Extension Services, Key Equipment, 
 Centrex and PBX Services, Service Charges, a 
 Provision for Customer-Provided Equipment, Private 
 Line Service, Touch-Tone® Calling Service, etc. 
 
 (4) Local Exchange Service Tariffs . \^ich includes rates 
 for Local Telephone Service in each exchange area; a 
 map showing the base rate for each area and boundary 
 of each exchange; and seperate tariffs for Public 
 and Semi-Public Telephone Service, and for Foreign 
 Exchange Service and Joint User Service. 
 
 (5) Message Toll Telephone Service Tariff . This is a 
 concurrence between the company and the A.T.& T. 
 operating subsidiary (or other company as appropriate) 
 which provides for connection of the company's 
 customers to the Nationwide Toll Network. This 
 concurrence is to the Standard Toll Rates, Rules and 
 Regulations for the provision of such service. 
 
 (6) Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS) . This 
 also is a concurrence between the company and the 
 appropriate connecting company for the Rates, Rules 
 and Regulations for the provision of WATS Service, 
 
 3.2 Although the sample. Exhibit A, shows printing on both 
 sides of the paper, it is suggested that the issued 
 copies be printed on one side to permit easy revisions 
 and/or additions at a future date. First presentations 
 should be labeled as such, i.e.. Part I, Original Sheet 
 No. 1. First amended or revised sheets may be captioned: 
 Part I, 1st Revised Sheet 1; and further replacement 
 sheets numbered in sequence. 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A,T.& T. Co. 
 
> 
 
 Rural Electrification Administration TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 Telephone Operations Manual Issue No. 2 
 
 3. ORGANIZATION (cont'd) 
 
 3.3 Borrower's subject to the jurisdiction of regulatory 
 
 bodies should consult such body relative to requirements 
 and prepare the tariff in accordance with the required 
 format 
 
 4. USE 
 
 4.1 Exhibit A is furnished solely as a sample for information 
 purposes. It demonstrates a pattern of tariff which is 
 currently being used successfully, but can not be 
 followed verbatim by any boi^*ower, as requirements vary. 
 Every item in tliis may not be applicable or required by 
 all systems. 
 
 4.2 Any rates shown in Exhibit A are for informational 
 puposes only. They are not to be construed as rates 
 recommended by REA. 
 
 4.3 Exhibit A contains many individual "Notes" for informa- 
 tional purposes only. Care must be taken to insure that 
 these "Notes" are not included in the filed tariff. 
 
 4.4 The needs of a particular system should dictate the items 
 to be included. Each item should be tailored to fit the 
 needs of each borrower in accordance with State laws eind 
 other pertinent factors^ Also, the Model Tariff is not 
 to be considered all - inclusive, because some systems 
 may have special requirements that necessitate particular 
 treatment not covered in this model. 
 
 4.5 For those services not presently offered by the company, 
 the tariff sections covering those services should not be 
 included in the company's filed tariff, as they may be 
 misconstrued by the customers as being available. 
 
 Management however should review the entire Exhibit A to 
 determine which services not presently offered could be 
 made available to the company's customers to enhance the 
 quality of their service i.e. Farm Interphone Systems, 
 Custom Calling Services, School-To-Home Service, etc. 
 
 4.6 Copies of the tariff should be filed with public regula- 
 tory bodies, as required. Copies also should be maintained 
 in the business office and each attended exchange office 
 for inspection by the public and made available for 
 accounting, commercial, traffic, and plant employees, as 
 necessary. 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 EXHIBIT A 
 
 MODEL 
 
 TELEPHONE TARIFF 
 COVERING 
 LOCAL, GENERAL 
 AND 
 TOLL SERVICE 
 
 This Model tariff is furnished solely for information 
 purposes to demonstrate a pattern which is currently being 
 used successfully by operating telephone companies. It 
 should not be used verbatim but should be tailored to meet 
 the conditions of each borrower in accordance with state laws 
 and other pertinent factors. 
 
TOH SECTION 1510 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 COMPANY 
 ADDRESS 
 
 TARIFFS 
 
 PART NO. I DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 PART NO. II GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 PART NO. Ill GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART NO. IV LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART NO. V MESSAGE TOLL TELEPHONE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART NO. VI WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICE (WATS) TARIFFS 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -A- 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 Abuse or Fraudulent Use of Service 
 
 Access to Customer Premises 
 
 Accessories; Customer Provided 
 
 Adapters 
 
 Additional Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 
 Adjustment for Certain Taxes & Fees 
 
 Adjustment of Charges 
 
 Advance Construction (See Construction Charges) 
 
 Advance Payments (See Deposits) 
 
 Advance Wiring (See Pre-Wiring) 
 
 Aerial to Underground Construction Changes 
 
 Allowance for Customer-Provided Instruments 
 
 Allowance for Interruption of Service 
 
 Alphabetical Listing of Exchanges 
 
 Alterations on Customer's Premises 
 
 Alternate Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 
 Amplifier Telephone Equipment 
 
 Applicant Deposits (See Deposits) 
 
 Application of Business Rates 
 
 Applications of Residence Rates 
 
 Application of Tariff 
 
 Applications for Service 
 
 Attachments , Cus tomer-Prov ided 
 
 Audible Signals (See Auxiliary Signal Equipment) 
 
 Automatic Answering & Recording Service 
 
 Automatic Dialing Equipment 
 
 Auxiliary Signaling Equipment 
 
 Auxiliary Touch-Tone® Dials 
 
 Availability of Facilities 
 
 -B- 
 
 Billing 
 
 Booths 
 
 Break Rotary Hunt Arrangements 
 
 Business Interphone System 
 
 Business Rate Application 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 
 D 
 
 2 
 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 Ill 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 
 G 
 
 37 
 
 
 C 
 
 16 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 
 G 
 
 32 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 
 C 
 
 11 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 
 E 
 
 30 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 
 F 
 
 32 
 
 IV 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 IV 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 
 A 
 
 8 
 
 
 E 
 
 23 
 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 24 
 
 5 
 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 
 C 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 — Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Addr e ss 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 -c- 
 
 
 
 
 
 Calling Area, Local 
 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 Call Forwarding, (See Custom Calling 
 
 Services) 
 
 III 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 Call Waiting, (See Custom Calling Services) 
 
 III 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 Cancellation of Service, for cause 
 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 Centrex Service 
 
 
 III 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 Centrex Dormitory Service 
 
 
 III 
 
 2a 
 
 1 
 
 Centrex Custom Calling Service 
 
 
 III 
 
 2b 
 
 1 
 
 Changes from Aerial to Underground Facilities 
 
 
 
 
 (See Construction Charges) 
 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 Changes in Exchange Group Classification 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 Charges: 
 
 
 
 
 
 Adjustment of 
 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 16 
 
 Change (See Wiring) 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 Collection 
 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 Construction 
 
 
 IV 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 Cord 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 Denied Service Restoral 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 Dishonored Check 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 Directory Assistance 
 
 
 III 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 Installation 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 Jack 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 
 Line Connection 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 Line Extension 
 
 
 III 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 Maintenance Visit 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 Miscellaneous 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 Overtime 
 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 9 
 
 Pre-Installed Wiring 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 Premise Visit 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 Message Unit 
 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 Move (See Wiring) 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 Restoral of Service 
 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 Returned Checks 
 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 Service 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 Service Order Processing 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 4 
 
 Service Re connect ion 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 By 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 1 
 
 No. 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 -C- (cont'd) 
 
 Charges (cont'd) 
 
 Station Change 
 
 Station Handling 
 
 Suspended Service Restoration 
 
 Wiring 
 
 Zone ' 
 
 Classification of Exchanges by Rate Groups 
 Collection Charges 
 Compact Telephone 
 Complaints, Customer 
 
 Concealed Wiring (See Construction Charges) 
 Connecting Company Lines (See Use of) 
 Connection with Customer Provided Facilities 
 Construction: 
 
 Charges 
 
 General Regulations 
 
 Provided by the Customer 
 
 Special Construction 
 Contract Periods 
 
 Directory 
 
 Service 
 Conduit and Trenching 
 Cords 
 Credit 
 
 Allowances 
 
 Establishment of 
 
 Failure to Maintain 
 
 For Use of Customer Provided Instruments 
 Custom Calling Services 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 9 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 14 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 13 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 24 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 25 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 32 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 30 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 31 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 32 
 
 III 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -C- (cont'd) 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 Customer 
 
 Billing 
 
 Complaints 
 
 Relations 
 
 Use of Service 
 Customer Provided Equipment (See Interconnection with) III 
 Customer Provided Equipment - Credit for 
 Cut-off, Exclusion & Transfer Arrangements 
 
 -D- 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 14 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 13 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 32 
 
 II 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 Data Jacks (See Jack and Plug Equipment) 
 
 Data Services and Equipment 
 
 Defacement of Premises 
 
 Deferred Payment Plan 
 
 Definitions of Terms 
 
 Denial of Services 
 
 Denied Service Restoral Charge 
 
 Deposits 
 
 Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement 
 
 Dishonored Check Charge 
 
 Directories 
 
 Distribution 
 
 Errors and Omissions 
 
 Listings 
 
 Ownership 
 Directory Assistance Service 
 Directory Listings 
 Discontinuance of Service 
 
 At the Customer's Request(See Suspension of Service) 
 
 By the Company - For Violation of Regulations 
 
 For Failure to Establish Credit 
 
 For Nonpayment of Service 
 Discounts 
 Duplicate Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 30 
 
 III 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 16 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 15 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 1-42 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 32 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 32 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 29 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 12 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 29 
 
 III 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 31 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 III 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 # 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 -E- 
 
 Electric Power at the Customers Premise 
 Elevator Telephones 
 
 Employee's Telephone Service (See Discounts) 
 Enterprise Service (Special Reverse Charge 
 
 Toll Service) 
 Equipment 
 
 Ownership of 
 
 Tampering With 
 Establishment of Credit 
 Establishment and Furnishing of Service 
 Exchange Area Maps 
 Exclusion Arrangements 
 
 Exchange Line Mileage (See Mileage Charges) 
 Exchange Rate Schedules 
 Exchange Service Rates 
 Explanation of Symbols 
 Explosive Atmosphere Telephones 
 Extension and Tie Lines 
 
 Extension of Facilities (See Line Extensions) 
 Extension Service 
 
 Extension Line Mileage (See Mileage Charges) 
 Extra Exchange Line Mileage (See Mileage Charges) 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 27 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 III 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 30 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 23 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 III 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 III 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 -F- 
 
 Facilities 
 
 Availability of 
 
 Change of (See Rearrangement of 
 
 existing Construction) 
 Entrance on Private Property (See Access to 
 
 Customer's Premises) 
 Extension of (See Line Extension Charges) 
 Maintenance and Repair of 
 Move or Rearrangement of 
 New Construction of (See Construction Charges) 
 
 II 
 
 III 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 III 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 # 
 
 -F- (cont'd) 
 
 Facilities (cont'd) 
 
 Unusual Installation of (See Special Construction) 
 
 Use of 
 Farm Interphone System 
 Floor Space at the Customers Premise 
 Foreign Attachments 
 Foreign Exchange Service 
 
 Foreign Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 Foul Language 
 Fraudulent Use of Service 
 Furnishing of Service 
 
 Obligation of the Telephone Company 
 
 Party Line Service 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 27 
 
 IV 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 C 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 19 
 
 -G- 
 
 Governmental Objections to Service 
 Group Rate Schedules 
 
 -H- 
 
 Home Interphone System 
 
 Home-To-School Service (See Portable Conference 
 
 Telephones) 
 
 Hospital Interphone System 
 
 Hotel/Motel Service (See PABX Service) 
 
 II 
 IV 
 
 III 
 
 D 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 45 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 III 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 # 
 
 -I- 
 
 Impersonation of Another 
 
 Indemnifying Agreement 
 
 Indiscriminate Use of Facilities 
 
 Information to Customers 
 
 Initial Contract Periods 
 
 Inside Wiring 
 
 Installation Charges (See Service Charges) 
 
 Installation, Maintenance and Repairs 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 25 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 Charges) 
 
 
 
 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 1 
 
 lirs 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 No. 
 
 
 Stat 
 
 e 
 
 P. 
 
 .S. 
 
 .C. 
 
 
 
 
 Ti 
 
 t: 
 
 le 
 
 
 
 
 Address 
 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -I- (cont'd) 
 
 Installment Payment on Deposits 
 Interconnection with Customer-Provided 
 
 Equipment Systems 
 Interest on Deposits (See Deposits) 
 Interruptions of Service, Allowance for 
 
 -J- 
 
 Jack & Key Equipment 
 Jack & Key Plug Equipment 
 Jack Equipped Telephones 
 Joint User Service 
 
 -K- 
 
 Key Telephone Service (See Multi-Line) 
 
 -L- 
 
 Liability of the Company 
 
 Limitations and Use of Service 
 
 Limited Communications 
 
 Line Connection Charge 
 
 Line Extension Charges 
 
 Listening in on Party Line Conversations 
 
 Local Calling Areas 
 
 Local Exchange Service 
 
 Local Exchange Service Rates 
 
 Local Service Rate Groups 
 
 Local Service Rates 
 
 Long Distance Message Restriction 
 
 Loudspeaker Conference Arrangement 
 
 Loudspeaker Paging Systems 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 II 
 
 III 
 
 17 
 
 34 
 
 III 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 34 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 11 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 26 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 30 
 
 IV 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 22 
 
 HI 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 III 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 21 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 31 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 32 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 33 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -M- 
 
 Maintenance and Repair 
 
 Maintenance of Customer Provided Apparatus 
 
 Maintenance Visit Charge 
 
 Make-Busy Arrangements 
 
 Message Register Equipment 
 
 Message Restriction (See Long Distance Message 
 
 Restriction) 
 Message Toll Service 
 Message Unit Charges 
 Mileage Charges 
 Minimum Contract Period 
 Miscellaneous Service Arrangements 
 Mobile Telephone Service 
 Multi-Line (Key) Telephone Service 
 Municipality Payments, Adjustments for 
 
 -N- 
 
 Noise Cancelling Telephone Equipment 
 Non-Listed Directory Listing 
 Non-Listed Telephone Service 
 Nonpublished Directory Listing 
 Nonpublished Telephone Service 
 Non-standard Telephones 
 Nuisance Calls 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 III 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 14 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 36 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 37 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 31 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 11 
 
 III 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 25 
 
 III 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 16 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 37 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 39 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 -0- 
 
 Obligation and Liability of the Telephone Company 
 Obligation to Establish Identity 
 Obscene Language 
 Obstructing Service of Others 
 Operator Sets 
 Outdoor Telephones 
 
 Overbilling, Adjustment For (See Adjustment 
 
 of Charges) 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 II 
 
 c 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 42 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 44 
 
 II 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 16 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -0- (cont'd) 
 
 Overtime Charge 
 Ownership and Use of 
 
 Di rectories 
 
 Equipment 
 
 Telephone Numbers 
 
 -P- 
 
 Panel Telephones 
 
 Party Line Service, Use of 
 
 Pay Telephone Services (See Public Telephone Service) 
 
 Payment Arrangements 
 
 Payment For Service 
 
 Payment Plans; Two-Tier 
 
 Payments, Advance 
 
 P.B.X. (See Private Branch Exchange) 
 
 P.B.X. Station Mileage (See Mileage Charges) 
 
 Penalty on Bil 1 
 
 Personal Signaling Services, (See Radio Paging 
 
 Service) 
 
 Phone Store Service 
 
 Portable Conference Telephones 
 
 Premise Visit Charge 
 
 Premises 
 
 Al terations 
 
 Defacement of 
 
 Right of Access to Customer's 
 Pre-Instal led Wiring 
 Pre-Instal led Wiring Charges 
 Primary Directory Listing 
 Private Branch Exchange Service 
 Private Line Service 
 Profane Language 
 Provision and Ownership of: 
 
 Di rectories 
 
 Equipment 
 
 Telephone Numbers 
 Public Telephone Service 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 29 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 29 
 
 II 
 
 I 
 
 IV 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 IV 
 
 24 
 D 
 4 
 G 
 G 
 G 
 F 
 19 
 14 
 G 
 
 21 
 18 
 24 
 22 
 
 E 
 
 C 
 
 D 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 7 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 D 
 
 E 
 D 
 E 
 4 
 
 44 
 19 
 19 
 32 
 35 
 37 
 32 
 1 
 1 
 36 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 45 
 
 5 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 17 
 29 
 19 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By_ 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -R- 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 Radio Paging Service 
 Rate Determination 
 Rate Groups 
 
 Rate Schedules, Exchange 
 Rearrangements of: 
 
 Dropwire, Outside Circuit and/or Protector 
 
 Existing Construction 
 Reconnection of Service (See Restoration) 
 Reference Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 Refunds for Aid to Construction 
 Refusal of Service 
 Regulations, Violations of 
 Repair and Maintenance 
 Resale of Service 
 Reserved Telephone Numbers 
 Residence Rate Application 
 
 Responsibility of Telephone Company (See Obligation 
 
 & Liability of) 
 Restoral of Service Charge 
 Restricted Listings (See Directory Listings) 
 Returned Checks 
 
 Right of Access to Customer's Premises 
 Right-of-Way 
 Rotary Hunt (See Trunk Hunting Service Arrangements) 
 
 -S- 
 
 School-to-Home Service (See Portable Conference 
 
 Telephones) 
 Seasonal Service (See Suspension of Service) 
 Semi-Public Telephone Service 
 Service Charges 
 
 Service Order Processing Charge 
 Service Reconnection Charge (See Service Charges) 
 Signal Equipment (See Auxil iary Signal Equipment) 
 Set Recovery Plan 
 
 III 
 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 13 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 31 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 30 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 21 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 47 
 
 IV 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 III 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 II 
 
 G 
 
 36 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 17 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 47 
 
 III 
 III 
 
 IV 
 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 
 24 
 25 
 3 
 22 
 22 
 22 
 24 
 23 
 
 45 
 1 
 
 17 
 1 
 4 
 
 14 
 6 
 1 
 
 f 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 Speakerphones 
 
 Special Construction 
 
 Special Equipment & Service Arrangements 
 
 Special Services and Facilities 
 
 Speed Calling, (See Custom Calling Services) 
 
 Station Handling Charges (See Service Charges) 
 
 Subscriber Owned Terminal Equipment: 
 (See Customer-Provided Instruments) 
 (See Interconnection with Customer-Provided 
 Equipment System) 
 
 Supplemental Equipment 
 
 Suspended Service Restoral Charge 
 
 Suspension of Service 
 
 -T- 
 
 Tampering with Equipment 
 
 Tax Adjustments 
 
 Telephone Directories (See Provision and 
 
 Ownership of) 
 Telephone Numbers(See Provisions and Ownership of) 
 Telephone Number Changes - Company's Rights 
 Telephone Number Change Charge (See Service Charges) 
 Temporary Construction 
 
 Temporary Service (See Temporary Construction) 
 Termination of Service 
 
 Termination of Service - Two-Tier Plan (See PABX 
 
 Service) 
 Three-way Calling (See Custom Calling Service) 
 Tie Lines, (See Extension & Tie Lines) 
 Toll Service 
 
 Touch-Tone Calling Service 
 Transfer Arangements 
 Transmitting Messages 
 Trunk Hunting Service Arrangements 
 Two-Tier Payment Plans 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 III 
 III 
 II 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 
 II 
 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 III 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 II 
 II 
 
 II 
 II 
 
 I 
 II 
 
 I 
 
 24 
 3 
 E 
 3 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 D 
 
 12 
 24 
 22 
 25 
 
 E 
 G 
 
 E 
 E 
 E 
 22 
 3 
 3 
 E 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 26 
 24 
 
 C 
 
 24 
 
 G 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 46 
 
 5 
 
 30 
 
 2 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 37 
 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 12 
 9 
 9 
 25 
 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 47 
 
 37 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 12 
 
 GENERAL INDEX 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -U- 
 
 PART SECTION SHEET 
 
 Unauthorized Attachments or Connections 
 
 Underground Facilities 
 
 Unpaid Accounts 
 
 Undertaking of the Company 
 
 Unusual Installation Costs (See Special Construction) 
 
 Use of Connecting Company Lines 
 
 Use of Customer Service 
 
 Use of Facilities, Indiscriminate 
 
 Use of Party Line Service 
 
 Use of Profane Language 
 
 Use of Service for Unlawful Purposes 
 
 -V- 
 
 Vacation Rates (See Suspension of Service) 
 Vertical Services (See Custom Calling Service) 
 Violation of Regulations 
 
 Visual Signals (See Auxiliary Signal Equipment) 
 Voice Jacks (See Jack and Plug Equipment) 
 
 -W- 
 
 Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS) 
 Wiring Charges (See Service Charges) 
 Work Performed Outside Regular Hours 
 
 -Z- 
 
 III 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 IV 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 II 
 
 F 
 
 32 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 11 
 
 III 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 II 
 
 C 
 
 13 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 IV 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 20 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 22 
 
 III 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 18 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 III 
 
 24 
 
 29 
 
 VI 
 
 — 
 
 3 
 
 III 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 II 
 
 E 
 
 28 
 
 # 
 
 Zone Charges 
 
 IV 
 
 11 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 t 
 
COMPANY 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 PART I 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 Schedule of 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 Applying to the Intrastate Services and Facilities 
 of the Company in State 
 
 » 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No . 
 
 Addre ss 
 
 » 
 
p 
 
 t 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET __2 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 Sheet No . 
 
 TITLE PAGE 1 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 
 
 SUBJECT INDEX 3 
 
 DEFINITIONS 11 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 Subject 
 
 Additional Listing 
 
 Adjacent Central Office Districts 
 
 Airline Mileage 
 
 Answering Device 
 
 Applicant 
 
 Authorized User 
 
 Base Rate 
 
 Base Rate Area 
 
 Building 
 
 Business Service 
 
 Call 
 
 Cent ra 1 Office 
 
 CENTREX Service 
 
 Change Charge 
 
 Channel 
 
 Circuit 
 
 Class of Service 
 
 Coin Telephone Service-See "Public Telephone Service" 12 
 
 Collect Call 13 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Add re s s 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 # 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 Subject 
 
 Commi ss 1 on 
 
 Commi s s ions 
 
 Common Battery Service 
 
 Communications System 
 
 Comp any 
 
 Connecting Arrangement 
 
 Connecting Company 
 
 Connection Charge 
 
 Connec tor 
 
 Construction Charge 
 
 Continuous Property 
 
 Contract 
 
 Cord/Cordless 
 
 Cordless Switchboard 
 
 Cost 
 
 Cus tome r 
 
 Customer Trouble Report 
 
 Data Access Arrangement 
 
 Dial Switching Equipment 
 
 Directory Listing 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 ^^ W*<ft« ' — 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 13 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 14 
 15 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Titl e 
 
 Ad d i e s s 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOn SECTION 1510 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 Subject 
 Drop Pole 
 Drop Wi re 
 
 Electronic Automatic Private Branch Exchange 
 Emergency 
 
 Enterprise Service 
 Entrance Facilities 
 EPABX 
 
 Equipment Work Charge 
 Exchange 
 Exchange Area 
 Exchange Line 
 
 Exchange Service 
 
 Exchange Service Area - See "Exchange Area" 
 
 Exchange Station 
 
 Extended Area Service 
 
 Extension and PBX Station Mileage 
 
 Ex t ens i on Bell 
 
 Extension Line 
 
 Extension Station - See "Telephone Station" 
 
 Extra Exchange Line Mileage 
 
 Extra Listing - See "Additional Listing" 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 SHEET NO 
 
 15 
 15 
 EAPBX 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 16 
 16 
 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 16 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 IN ame 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 Subject 
 Facilities 
 Flat Rate Service 
 Foreign Attachment 
 Foreign Central Office 
 
 Foreign Equipment - See "Foreign Attachment" 
 Foreign Exchange Line Mileage 
 Foreign Exchange Service 
 Grade of Service 
 Headset 
 
 Individual Line 
 Initial Service Period 
 Installation Charge 
 Instrumentalities 
 Intercommunicating System 
 Jack and Plug Equipment 
 Joint User Service 
 Key Sy s t em 
 
 Key System Equipment 
 Key System Trunk, 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 Key Telephone Set 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 17 
 18 
 18 
 18 
 18 
 18 
 . 18 
 18 
 18 
 19 
 19 
 19 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 f 
 
 Title 
 
 Addre s s 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 Subject 
 
 SHEET NO 
 
 Line Extension 19 
 
 Line Finder - See "Switch" 19 
 
 Local Call 19 
 
 Local Calling Area 19 
 
 Local Channel 19 
 
 Local Exchange Service 19 
 
 Local Message 19 
 
 Local Service Area 19 
 
 Local Service Charge 19 
 
 Locality Rate 19 
 
 Long Distance Message - See "Toll Message" 20 
 
 Long Distance Terminal - See " Telephone Station" 20 
 
 Loop 20 
 
 Main Station - See "Telephone Station" 20 
 
 Message 20 
 
 Mileage 20 
 Minimum Contract Period-See "Initial Service Period" 20 
 
 Mobile Home Park 20 
 
 Mobile Telephone Service 20 
 
 Morse Channel 20 
 
 Move Charge 20 
 
 Multi-Party Line 21 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 By 
 
 Nane ' — 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 T itle 
 
 Address" 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 Sub j ec t 
 
 New Subscriber 
 
 Non-recurring Charge 
 
 Normal Central Office 
 
 Operator's Set 
 
 Paging Systems - See "Radio Paging Systems" 
 
 Party Line - See "Multi-Party Line" 
 
 PBX - An abbreviation for Private Branch Exchange 
 
 Portable Telephone Set 
 
 P r emi s e s 
 
 Private Automatic Branch Exchange - PABX 
 
 Private Branch Exchange System 
 
 Private Branch Exchange Telephone 
 
 Private Branch Exchange Trunks 
 
 Private L ine 
 
 Public Telephone Service 
 
 Radio Paging Systems 
 
 Residence Service < 
 
 Ro omi ng House 
 
 Rural Area 
 ISSUED 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 24 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Title 
 
 Addres s 
 
 P 
 
I 
 
 • 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART 1 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 Sub j ec t 
 
 Same Building 
 Same Pr emi s e s 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 24 
 24 
 
 S.C.C.-An abbreviation for Service Connection Charge 24 
 
 Selector- See "Switch" 
 
 Semi-public Telephone 
 
 Service Charge - See "Service Connection Charge" 
 
 Service Connection Charge 
 
 Serving Central Office 
 
 Station - See "Telephone Station" 
 
 Subscriber - See "Customer" 
 
 Supersedure 
 
 Supplemental Base Rate Area - See "Locality Rate' 
 
 S wi t ch 
 
 Switchboard - See "PBX System" 
 
 Tariff 
 
 Telephone Company - See "Company" 
 
 Telephone Service 
 
 Telephone Station 
 
 Teletypewriter 
 
 Temporary Service 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 24 
 24 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 27 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By . _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 Subject 
 
 Termination Charge 
 
 Termination of Service 
 
 Tie Line 
 
 Tie Line Mileage 
 
 Toll Call 
 
 Toll Center 
 
 Toll Line 
 
 Toll Message 
 
 Toll Rate 
 
 Toll Rate Center 
 
 Toll Service 
 
 Touch Phone Calling Service 
 
 Trunk Hunting Service 
 
 Trunk Line 
 
 Underground Service Connection 
 
 Utility - See "Company, 
 
 Vacation Service 
 
 Wiring Plan 
 
 Zone Rates 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 SHEET NO 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 
 28 
 28 
 2 9 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 # 
 
 Title 
 
 Addre ss 
 
COMPANY 
 
 9 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET U 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 ADDITIONAL LISTING - Any listing of a name or other 
 authorized information in connection with a customer's 
 telephone number in addition to that to which he is entitled 
 in connection with his regular service. 
 
 ADJACENT CENTRAL OFFICE DISTRICTS - Central office districts 
 which have a common boundary at any point. 
 
 AIRLINE MILEAGE 
 locations . 
 
 - The shortest distance between two 
 
 » 
 
 ANSWERING DEVICE - Denotes a device which automatically 
 answers incoming calls; transmits a pre-recorded voice 
 message or appropriate audible signal to the calling party; 
 records a voice message from the calling party, if so desig- 
 nated and arranged; and automatically disconnects from the 
 line in a prearranged manner on completion of the last of the 
 functions for which it is designed and arranged as described 
 in this paragraph. The answering device may include remote 
 interrogation and/or device function control. 
 
 APPLICANT - An individual or business making application to 
 the Company for telephone service. 
 
 AUTHORIZED USER - A person, firm or corporation (other than 
 the customer) on whose premises a telephone, Private Branch 
 Exchange, or private line service or channel is located and 
 who may communicate over such channels in accordance with the 
 terms of the tariff. 
 
 BASE RATE - A rate for urban grades of exchange service 
 available to customers located within a base rate area. 
 
 BASE RATE AREA - The portion or portions within each exchange 
 area, as set forth in the company's filed tariff, in which 
 base rate area rates for urban grades of lines without mile- 
 age or zone charges apply. Urban grades of exchange lines 
 within this area are offered at rates that do not vary with 
 the distance from the central office or exchange rate center. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 J 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 12 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 BUILDING - See Same Building. 
 
 BUSINESS SERVICE - Telecommunications service provided a 
 customer where the actual or obvious predominant use is of a 
 business, professional, institutional or otherwise occupa- 
 t ional nature . 
 
 CALL - A telephone message attempted by a Customer, 
 
 CENTRAL OFFICE - A circuit directly connecting an individual 
 or party line main station, private branch exchange switch- 
 board or an intercommunicating system with a central office. 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE - See definitions in Part III, Section 2. 
 
 CHANGE CHARGE - The charge a customer is required to pay for 
 a substitution of a different type of telephone station or a 
 rearrangement of equipment or wiring, or change of directory 
 listing which does not involve a change in premises. 
 
 CHANNEL - A path for communication between two or more 
 stations, or central offices, furnished in such a manner as 
 the Company may elect, whether by wire, carrier, microwave, 
 radio or a combination thereof, and whether or not by a 
 single physical facility or route. 
 
 CIRCUIT - A channel used for the transmission of electrical 
 energy in the furnishing of telephone and other communica- 
 t ions services . 
 
 CLASS OF SERVICE - A description of telecommunications 
 service furnished a customer which denotes such character- 
 istics as nature of use — business or residence — (public or 
 semi-public) or type of rate (flat rate or message rate). 
 Classes of service are usually subdivided in "grades" such as 
 one-party, two-party, four-party and multi-party line. 
 
 COIN TELEPHONE SERVICE - See Public Telephone Service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 13 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 COLLECT CALL - The term "Collect Call" denotes the procedure 
 by which calls, upon request, may be reversed, that Is, 
 charged to the called station, provided the charges are 
 accepted at the called station. 
 
 COMMISSION - The (insert exact name of state regulatory 
 agency which regulates your operating telephone company.) 
 
 COMMISSIONS - A percentage of amounts handled paid as a fee 
 in consideration of service rendered to the Company. 
 
 COMMON BATTERY SERVICE - Manual or dial service where the 
 electrical energy is furnished from the central office and 
 where the operator is signaled or dial tone is obtained by 
 lifting the receiver of the calling station. 
 
 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Channels and other facilities which 
 are capable, when not connected to exchange telecommunica- 
 tions service, of two-way communications between customer- 
 provided terminal equipment or Company stations. 
 
 COMPANY - (Insert full legal name of your company.) 
 
 CONNECTING ARRANGEMENT - The equipment provided by the 
 Company to accomplish the direct electrical connection of 
 customer-provided facilities with the facilities of the 
 Company or of facilities of the Company with other facili- 
 ties of the Company. 
 
 CONNECTING COMPANY - A corporation, association, partnership 
 or individual owning or operating one or more exchanges and 
 with which communications services are interchanged. 
 
 CONNECTION CHARGE - See Service Connection Charge. 
 
 CONNECTOR - See Switch. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGE - A separate non-recurring charge made 
 for the construction of facilities in excess of those 
 contemplated under the rates quoted in the exchange tariffs. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of N o . 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 14 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 CONTINUOUS PROPERTY - The plot of ground, together with any 
 buildings thereon, occupied by the customer, which is not 
 divided by public highways or separated by property occupied 
 by others. Where a customer occupies property on both sides 
 of a street, alley, highway, body of water, railroad right- 
 of-way, etc., and the properties would otherwise be continu- 
 ous, such properties are treated as continuous property. 
 
 CONTRACT - The agreement between a customer and the Company 
 under which service and facilities in accordance with the 
 applicable provisions, of this tariff. 
 
 CORD/CORDLESS SWITCHBOARD 
 
 See PBX Service. 
 
 COST - The cost of labor, materials and engineering which 
 includes appropriate amounts to cover the Company's general 
 operating and administrative expenses. 
 
 CUSTOMER - The individual, firm, partnership, association, 
 corporation, cooperative, municipality, organization, or 
 governmental agency which contracts for telecommunications 
 service and is responsible for the payment of charges and 
 compliance with the rules and regulations of the Company. 
 
 CUSTOMER TROUBLE REPORT - An oral or written report from a 
 customer or user of telephone service relating to a service 
 affecting defect is a condition which prevents a user from 
 placing or receiving communications of satisfactory quality. 
 One report shall be counted for each report received, even 
 though it may duplicate a previous report or merely 
 constitute an inquiry as to disposition of a previous report. 
 
 DATA ACCESS ARRANGEMENT - A protective connecting arrangement 
 for use with the network control signaling unit, or in lieu 
 of the connecting arrangement, an arrangement to identify a 
 central office line and protective facilities and procedures 
 to assure proper operation and protection of the telecommuni- 
 cations network. 
 
 DIAL SWITCHING EQUIPMENT - A unit of electro-mechanical or 
 electronic switching equipment used in a central office or 
 connection with a private branch exchange system. 
 
 m 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Titli 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
• 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 15 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 » 
 
 DIRECTORY LISTING - A publication in the Company's alpha- 
 betical directory of information relative to a customer's 
 name or other identification and telephone number. 
 
 DROP POLE - Last pole before entrance to building, 
 
 DROP WIRE - That portion of a circuit between the pole line 
 or cable distributing point and the building in which the 
 station or switchboard is located. 
 
 EMERGENCY - A situation which exists when serious sickness or 
 public safety is involved. 
 
 ENTERPRISE SERVICE - Service for which the customer uses the 
 fictional ENTERPRISE exchange to automatically receive 
 collect toll calls. 
 
 ENTRANCE FACILITIES - Facilities extending from the point of 
 entrance on private property to the premises on which service 
 i s f urni shed . 
 
 EPABX - An abbreviation for Electronic Private Automatic 
 Branch Exchange. 
 
 EQUIPMENT WORK CHARGE - A Service Charge listed with a 
 specific item of equipment. 
 
 EXCHANGE - A unit established by the Telephone Company for 
 the administration of telecommunications service in a 
 specified area for which a separate local rate schedule is 
 provided. The area usually embraces a city, town, or village 
 and its environs. It consists of one or more central 
 offices, together with associated plant facilities used in 
 furnishing telecommunications services in that area. 
 
 EXCHANGE AREA - The territory, including the Base Rate Area 
 and surrounding territory served by an Exchange. 
 
 EXCHANGE LINE - Any circuit connecting an exchange station 
 with a central office. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 » 
 
 Da te 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 No . 
 
 Title 
 
 Addre ss 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 16 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 EXCHANGE SERVICE - The furnishing of facilities for tele- 
 communications within exchange area, in accordance with the 
 regulations and charges specified in the Company's tariffs. 
 Exchange facilities are used to establish and maintain con- 
 nections between an exchange station and the other telephone 
 plant and facilities in connection with long distance calls 
 or extended area service calls. 
 
 EXCHANGE SERVICE AREA - See Exchange Area. 
 
 EXCHANGE STATION - A station on an exchange line. See Tele- 
 phone Station for additional information. 
 
 EXTENDED AREA SERVICE - Commonly referred to as EAS . This is 
 Inter-exchange telecommunications service furnished at a flat 
 rate between two or more exchange areas. 
 
 EXTENSION AND PBX STATION MILEAGE - The charges made for the 
 additional circuit required to furnish such stations beyond 
 the allowable distance from the main station or PBX 
 swi tchboard . 
 
 EXTENSION BELL - A bell on the same circuit and operated in 
 connection with the signaling device of the primary, exten- 
 sion, private branch exchange, or key system station. 
 
 EXTENSION LINE - A circuit connecting a primary station with 
 an extension station or a circuit connecting a private branch 
 exchange station with a private branch exchange switchboard. 
 An extension line may terminate on a key in lieu of an 
 ins t rumen t . 
 
 EXTENSION STATION - See Telephone Station. 
 
 EXTRA EXCHANGE LINE MILEAGE - The measurement on which 
 charges are based for that portion of the circuit extending 
 beyond the base rate area but within the exchange area, which 
 is used to furnish telecommunications service. 
 
 EXTRA LISTING - See Additional Listing. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 By , , 
 
 # 
 
 $ 
 
 (} 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 Part I 
 
 Original Sheetl? 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 FACILITIES - All the plant and equipment of the Company and 
 all instrumentalities owned, operated, licensed, used, 
 controlled, furnished, or supplied for or by the Company, 
 including any construction work in progress allowed by the 
 Commission. 
 
 FLAT RATE SERVICE - Service furnished at a fixed monthly 
 charge, including extended area service where applicable. 
 
 FOREIGN ATTACHMENT - Lines, instruments, appliances, or 
 apparatus not owned or furnished by the Company which are 
 connected to the Company's facilities. 
 
 FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE - Any central office other than that 
 which serves the area in which the customer is located. 
 
 FOREIGN EQUIPMENT - See Foreign Attachment. 
 
 FOREIGN EXCHANGE LINE MILEAGE - The measurement applying to 
 that portion of a central office line connecting a customer 
 with a foreign central office, from the common boundary line 
 to the customer's station, for which a monthly charge is made 
 in addition to the base rate for exchange service. 
 
 FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE - Telecommunications exchange 
 service furnished to a customer through a central office of 
 an exchange other than the exchange regularly serving the 
 area in which the customer is located. 
 
 GRADE OF SERVICE - The term is used in describing exchange 
 service with respect to the number of main telephones which 
 may be connected to a central office line, (one-party, two- 
 party, four-party, multi-party) 
 
 HEADSET - The term "Headset" denotes a hands-free, multi-wire 
 device containing acoustic- to-electronic (transmitter) and 
 electric-to-acoustic (receiver) transducers, normally worn on 
 the head of the user for close talking, which provides for 
 the transmission of human speech. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET l8_ 
 
 # 
 
 INDIVIDUAL LINE - A single circuit furnished by the Company, 
 for rendering exchange service, providing for the connection 
 of one main station to the telecommunications network. (Not 
 a private branch exchange trunk line) 
 
 INITIAL SERVICE PERIOD - The minimum length of time for which 
 a customer is obligated to pay for service, facilities and 
 equipment, whether or not retained by the customer for such 
 minimum length of time. Unless otherwise specified, the 
 minimum contract period is thirty (30) days. 
 
 INSTALLATION CHARGE - A non-recurring charge made at the time 
 of installation of telecommunications equipment, which may 
 apply in place of or in addition to Service Charges and other 
 applicable charges for service or equipment. 
 
 INSTRUMENTALITIES - The Station Equipment used to provide 
 telecommunications services to the customer. In the case of 
 private branch exchange service, the instrumentalities 
 include the switchboard. 
 
 INTERCOMMUNICATING SYSTEM - An arrangement involving two or 
 more stations which enables a user to signal and connect with 
 other stations in the system. 
 
 JACK AND PLUG EQUIPMENT - Equipment designed to give access 
 to a line at one or more points by means of a portable tele- 
 phone equipped with a cord and plug to connect jacks bridged 
 t o the line. 
 
 JOINT USER SERVICE - An arrangement whereby an individual, 
 firm or corporation whose telephone needs are not such as to 
 justify the provision of separate customer service is 
 permitted to use the service of another customer, 
 
 KEY SYSTEM - An arrangement of key system equipment capable 
 of providing intercommunication and multi-trunk communication 
 among the associated stations and providing for communication 
 with the general exchange and interchange systems. 
 
 KEY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT - An arrangement of equipment, including 
 keys and associated wiring and relays, used to provide 
 various supplemental services in connection with telephone 
 stations . 
 
 f 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No . 
 
 Address 
 
 t 
 
I 
 
 COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET19 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 KEY SYSTEM TRUNK - A circuit connecting key system equipment 
 with a central office. 
 
 KEY TELEPHONE SET - A telephone set equipped with keys or 
 buttons in the mounting. 
 
 LINE EXTENSION - Outside plant, in addition to existing 
 facilities, required for the establishment of service 
 (excluding instrumentalities). 
 
 LINE FINDER - See Switch. 
 
 LOCAL CALL - A call between telephones within a local calling 
 area. 
 
 LOCAL CALLING AREA - The area, consisting of one or more 
 central office districts, within which a subscriber for 
 exchange service may make telephone calls without a toll 
 charge. 
 
 LOCAL CHANNEL - That portion of a channel which connects a 
 station to an interexchanging channel or a channel connecting 
 two or more stations within an exchange area. 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE - Communications within a local ser- 
 vice area in accordance with the provisions of the Company's 
 tariffs. 
 
 LOCAL MESSAGE - A completed communication between customers' 
 stations located within the same Exchange Area or Local 
 Service Area. 
 
 LOCAL SERVICE AREA - The area within which telecommunications 
 service is furnished under a specific schedule of rates with- 
 out the application of specific charges for each message. 
 
 LOCAL SERVICE CHARGE - The charge for furnishing facilities 
 to enable a customer to send and receive telecommunications 
 within the local service area. This local service calling 
 area may include one or more exchange service areas. 
 
 LOCALITY RATE - A uniform rate for local service for an area 
 of relatively high density of population, entirely separated 
 from the main base rate area of an exchange, and in which 
 mileage charges do not apply. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. _ 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 20 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE - See Toll Message 
 
 LONG DISTANCE TERMINAL - See Telephone Station 
 
 LOOP - A channel provided by the Company connecting one point 
 t o ano ther . 
 
 MAIN STATION - See Telephone Station. 
 
 MESSAGE - A completed customer call. 
 
 MILEAGE - The measurement upon which charges are computed for 
 foreign exchange, extension, tie, loop, and private lines and 
 for lines serving exchange stations located outside the base 
 rate area or outside the central office area of the serving 
 central office. 
 
 MINIMUM CONTRACT PERIOD - See Initial Service Period. 
 
 MOBILE HOME PARK - A tract of land designed for the parking 
 of at least five mobile homes. 
 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE - A communication service provided 
 by means of radio frequencies through a land radiotelephone 
 base station. Connections may be established between a wire 
 station and a mobile or fixed unit or between two mobile or 
 fixed units. 
 
 MORSE CHANNEL - A channel not connected with the general 
 telephone exchange system and of the type which may be 
 derived from telephone wire facilities by simplexing, com- 
 posing or other methods of similar character and equipped 
 with instruments used in sending Morse Code or equipped with 
 instruments other than telephone or typewriter equipment, 
 depending, for their operation, upon the variation of the 
 flow of electrical energy according to a specified plan or 
 code. 
 
 MOVE CHARGE - The charge a customer is required to pay when, 
 at his request, service is continued under the same or super- 
 seding contract at a different location on the same premises. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No . 
 
 f 
 
 Title 
 
 Add r e s s 
 
• 
 
 COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 21 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 * 
 
 • 
 
 MULTI-PARTY LINE - A single circuit furnished by the Company, 
 for rendering exchange service, providing for the connection 
 of a number of main stations to the telecommunications 
 ne twor k . 
 
 NEW SUBSCRIBER - Applicants having no basic monthly service 
 or those subscribers changing service premises. 
 
 NON-RECURRING CHARGE - A one-time charge associated with 
 certain installations, changes or transfers of services, 
 either in lieu of or in addition to recurring monthly 
 charge s . 
 
 NORMAL CENTRAL OFFICE - The central office which normally 
 serves the subscriber's location. 
 
 OPERATOR'S SET - A headset used by an operator at a switch- 
 board or console consisting of a receiver, transmitter and 
 necessary cords. 
 
 PAGING SYSTEMS - See Radio Paging Systems. 
 
 PARTY LINE - See Multi-Party Line. 
 
 PBX - An abbreviation for private branch exchange, 
 
 PORTABLE TELEPHONE SET - A telephone set equipped with cord 
 terminating in a plug. 
 
 PREMISES - The buildings, portion or portions of a building 
 on continuous property used and/or occupied at one time by 
 the customer in the conduct of his business or as a resi- 
 dence. Where floor space in adjoining building is made 
 continuous at one or more floor levels, all floor space in 
 both buildings is considered as the same premises insofar as 
 the customer who uses and occupies such continuous floor 
 space is concerned, the two buildings otherwise being 
 considered as separate buildings. 
 
 PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE - (PABX), See Private 
 Branch Exchange System 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 By . , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 22 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEM - An arrangement of equipment 
 consisting of switching apparatus with attendants' telephone, 
 trunks to a central office and stations connected with the 
 switching apparatus, providing for intercommunication between 
 these stations and communication with the general exchange 
 and interexchange systems. Throughout this tariff, the 
 commonly used abbrevia t ions , " PBX , PABX, EPABX," will be 
 substituted for the words Private Branch Exchange, Private 
 Automatic Branch Exchange, and Electronic Private Automatic 
 Branch Exchange, respectively. 
 
 A. PBX Trunk: A circuit connecting a PBX system with a 
 central office . 
 
 B. PBX Station: Any station (including the operating set 
 or sets) connected with a PBX system. 
 
 C. Switchboards: Switchboards are classified as follows: 
 
 1. Cord Switchboard: A switchboard on which all lines 
 terminate in jacks; interconnection by stations and 
 of stations and trunk lines is established manually 
 by means of cords equipped with plugs. 
 
 a. Multiple Cord Switchboard: A cord switchboard 
 with two or more positions, each line may have 
 two or more appearances or jack termination, 
 
 b. Non-multiple Cord Switchboard: A cord switch- 
 board arranged so that each line has only one 
 appearance or jack termination. 
 
 2. Cordless Switchboard (Key Switchboard): A switch- 
 board on which all lines terminate on keys which 
 may be used to interconnect stations and stations 
 and trunk lines. 
 
 3. Dial Switchboard: A switchboard on which inter- 
 connection of stations and trunk lines is estab- 
 lished by means of dialing. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of ___^_______ ^° > 
 
 $ 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
I 
 
 COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET21 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEM - (con't.) 
 
 3. Dial Switchboard (con't) 
 
 a. PABX - utilizes basically an "electro- 
 mechanical" switching process. 
 
 b. EPABX - utilizes basically a "solid state" 
 switching process. 
 
 D. Battery Power: Power furnished by means of a circuit 
 from a central office or some other source of supply, 
 to enable signaling within a PBX system. 
 
 E. Ringing Current: Current furnished by means of a cir- 
 cuit from a central office or some other source of 
 supply, to enable signalj.ng within a PBX system. 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TELEPHONE - Any telephone connected 
 with a private branch exchange system. 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TRUNKS - See Private Branch Exchange 
 System. 
 
 PRIVATE LINE - A circuit provided to furnish communication 
 among two or more instrumentalities directly connected to it. 
 Such instrumentalities do not have direct access to the 
 general and interexchange networks. 
 
 PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE - A non-listed, non-subscriber 
 exchange station, either attended or equipped with a coin 
 collecting device, designed and placed for the convenience 
 and use of the public in general at locations chosen or 
 accepted by the Company. 
 
 RADIO PAGING SYSTEM - A communications service provided by 
 means of radio frequencies through a land radio base station. 
 The customer has in hj. s possession a small personal receiver, 
 with which he receives a signal that he i. s being paged. 
 
 RESIDENCE SERVICE - Telecommunications service furnished to 
 customers when the actual obvious use i. s for domestic 
 purposes . 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 24 
 
 « 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 ROOMING HOUSE - An establishment offering lodging to five or 
 more paying guests, not members of the subscriber's domestic 
 e s tabl i shmen t . 
 
 RURAL AREA - The territory surrounding the Base Rate Area in 
 which Rural Line Service is furnished and in which urban 
 classes of service are furnished at established rates plus 
 Extra Exchange Line Mileage Charges. 
 
 SAME BUILDING - Any single building, except that when a 
 building has only one story above ground and is divided into 
 units, such as stores, without access between the units, each 
 unit is considered a building. 
 
 Abutting buildings, or sections of a structure divided 
 above the basement by building walls, are classed as the same 
 building only when openings such as doorways, through the 
 walls above the basement are in general use and afford ready 
 access at all times, between the abutting building or the 
 sections. When the openings through the dividing walls are 
 accessible to one subscriber only, the abutting buildings or 
 sections are classed as the same building for the subscriber 
 only. 
 
 SAME PREMISES - All space in the same building in which one 
 subscriber has the right of occupancy to the exclusion of 
 others or shares the right of occupancy with others; and all 
 space in different buildings on continuous property, provided 
 such buildings are occupied solely by one subscriber. Foyers, 
 hallways and other space provided for the common use of all 
 occupants of a building are considered the premises of the 
 operator of the building. 
 
 S.C.C. - An abbreviation for Service Connection charge. 
 
 SELECTOR - See Switch 
 
 SEMI-PUBLIC TELEPHONE - An exchange station, equipped with a 
 coin collecting device, designed for a combination of customer 
 and public use at locations more or less public in character. 
 Semi-public telephone service is considered as a form of 
 customer service. 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By , _ 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 I 
 
 Address 
 
COtlPANY TOtI SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 25 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 SERVICE CHARGE - See Service Connection Charge. 
 
 SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGE - A charge made to a customer for 
 the purpose of reimbursing the Telephone Company for a 
 portion of the cost involved in connecting, disconnecting, or 
 rearranging telephone facilities upon customer's premises. 
 
 SERVING CENTRAL OFFICE - The central office from which local 
 service is furnished. 
 
 STATION - See Telephone Station. 
 
 SUBSCRIBER - See Customer. 
 
 SUPERSEDURE - The transfer of subscriber service, including 
 the telephone number, from one party to another with the 
 express consent of the relinquishing subscriber and with the 
 agreement of the new subscriber to assume the responsibility 
 for all charges outstanding. The arrangement requires 
 continuous billing, with no change in type or location of 
 equipment. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL BASE RATE AREA - See Locality Rate. 
 
 SWITCH - A unit of dial switching equipment which provides 
 interconnection between station lines or trunks. 
 
 SWITCHBOARD - See PBX System. 
 
 TARIFF - All or any part of the body of rates, tolls, 
 charges, rentals, classifications, and terms and conditions 
 of service relating to its service offered, the conditions 
 under which offered and the charges thereof, which have been 
 filed with and approved by the Commission. 
 
 TELEPHONE COMPANY - See Company. 
 
 TELEPHONE SERVICE - Any telecommunications service provided 
 by the Telephone Company for the customer's use. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 26 
 
 TELEPHONE STATION - A telephone instrument or other terminal 
 device which may consist of a transmitter, receiver, and 
 connected so as to permit transmission and reception of 
 telecommunications messages. 
 
 A. Company Station: A station owned by the Company, 
 receiving service from and through central office 
 equipment and lines normally owned, maintained and 
 operated by the Company and provided as a part of the 
 Company's service. 
 
 1, Main Station: A Company station connected by means 
 of an individual line or party line circuit with a 
 central office or toll operating unit, including 
 the f ol lowi ng : 
 
 a. Toll Station: A company station installed for 
 the convenience of the public or of a customer 
 in a locality where the Company does not 
 generally furnish exchange service and from 
 which established toll rates are charged for 
 all originated messages. 
 
 b. Toll Terminal: A Company station or a terminal 
 on a private branch exchange switchboard and 
 the associated exchange circuit connecting the 
 station or terminal directly with a toll center 
 (also known as Long Distance Terminal). 
 
 2. Extension Station: An additional Company station 
 connected on the sane circuit as the main station 
 and having the same telephone number as the main 
 station. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Private Branch Exchange Station: Any Company 
 station connected with a private branch exchange 
 s y s t em . 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 • 
 
> 
 
 # 
 
 COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 27 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TELEPHONE STATION (cont'd) 
 
 B. Customer-Provided Station: This may consist of the 
 f o llowing : 
 1. Customer-Provided Equipment for Voice Communications. 
 
 a. Terminal Equipment: Telephone instruments or 
 key equipment. 
 
 b. Communications Systems: Switchboards, PBX and 
 PABX systems, private microwave systems, 
 private mobile or radio paging systems, or 
 other privately owned facilities that permit 
 communications between points. 
 
 C. Service Station: A station or one of a group of 
 
 stations which, under arrangements made by the service 
 station subscribers, receives service from a Company 
 central office over facilities provided in part by such 
 subscribers and in part by the Company. 
 
 TELETYPEWRITER - A teletypewriter consists of apparatus 
 designed for the sending and receiving, or receiving only, of 
 typewritten messages transmitted electrically. 
 
 TEMPORARY SERVICE - Exchange service definitely known to be 
 required for a short period, such as service provided for 
 contractors for use during construction of a building, sales 
 campaign, athletic contests, conventions, fairs, circuses, 
 e tc . 
 
 TERMINATION CHARGE - A charge applied under certain 
 conditions when a contract for service is terminated by the 
 customer before the expiration of the initial service period. 
 
 TERMINATION OF SERVICE - Discontinuance of and cancellation 
 of the accoun t . 
 
 TIE LINE - A circuit connecting two private branch exchange 
 systems for the purpose of interconnection between the 
 stations connected with such systems. 
 
 TIE LINE MILEAGE - The measurement on which the rates for tie 
 lines connecting customer's switchboard is based. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 28 
 
 • 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TOLL CALL - A telephone call to a station outside the 
 subscriber's local calling area for which a specific charge 
 applies . 
 
 TOLL CENTER - A telephone switching center at which the 
 operations (manual or dial) function (message timing, 
 switching and recording) takes place in connection with the 
 provision of toll message service. 
 
 TOLL LINE - A circuit used exclusively for the transmission 
 
 of messages between points located in different exchange 
 
 areas where specific charges for each such message are 
 appl icable . 
 
 TOLL MESSAGE - A message between stations in different 
 exchange areas and furnished under the provisions of "Message 
 Toll Telephone Service," Part V. 
 
 A. PERSON TO PERSON TOLL MESSAGE - A toll message in which 
 the user stipulates a desire for communication with a 
 specified person or extension station at a specified 
 location. 
 
 B. STATION TO STATION TOLL MESSAGE - A toll message in 
 which the user stipulates a desire for communication 
 only with a specified telephone or switchboard. 
 
 C. COLLECT MESSAGE - A toll message in which the user 
 stipulates that the called party accept and pay all 
 charges associated with the message. 
 
 D. THIRD NUMBER MESSAGE - A toll message in which 
 associated charges are billed neither to the calling 
 party nor to the called station, but rather to a 
 station not involved in the message. 
 
 E. CREDIT CARD MESSAGE - A toll message in which 
 associated charges are billed to a credit card number 
 assigned by a Telephone Company and issued to either 
 the called or calling party. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 By , _ 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 No . 
 
 Address 
 
t 
 
 • 
 
 COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART I 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 29 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
 TOLL RATE - The initial period charge prescribed for toll 
 messages usually based upon a minimum initial period and 
 distance between exchanges. 
 
 TOLL RATE CENTER - An area within which each customer is 
 subject to the same toll rate treatment, 
 
 TOLL SERVICE - Toll service (Long Distance Service) is that 
 part of the total telephone service rendered by the Company 
 which is furnished between customers in different exchange 
 areas in accordance with the rates and regulations specified 
 in the Company's Message Toll Telephone Tariff. 
 
 TOUCH PHONE CALLING SERVICE - A classification of exchange 
 service whereby calls are originated through the use of 
 push-but«tons in lieu of rotary dials. 
 
 TRUNK HUNTING SERVICE - Two or more central office lines 
 arranged so that a call for the first line is completed to a 
 succeeding line in the group when the first line is in use. 
 
 TRUNK LINE - A telephone circuit between two central office 
 units or between a private branch exchange and a company 
 central office. 
 
 UNDERGROUND SERVICE CONNECTION - A customer's drop wire which 
 is run underground from a pole line or an underground 
 distributing cable. 
 
 UTILITY - See Company. 
 
 VACATION SERVICE - Vacation Service is a partial service 
 furnished at a reduced rate for a limited period in 
 accordance with the provisions of the Tariff, 
 
 WIRING PLAN - An arrangement of wiring for connecting primary 
 and extension stations, PBS stations and intercommunicating 
 station, 
 
 ZONE RATES - Rates charged for one-party, two-party, and 
 four-party exchange service outside the Base Rate Area where 
 no mileage charge is applicable. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
# 
 
_ COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 PART II 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 Schedule of 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 Applying to the Intrastate Services and Facilities 
 of the Company in 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 ► 
 
 • 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 Title 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Address 
 
» 
 
 # 
 
1 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 SUBJECT INDEX 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 A. APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 B. EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE 
 
 F. ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES 
 
 Sheet No 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 
 17 
 24 
 30 
 32 
 
# 
 
) 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 INDEX 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 SHEET 
 
 -A- 
 
 Abuse or Fraudulent Use of Service 
 Access to Customer Premises 
 Adjustment for Local Taxes & Fees 
 Adjustment of Charges 
 Advance Payments 
 
 Allowance for Customer-Provided Instruments 
 Allowance for Interruption of Service 
 Alterations on the Customers Premises 
 Applicant Deposits (See Deposits) 
 Application of Tariff 
 Applications for Service 
 Availability of Facilities 
 
 » 
 
 -B- 
 
 Billing 
 
 -C- 
 
 Cancellation of Service-For Cause 
 
 Collection Charges 
 
 Complaints, Customer 
 
 Connecting Company Lines (See Use of) 
 
 Connection with Customer-Provided Faciities 
 
 Construction Charges 
 
 Contract Periods 
 
 Contractual Arrangements 
 
 Credit 
 
 Allowances 
 
 Establishment of 
 
 Failure to Maintain 
 
 For Use of Customer-Provided Instruments 
 Customer 
 
 Billing 
 
 Complaints 
 
 Relations 
 
 Use of Service 
 Customer-Provided Equipment, Credit for 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 1 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Titl( 
 
 21 
 17 
 37 
 16 
 32 
 17 
 11 
 30 
 32 
 
 8 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 36 
 
 20 
 36 
 14 
 13 
 18 
 24 
 25 
 25 
 
 32 
 30 
 31 
 32 
 
 36 
 14 
 13 
 18 
 17 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 SHEET 
 
 -D- 
 
 Defacement of Premises 
 
 Deferred Payment Plan 
 
 Denial of Services 
 
 Denied Service Restoral Charge 
 
 De po s i t s 
 
 Directories 
 
 Errors and Omissions 
 
 Ownership and Use 
 Discontinuance of Service 
 
 For Failure to Establish Credit 
 Dishonored Checks 
 
 16 
 15 
 32 
 36 
 32 
 
 12 
 29 
 20 
 31 
 36 
 
 -E- 
 
 Electric Power at the Customers Premise 
 Equipment 
 
 Ownership of 
 
 Tampering with 
 Establishment of Credit 
 Establishment and Furnishing of Service 
 Excessive use of Part-Line Service 
 Explanation of Symbols 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 28 
 30 
 23 
 21 
 8 
 
 -F- 
 
 Facilities 
 
 Availability of 
 
 Maintenance and Repair of 
 
 Use of 
 Floor Space at the Customer's Premises 
 Foul Language 
 Fraudulent Use of Service 
 Furnishing of Service 
 
 Obligation of the Telephone Company 
 
 Party Line Service 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 17 
 27 
 20 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 m 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 SUBJECT 
 -G- 
 
 SHEET 
 
 Governmental Objections to Service 
 
 -I- 
 
 Impersonation of Another 
 Indemnifying Agreement 
 Indiscriminate Use of Facilities 
 Information to Customers 
 Initial Contract Periods 
 Installation, Maintenance and Repairs 
 Interest on Deposits (See Deposits) 
 Interruptions of Service, Allowance for 
 
 -L- 
 
 Ll ability of the Company 
 
 Limitations and Use of Service 
 
 Limited Communications 
 
 Listening in on Party-Line Conversations 
 
 -M- 
 
 Maintenance and Repair 
 
 Minimum Contract Period 
 
 Municipality Payments, Adjustments for 
 
 -N- 
 
 Nuisance Calls 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 10 
 20 
 13 
 25 
 28 
 34 
 11 
 
 10 
 18 
 22 
 21 
 
 28 
 25 
 37 
 
 20 
 
 -0- 
 
 Obligation and Liability of the Telephone Company 
 Obligation to Establish Identity 
 Obscene Language 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 20 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 i 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 -0- (contM) 
 
 Overtime Charge 
 
 Obstructing Service of Others 
 
 Ownership and Use of 
 
 Directories 
 
 Equipment 
 
 SHEET 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 17 
 
 -P- 
 
 Party Line Service, Use of 
 Payment for Service 
 Payment Arrangements 
 Payment Plans; Two Tier 
 Payments, Advance 
 Penalty on Bill 
 Premises 
 
 Alterations 
 
 Defacement of 
 
 Right of Access to Customer's 
 Prerecorded Messages 
 Profane Language 
 
 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers 
 Provision of Equipment 
 
 19 
 35 
 32 
 37 
 32 
 36 
 
 30 
 16 
 17 
 22 
 20 
 29 
 17 
 
 -R- 
 
 Reconnection of Service (See Restoration of Service) 
 Refusal of Service 
 Regulations, Violations of 
 Repair and Maintenance 
 Resale of Service 
 
 Responsibility of Telephone Company - (See Obligation) 
 Restoral of Service Charge 
 Returned Checks 
 
 Right of Access to Customer's Premises 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 36 
 30 
 18 
 28 
 21 
 9 
 36 
 36 
 17 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 m 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART II 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 SUBJECT 
 
 SHEET 
 
 -S- 
 
 Service Reconnection Charge - See Restoral of Service 
 Subscriber Owned Terminal Equipment (See Customer Provided 
 
 Instruments) 
 
 -T- 
 
 Tampering with Equipment 
 
 Tax Adjustments 
 
 Telephone Directories, Provision & Ownership of 
 
 Telephone Numbers, Ownership of 
 
 Telephone Number Changes 
 
 Termination of Service 
 
 Transmitting Messages 
 
 Two-Tier Payment Plans 
 
 -U- 
 
 Undertaking of The Company 
 Unpaid Accounts 
 Use of: 
 
 Connecting Company Lines 
 
 Customer Service 
 
 Facilities, Indiscriminate 
 
 Party Line Service 
 
 Profane Language 
 
 Service for Unlawful Purpose 
 
 -V- 
 Violations of Regulations 
 
 -W- 
 
 Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 36 
 17 
 
 28 
 37 
 29 
 29 
 29 
 25 
 11 
 37 
 
 11 
 32 
 
 13 
 18 
 21 
 19 
 20 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 28 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 V 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
# 
 
 # 
 
» 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 A. APPLICATION 
 
 The rules and regulations specified herein are in 
 addition to those contained in the Local Exchange Service 
 Tariffs, the General Exchange Service Tariffs, the Mes- 
 sage Toll Telephone Service Tariffs, and the Wide Area 
 Telecommunications Tariffs. They apply to the intrastate 
 
 services and facilities furnished by the 
 
 Telephone Company, hereinafter referred to as the Tele- 
 phone Company, or Company. Failure on the part of the 
 subscribers to observe these rules and regulations of the 
 Telephone Company, after due notice of such failure, 
 automatically gives the Telephone Company the privilege 
 to discontinue the furnishing of service. 
 
 In the event of a conflict between any rate, rule, 
 regulation or provision contained in these General Rules 
 and Regulations and any rate, rule, regulation or pro- 
 vision contained in the Local Exchange Service Tariffs, 
 the General Exchange Service Tariffs, the Message Toll 
 Telephone Service Tariffs or the Wide Area Telecommuni- 
 cations Tariffs the rate, rule, regulation or provision 
 contained in the specific tariffs shall prevail. 
 
 These Singular Tariffs cancel and supersede all other 
 specific Tariffs of the Telephone Company issued and 
 effective prior to the effective dates of these Tariffs. 
 
 B. EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS 
 
 (C) Signifies a changed regulation. 
 
 (D) Signifies a discontinued rate, treatment or 
 r egu la t ion . 
 
 (I) Signifies an increased rate or new treatment 
 
 resulting in increased rate. 
 / 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 • 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9_ 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 B. EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS (con't.) 
 
 (N) Signifies a new rate, treatment or regulation, 
 
 (R) Signifies a reduced rate or new treatment resulting 
 in reduced rates. 
 
 (T) Signifies a change in text but no change in rate, 
 treatment or regulation. 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 
 1, Availability of Facilities. 
 
 The Telephone Company's obligation to furnish service or 
 to continue to furnish service is dependent on its 
 ability to obtain, retain and maintain suitable rights 
 and facilities, and to provide for the installation of 
 those facilities required incident to the furnishing and 
 maintenance of that service. 
 
 The charges specified in the General Exchange Tariff do 
 not contemplate work being performed by the Telephone 
 Company employees involved at a time when overtime wages 
 apply, due to the request of the customer, nor do they 
 contemplate work once begun being interrupted by the 
 cus tomer . 
 
 If the customer requests that overtime labor be performed 
 or interrupts work once begun, an additional charge, 
 based on the additional costs involved applies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
► 
 
 > 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET _l_0 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 ( con' t . ) 
 
 2. Liability 
 
 a. The liability of the Telephone Company for damages 
 arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, 
 delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failures 
 or defects in facilities furnished by the Telephone 
 Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 
 service or other facilities and not caused by the 
 negligence of the customer, or of the Telephone 
 Company in failing to maintain proper standards of 
 maintenance and operation and to exercise reasonable 
 supervision shall in no event exceed an amount 
 equivalent to the proportionate charge to the 
 customer for the period of service during which such 
 mistake, omission, interruption, delay or error or 
 defect in transmission, or failure or defect in 
 facilities occurs. 
 
 b. The customer indemnifies and saves the Company 
 harmless against claims arising out of the 
 
 f o 1 lowing : 
 
 (1) Any defacement or damage to the customer's 
 premises resulting from the existence of the 
 Company's instruments, apparatus and associated 
 wire on such premises, or from the installation 
 or removal thereof, when such defacement or 
 damage is not the result of the negligence of 
 the Company, or its employees; 
 
 (2) Any accident, injury or death occasioned by its 
 equipment or facilities, when such is not due to 
 negligence of the Company; 
 
 (3) Any acts or omissions of other companies when 
 their facilities are used in connection with the 
 Company's facilities to provide service; 
 
 (4) Claims for libel, slander, or infringement of 
 copyright arising from the material transmitted 
 or recorded over its facilities; claims for 
 infringement of patents arising from combining 
 with, or using in connection with, facilities of 
 the Company, apparatus and systems of the 
 customer; and against all other claims arising 
 out of any act or omission of the customer in 
 connection with facilities provided by the 
 
 Comp any ; 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET lA 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 (con' t . ) 
 
 2. Liability (con't.) 
 
 (5) Liability for failure to provide service; 
 
 (6) Liability for telephone directories as set 
 forth in Regulation 5 of this section on 
 page 12. 
 
 c. The services and facilities furnished by the 
 Telephone Company, in addition to the 
 limitations set forth in C2b, (1) through (6) 
 preceding, also are subject to the following 
 limitation: the Telephone Company shall not be 
 liable for damage arising out of mistakes, 
 omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or 
 defects in transmission or other injury, 
 including but not limited to injuries to person 
 or property from voltage or currents transmitted 
 over the facilities of the Telephone Company, 
 (1) caused by customer-provided equipment 
 (except where a contributing cause is the mal- 
 functioning of a Telephone Company-provided 
 connecting arrangement), or (2) not prevented by 
 customer-provided equipment but which would have 
 been prevented had Telephone Company-provided 
 equipment been used., 
 
 3. Transmitting Messages 
 
 The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmit 
 messages but offers the use of its facilities for 
 communications between parties. If because of 
 transmission difficulties the operator, in order to 
 accommodate the customer, repeats messages, no 
 liability shall attach to the Telephone Company 
 because of any errors made by the operator or 
 misunderstandings that may arise between customers 
 because of the errors. 
 
 4. Interruptions of Service 
 
 If service is interrupted for more than hours, if 
 
 interruption continues after the fact has been reported 
 such by the customer or detected by the Company, 
 other than by the negligence or willful act of the 
 customer, upon request, an allowance at the rate for 
 the telephone facilities and class of service 
 affected at the time of the interruption shall be 
 made for the time such interruption continues, after 
 notice and demand to the Company. No other 
 liability shall in any case attach to the Company on 
 account of interruptions of service. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 ^^ Si^^i TiUi * ™^^^ 
 
 f 
 
► 
 
 ► 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET j_2 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 (con' t . ) 
 
 5. Directory and Advertising Section Errors and Omissions 
 
 a. The Telephone Company, except as provided here in this 
 paragraph shall not be liable for damage claimed on 
 account of errors in or omissions from its direc- 
 tories nor for the result of the publications of such 
 errors in the directory nor will the Telephone 
 Company be a party to controversies arising between 
 customers or others as a result of listings published 
 in its directories. 
 
 b. The liability of the Telephone Company for an error 
 or omission in the Alphabetical section of the 
 telephone directory or for error or omission on 
 intercept service shall not exceed the amount of 
 actual damage suffered, and in no event shall exceed 
 an amount equal to local exchange service charged to 
 the customer for the listed service for the period 
 during which the directory containing the error or 
 omission is the last published directory of the 
 exchange . 
 
 C. In the cases of extra listings in the alphabetical 
 
 section of the directory for which a charge is made, 
 the Telephone Company's liability shall be limited to 
 cancellation of the charges and refunding of any 
 charges at the request of the customer, in question. 
 
 d • The Company assumes no liability whatever for damages 
 arising from errors or omissions in the making up or 
 printing of the advertising section (yellow pages). 
 The only action taken in this case would be the 
 cancellation of the charges and refunding of any 
 charges already paid, for the directory advertising 
 in question, 
 
 e» Also, in the event of error in the listed number of 
 any customer, the Telephone Company shall intercept 
 all calls to the listed number (if central office 
 equipment permits, and the number is not in service) 
 until the next directory is published. In such case, 
 and in case of an error in or omission of the name 
 listing of a customer, the correct listing and number 
 shall be available from the intercept operator and 
 through directory assistance. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By rrrre ' Addreys 
 
 Name 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET j_3 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 (cdn* t.) 
 
 6. Use of Connecting Company Lines 
 
 When suitable arrangements can be made, lines of other 
 Telephone Companies may be used in establishing wire 
 connections to points not reached by this Company's lines. 
 In establishing connections with the lines of other 
 Companies, the Telephone Company is not responsible or 
 liable for any action of the Connecting Company. 
 
 7, Customer Relations 
 
 a. Information to Customers 
 The Company shall: 
 
 (1) Maintain a current set of maps showing the 
 physical locations of its facilities. All facil- 
 ities shall be labeled to indicate the size, 
 nominal capacity, or any pertinent information 
 which will accurately describe the Company's 
 facilities. These maps, or such other maps as 
 may be required by the Commission, shall be kept 
 by the Company in a central location and will be 
 available for inspection during normal working 
 hours. Each business office or service center 
 shall have available up-to-date maps, plans, or 
 records of its immediate area, with such other 
 information as may be necessary to enable the 
 Company to advise applicants, and others entitled 
 to the information, as to the facilities 
 available for serving that locality; 
 
 (2) Assist the customer or applicant in selecting the 
 most economical rate schedule; 
 
 (3) In compliance with the Commission's Rules of 
 Practice and Procedure, notify customers affected 
 by a change in rates or schedule of 
 classification; 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address \ 
 
i 
 
 ► 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ■ ORIGINAL SHEET _1_4 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 ( con' t . ) 
 
 7. Customer Relations (con't.) 
 
 (4) Post a notice in a conspicuous place in each 
 business office of the Company where appli- 
 cations for service are received, informing the 
 public that copies of the rate schedules and 
 rules relating to the service of the Company, as 
 filed with the Commission, are available for 
 inspection; 
 
 (5) Furnish such additional information on rates and 
 services as the customer may reasonably request. 
 
 b. Upon complaint to the Company by a customer either at 
 its office, by letter or by telephone, the Company 
 shall promptly make a suitable investigation and 
 advise the complainant of the results thereof. It 
 shall keep a record of all complaints, the date and 
 nature of the complaint and the adjustment or 
 disposition thereof for a period of two years subse- 
 quent to the final settlement of the complaint. 
 Complaints with reference to rates or charges which 
 require no further action by the Company need not be 
 recorded. 
 
 c. Company Response 
 
 Upon receipt of a complaint, either by letter or by 
 telephone, from the Commission on behalf of a 
 customer, the Company shall make a suitable investi- 
 gation and advise the Commission of the results 
 thereof. Initial response to the Commission must be 
 made within thirty (30) days. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 * 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET JL5 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 ( con' t . ) 
 
 7. Customer Relations (con't.) 
 
 d. Deferred Payment Plan 
 
 The Company is encouraged to offer a deferred payment 
 plan to residential accounts. 
 
 (1) Every deferred payment plan entered into due to 
 the customer's inability to pay the outstanding 
 bill in full shall provide that service and will 
 not be discontinued if the customer pays current 
 bills and a reasonable amount of the outstanding 
 bill and agrees to pay the balance in reasonable 
 installments until the bill is paid. 
 
 (2) For purposes of determining reasonableness under 
 these rules, the following shall be considered: 
 
 (A) Size of the delinquent account; 
 
 (B) Customer's ability to pay; 
 
 (C) Customer's payment history; 
 
 (D) Time that the debt has been outstanding; 
 
 (E) Reasons why debt has been outstanding; and 
 
 (F) Any other relevant factors concerning the 
 circumstances of the customer. 
 
 (3) A deferred payment plan offered by the Company, 
 if reduced to writing, shall state immediately 
 preceding the space provided for the customer's 
 signature and in bold-face print at least two 
 sizes larger than any other used thereon, that 
 "If you are not satisfied with this agreement, 
 do not sign. If you do sign this agreement, you 
 give up your right to dispute the amount due 
 under the agreement except for the Company's 
 failure or refusal to comply with the terms of 
 this agreement." 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By _» 
 
 Ni^S^i Title Address 
 
» 
 
 « 
 
 f 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET j_6 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 C. OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 ( con' t . ) 
 
 7. Customer Relations (con't.) 
 
 (4) A deferred payment plan may include a percent 
 
 ( %) penalty for late payment but shall not 
 include a finance charge. 
 
 (5) If a customer for telephone service has not 
 fulfilled terms of a deferred payment agreement, 
 the Company shall have the right to disconnect 
 pursuant to disconnection rules herein and under 
 such circumstances, it shall not be required to 
 offer subsequent negotiation of a deferred 
 payment agreement prior to disconnection. 
 
 (6) The Company which institutes a deferred payment 
 plan shall not refuse a customer participation 
 in such a program on the basis of race, color, 
 creed, sex, or marital status. 
 
 8. Defacement of Premises 
 
 The Telephone Company shall exercise due care in 
 connection with all work done on subscriber's premises. 
 No liability shall attach to the Telephone Company by 
 reason of any defacement or damage to the subscribers' 
 premises or person resulting from the existence of the 
 Telephone Company's instruments, apparatus and associated 
 wiring of such premises, or by the installation or 
 removal thereof, unless such defacement or damage is the 
 result of the sole negligence of the Telephone Company. 
 
 9. Adjustment of Charges 
 
 In the adjustment of charges for overbilling by the 
 Telephone Company, a refund will be made of the full 
 amount of excess charges when such amount can be deter- 
 mined; when the period during which overbilling has been 
 effective cannot be fixed or the exact amount of over- 
 billing determined from available records, the maximum 
 refund will not exceed an estimated amount equal to such 
 
 overbilling for a -month period. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By > . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET J^ 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES 
 
 1. Provision and Ownership of Equipment and Facilities 
 
 Equipment and facilities necessary for the provision of 
 service are furnished by the Telephone Company, except as 
 otherwise specified in the Telephone Company's applicable 
 tariffs. Such equipment and facilities located on the 
 premises or mobile unit of a customer, authorized user, 
 or Telephone Company agent, are the property of the 
 Telephone Company, whose employees and agents may enter 
 said premises or mobile unit at any reasonable hour to 
 install, inspect or repair equipment and facilities; to 
 make collections from coin boxes; or upon termination or 
 cancellation of service, to remove such equipment and 
 facilities. 
 
 Equipment and facilities furnished by the Telephone 
 Company shall, upon termination of service from any 
 cause whatsoever, be returned to it in good condition, 
 reasonable wear and tear thereof excepted. In case of 
 damage, loss, theft, or destruction of any of the 
 Telephone Company's property due to the negligence or 
 willful act of the customer or other persons authorized 
 to use the service, and not due to ordinary wear and tear 
 or causes beyond the control of the customer, the cus- 
 tomer shall be required to pay the expense incurred by 
 the Telephone Company in connection with the replacement 
 of the property damaged, lost, stolen, or destroyed, or 
 the expense incurred in restoring it to its original 
 condition. 
 
 2. Customer-Provided Instruments 
 
 Where a customer-provided instrument is used, in lieu of 
 a Telephone Company-provided instrument, as a main or 
 extension station with individual line residence and 
 business local exchange service, a monthly credit of 
 per telephone instrument, not provided by the Telephone 
 Company shall be applied.* 
 
 *This credit is one means of complying with the FCC registra- 
 tion program. If alternate means are utilized this paragraph 
 will not be necessary. If utilized, insure that the credit 
 is also shown in other sections of this tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 » 
 
 # 
 
 t 
 
f 
 
 > 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET J_8 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 
 3. Other Connections with Customer-Provided Facilities 
 
 In addition to the regulations and rates contained 
 herein, certain other tariffs of the Telephone Company 
 also contain services which include provisions for 
 connection with customer-provided facilities. 
 
 4. Violations of Regulations 
 
 When any Customer-provided terminal equipment or 
 communications system is used with telecommunications 
 services in violation of any of the provisions in this 
 Tariff the Telephone Company will take such immediate 
 action as necessary for the protection of the 
 telecommunications network and Telephone Company 
 employees, and will promptly notify the Customer of the 
 violation. The Customer shall discontinue such use of 
 the terminal equipment or communications system or 
 correct the violation and shall confirm in writing to the 
 Company within 10 days, following the receipt of written 
 notice from the Company, that such use has ceased or that 
 the violation has been corrected. Failure of the 
 Customer to discontinue such use or to correct the 
 violation and to give the required written confirmation 
 to the Telephone Company within the time stated above 
 shall result in suspension of the Customer's service 
 until such time as the Customer complies with the 
 provisions of this tariff. 
 
 5. Limitations and Use of Service 
 
 a. Use of Customer's Service 
 
 The use of service shall be restricted to the 
 customer, his employees and representatives in the 
 case of business service; or the customer, his family 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET j_9 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 
 5. Limitations and Use of Service (con't) 
 
 a. Use of Customer's Service (con't.) 
 
 and persons residing in the customer's household in 
 the case of residence service; except as otherwise 
 specified in the Telephone Company's applicable 
 tariffs. The use of the service may be extended to 
 persons leasing or subleasing a customer's entire 
 residential premises for a period of less than one 
 year. The Telephone Company reserves the right to 
 refuse to install customer's service or to permit 
 such service to remain on premises of a public or 
 semi-public character when, in the opinion of the 
 Telephone Company, instruments are so located that 
 the public in general or patrons of the customer may 
 make use of the service. 
 
 Service furnished by the Telephone Company is 
 intended only for communications in which the cus- 
 tomer has a direct interest and shall not be used for 
 any purpose for which a payment or other compensation 
 shall be received by him from any other person firm 
 or corporation for such use, or in the collection, 
 transmission or delivery of any communication for 
 others except as otherwise specified in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs. This prohibition shall 
 not apply to a customer who is engaged as a communi- 
 cations common carrier in a public telegram message 
 business or to a Composite Data Service Vendor 
 engaged in the business of providing switched data 
 (non-voice) communications service to patrons who act 
 as their customers. 
 
 b. Use of Party Line Service 
 
 Applications for party line service are accepted by 
 the Telephone Company with the understanding that 
 each subscriber will so use the service as not to 
 interfere with an equitable proportionate use of the 
 service by the other subscribers on the same line. 
 When the duration or number of local and/or toll 
 messages sent or received by a party line customer is 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 # 
 
 # 
 
 # 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
» 
 
 > 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET _20 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 
 5. Limitations and Use of Service (con't.) 
 
 b. Use of Party Line Service (con't.) 
 
 so great as to prevent an equitable proportionate use 
 of the line by other customers on the line, the 
 Telephone Company shall have the right to require the 
 customer to contract for a higher grade of service, 
 or to discontinue the service of the customer in 
 question. The Telephone Company reserves the right 
 to limit the continuous use of a party line for a 
 local message to minutes. 
 
 c. Obligation to Establish Identity 
 
 The calling party shall establish his identity in the 
 course of any communication as often as may be 
 necessary . 
 
 The calling party shall be solely responsible for 
 establishing the identity of the person or station 
 with whom connection is made at the called location. 
 
 d. Cancellation for Cause 
 
 The Telephone Company may, by notice in writing, 
 
 without incurring any liability, either suspend or 
 
 terminate the service for any of the following 
 reasons : 
 
 (1) Abandonment of the service. 
 
 (2) Nonpayment of any sum due for service; 
 
 (3) Use of foul or profane language over the 
 service. 
 
 (A) Impersonation of another person with fraudulent 
 intent over the service. 
 
 (5) Making of nuisance calls. 
 
 (6) Use of service by a customer in connection with 
 a plan or contrivance to secure a large volume 
 of calls to be directed to such customer at or 
 about the same time, resulting in preventing, 
 obstructing, or delaying the service of others. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Aciaress 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2\_ 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 
 5. Limitation and Use of Service (con't.) 
 
 d . Cancellation for Cause (con't.) 
 
 (7) Listening in on party-line conversations. 
 
 (8) Excessive use of party-line service. 
 
 (9) Abuse or fraudulent use of service. 
 
 Abuse or fraudulent use of service includes: 
 
 (A) The use of service or facilities of the 
 Telephone Company to transmit a message or 
 to locate a person or otherwise to give or 
 obtain information, without payment of an 
 applicable charge; 
 
 (B) The obtaining, or attempting to obtain, or 
 assisting another to obtain or to attempt 
 to obtain telephone service, by rearrang- 
 ing, tampering with, or making connection 
 with any facilities of the Telephone 
 Company, or by any trick, scheme, false 
 representation, or false credit device, or 
 by or through any other fraudulent means or 
 device whatsoever, with intent to avoid the 
 payment in whole or in part, of the estab- 
 lished charge for such service. 
 
 (C) Resale of any service provided by the 
 Telephone Company. 
 
 (10) Use of service in such a manner as to interfere 
 with the service of other users. 
 
 (11) Use of the service for any purpose other than as 
 a means of communication. 
 
 (12) Use of service for unlawful purposes. 
 
 (13) Nonpayment of deposit required by the Telephone 
 Company . 
 
 (14) Any other violation of regulations as set forth 
 in the Telephone Company's filed tariffs. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
> 
 
 ^ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11_ 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 
 5. Limitations and Use of Service (con't.) 
 
 d . Cancellation for Cause (con't.) 
 
 The Telephone Company may continue such suspension of 
 service until all charges due have been paid and all 
 violations have ceased, or terminate the service 
 without suspension of service or following suspension 
 of service, and disconnect and remove any of its 
 equipment from the customer's premises or mobile 
 uni t . 
 
 Upon any such termination, the customer shall make 
 payment to the Telephone Company in accordance with 
 the preceding regulations governing Initial Contract 
 Periods and Termination of Service. 
 
 e. Use for Unlawful Purposes 
 
 Service is furnished by the Telephone Company subject 
 to the condition that it will not be used for an 
 unlawful purpose. Service will not be furnished if 
 any law enforcement agency, acting within its juris- 
 diction, advises that such service is being used or 
 will be used in violation of law, or if the Telephone 
 Company receives other evidence that such service is 
 being or will be so used. 
 
 f . Limited Communication 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to limit the 
 length of communication when necessary because of a 
 shortage of facilities caused by emergency 
 c ond i t i ons . 
 
 g. Transmission of Prerecorded Messages 
 
 Use of Telephone Company facilities for transmitting 
 
 prerecorded messages to the general public is subject 
 
 to the following conditions: 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 > 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 ^y — tTTTp Address 
 
 Name iicie 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET _21 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 D. USE OF SERVICE AND FACILITIES (con't.) 
 5. Limitations and Use of Service (con't.) 
 
 g. Transmission of Prerecorded Messages (con't.) 
 
 (1) For purposes of identification, customers to 
 telephone service who transmit prerecorded 
 messages to the general public over facilities 
 provided by the Telephone Company must include 
 in the recorded message the name of the sub- 
 scribing organization or individual responsible 
 for the service and the address at which the 
 service is provided. 
 
 (2) Customers transmitting factual public announce- 
 ments such as Time, Weather, Stock Market quota- 
 tions. Airline schedules and similar information 
 are excluded from the preceding condition, 
 
 (3) The customer's name, or that of an agent in the 
 case of business service, shall be made avail- 
 able to the public upon request. 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE 
 
 1. Application for Service 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to require 
 applications for service to be made in writing on the 
 Telephone Company's Standard Form of Application. Upon 
 the acceptance of an application for service, all the 
 applicable provisions in the Telephone Company's tariffs 
 lawfully on file become the contract between the customer 
 and the Telephone Company. Requests for additional 
 service and requests for changes in service upon accept- 
 ance thereof by the Telephone Company become a part of 
 the original contract, except that each item of addi- 
 tional service so provided is subject to the appropriate 
 initial contract period. Any change in rates or regula- 
 tions authorized by legally constituted authorities 
 effects a modification of all contracts for service to 
 
 that extent, without further notice. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.b.L;. 
 
 ^y — — Title Address 
 
 Name ixuic 
 
9 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 24 
 
 > 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 1. Application for Service (con't.) 
 
 When an application or request for service, including 
 additions and changes, is canceled or changed in whole or 
 in part before service is established, the customer may 
 be required to reimburse the Telephone Company for all 
 costs incurred in connection with that part of the appli- 
 cation or request, including additions and changes, which 
 are canceled or changed, except as otherwise specified in 
 the Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. The charge 
 to the customer shall not exceed the charges which would 
 apply if the service had been established as originally 
 ordered and then terminated, subject to the regulation 
 pertaining to Initial Contract Periods and Termination of 
 Service . 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to refuse 
 service to applicants previously having service termi- 
 nated for reasons specified in the regulation entitled 
 Cancellation for Cause until all charges due have been 
 paid and all violations have ceased. 
 
 2. Construction Charges 
 
 The rates and charges quoted in the tariffs of the 
 Telephone Company provide for the furnishing of service 
 and facilities where suitable plant facilities are 
 available or when the construction of the necessary 
 facilities does not involve excessive costs. 
 
 When excessive costs are involved for the construction of 
 facilities, charges for such construction will be deter- 
 mined in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 
 the Construction Charges section of this Company's 
 General Services Tariff, except as otherwise specified in 
 the Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET _2_5 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 3. Initial Contract Periods and Termination of Service 
 
 a. Initial Contract Periods 
 
 (1) The initial contract period for all services 
 will be 1 month except as otherwise specified 
 in the Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 (2) For the purpose of administering this regulation 
 and all other applicable regulations and rates 
 of the Telephone Company's tariffs, every month 
 is considered to have 30 days. 
 
 (3) Initial contract periods begin on and include 
 the day following the establishment of service. 
 
 (4) Where the initial contract period for service is 
 more than 1 month and a termination charge is 
 included in the schedule of rates, the initial 
 contract period, in months, is specified in 
 parenthesis following the termination charge, 
 e.g. , (60) . 
 
 b. Termination of Service 
 
 (1) Service may be terminated prior to the expira- 
 tion of the initial contract period after the 
 Telephone Company has been notified a reasonable 
 period in advance. The Telephone Company may 
 require notification to be in writing. Upon 
 such termination, the customer shall be respon- 
 sible for the payment of all charges due for the 
 period service has been rendered in addition to 
 the payment of charges applicable as determined 
 below : 
 
 (a) In the case of service for which the 
 
 initial contract period is 1 month - the 
 
 charges due for the balance of that month. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By _ , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 * 
 
 f 
 
9 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 26 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 3. Initial Contract Periods and Termination of Service 
 (con* t. ) 
 
 b. Termination of Service (con't.) 
 
 (b) In the case of service for which the 
 initial contract period is more than 
 1 month - the charges due are as deter- 
 mined below except as otherwise specified 
 in the Telephone Company's applicable 
 tariffs : 
 
 (I) Where the service is subject to a 
 minimum revenue guarantee - the 
 charges due for the unexpired portion 
 of the contract period. 
 
 ) 
 
 (II) 
 
 (III) 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Where a termination charge is 
 specifically included in the schedule 
 of rates for service at the same 
 location - such proportion of the 
 termination charge as the unexpired 
 portion of the full initial contract 
 period . 
 
 Where a termination charge is not 
 
 specifically included in the schedule 
 
 of rates for service at the same 
 
 location - such proportion of the sum 
 
 of the cost of installing and removing 
 
 the service plus the cost on non- 
 
 salvable material, as the unexpired 
 
 portion of the initial contract 
 
 period, not to exceed a sum equivalent 
 
 to the monthly charges for the 
 
 unexpired portion of the initial 
 
 contract period. 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 • 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2_7 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 3. Initial Contract Periods and Termination of Service 
 ( con' t . ) 
 
 b. Termination of Service (con't.) 
 
 (c) Where a portion of a system is discon- 
 tinued, termination charges apply for the 
 items of equipment discontinued as though 
 they were the last of their kind installed. 
 
 (2) Service may be terminated subsequent to the 
 
 expiration of the initial contract period after 
 the Telephone Company has been notified a 
 reasonable period in advance. The Telephone 
 Company may require notification to be in 
 writing. Upon such termination the customer 
 shall be responsible for the payment of all 
 charges due up to and including the date of 
 termination of the service. 
 
 In connection with Message Rate Service, the 
 message unit allowance is the pro rata portion 
 of the monthly allowance with message units used 
 in excess of the pro rata allowance being 
 charged for at the rate of additional message 
 units. 
 
 4. Floor Space, Electric Power and Operating at the 
 Customer's Premises 
 
 The customer is responsible for the provision and 
 maintenance, at his expense, of all space and floor 
 arrangements required on the customer's premises for 
 communication facilities provided by the Telephone 
 Company in connection with services furnished the cus- 
 tomer by the Telephone Company. Any power outlets and 
 commercial power required for the operation of such 
 facilities shall be provided by, and at the expense of 
 
 the cus tomer . 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 '' R55e «rtt ' «*^-^ 
 
 t 
 
f 
 
 # 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ~ ORIGINAL SHEET 2_8 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 4. Floor Space, Electric Power and Operating at the 
 Customer's Premises (con't.) 
 
 All operating required for the use of communications 
 facilities provided by the Telephone Company at the 
 customer's premises will be performed at the expense of 
 the customer, and will conform with the rules and 
 regulations which the Telephone Company may adopt to 
 maintain a proper standard of service. 
 
 5. Installation, Maintenance, and Repairs 
 
 The Telephone Company undertakes to install, maintain, 
 and repair the equipment and facilities which it 
 furnishes to customers. All ordinary expense of instal- 
 lation, maintenance, and repair in connection with 
 service furnished by the Telephone Company is borne by 
 the Company except as otherwise specified in the 
 Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 The customer shall not install, disconnect, rearrange, 
 remove, or attempt to repair i.e. "Tamper With" any 
 equipment or facilities furnished by the Telephone 
 Company or permit others to do so, except upon the 
 written consent of the Telephone Company or as otherwise 
 specified in the Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 6. Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours 
 
 The rates and charges specified in the Telephone Com- 
 pany's tariffs contemplate that all work in connection 
 with furnishing or rearranging service be performed 
 during regular working hours. Whenever a customer 
 requests that work necessarily required in the furnishing 
 or rearranging of the customer's service be performed 
 outside the Telephone Company's regular working hours or 
 that work once begun be interrupted, so that the Tele- 
 phone Company incurs cost that would not otherwise have 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of Nc 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET _2_9 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 6. Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours (con't.) 
 
 been incurred, the customer may be required to pay, in 
 addition to the other rates and charges specified in the 
 Telephone Company's applicable tariffs, the amount of 
 additional costs incurred by the Company as a result of 
 the customer's special requirements. 
 
 7. Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers 
 
 The customer has no property right to the telephone 
 number or any other call number designation associated 
 
 right to change such numbers, or the central offic 
 designation associated with such numbers, or both, 
 assigned to the customer, whenever the Telephone Company 
 deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of its 
 business. 
 
 8. Provision and Ownership of Directories 
 
 Directories are furnished by the Telephone Company to 
 customers as an aid to the use of the service. The 
 Telephone Company may request that such directories be 
 returned to the Company when new directories are issued. 
 The Telephone Company will furnish to its customers, 
 without charge, such directories as it deems necessary 
 for the efficient use of the service. 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to charge 
 
 customers for directories covering other than their 
 primary directory area. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
# 
 
 # 
 
 B 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET ^0 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 E. ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (con't.) 
 
 9. Special Equipment and Service Arrangements 
 
 The rates and charges quoted in the tariffs of the 
 Telephone Company contemplate the use of service arrange- 
 ments, equipment and facilities in quantities and types 
 regularly furnished by the Telephone Company, Where 
 equipment, facilities, or service arrangements are 
 requested which are not provided for in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs, rates and charges will 
 apply based on the circumstances in each case, whenever 
 in the judgment of the Telephone Company it is practi- 
 cable to provide the service requested. In such cases, 
 the Telephone Company reserves the right to require an 
 initial contract period longer than 1 month at the same 
 location. 
 
 10. Alterations on the Customer's Premises 
 
 The customer shall notify the Telephone Company, a 
 reasonable period in advance, whenever alterations or new 
 construction on premises occupied by the customer neces- 
 sitate changes in the Telephone Company's equipment and 
 facilities. When charges for such changes in equipment 
 and facilities are not provided for in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs, the customer may be 
 required to reimburse the Telephone Company for any 
 costs incurred in connection with the changes of 
 equipment and facilities. 
 
 F. ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT 
 
 1. Establishment of Credit 
 
 The Telephone Company is not obligated to furnish service 
 to any individual or firm that owes for service previous- 
 ly rendered at the same or a different address, until 
 arrangements have been made to liquidate such previous 
 indebtedness to the Company. Nor is the Telephone 
 Company obligated to continue to furnish service to any 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 31 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 F. ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT (con't.) 
 
 1. Establishment of Credit (con't.) 
 
 individual or firm whose credit is or becomes, in the 
 opinion of the Telephone Company, doubtful. In order 
 to insure the payment of all charges due for its 
 service, the Telephone Company may require any 
 customer to establish and maintain his credit in one 
 of the following ways: 
 
 1. By furnishing references acceptable to the 
 Telephone Company, 
 
 2. By means of a cash deposit. 
 
 3. Letter of Cr ed i t/ Guaran tee . 
 
 4. Security Agreement/ Bond . 
 
 2. Discontinuance of Service for Failure to Establish or Maintain 
 Credit 
 
 Service to a customer may be disconnected for failure to 
 establish credit after a reasonable time, but in any case 
 not until _ days after written notice to the customer was 
 mailed or delivered to his address as listed with the 
 company, or to the premises at which the service was 
 rendered. Notice will be deemed given to the customer 
 days after mailing. 
 
 • 
 
 3. Restoral of Service Charge 
 
 Where service has been disconnected for failure to 
 establish credit as authorized above, the regular 
 
 restoral of service charge set forth in Section G5,on Page 36 of 
 this tariff will be made and collected by the Company. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No, 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 I 
 
> 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET rZ 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 F. ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT (con't.) 
 
 4. Unpaid Account 
 
 A Telephone Company shall not be required to provide 
 service to an applicant who has not paid for prior 
 telephone service rendered by a Telephone Company in the 
 same or different location and furnished to the same 
 person or legal entity. However, residence service 
 cannot be denied for failure to pay a bill for a business 
 service. A Telephone Company shall not be required to 
 furnish service when applied for in the name of another 
 person or legal entity, or a fictitious name or other 
 member of the same household, for the purpose of avoiding 
 payment of an unpaid obligation for telephone service 
 previously furnished. 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES 
 
 1. Advance Payments 
 
 Applicants for service may be required to pay any 
 service, installation or nonrecurring charges and at 
 least 1 month's fixed charge in advance of the instal- 
 lation of service. The amount of such advance payment is 
 credited to the customer's account as applying to any 
 indebtedness under the contract. 
 
 2. Credit For Use of Customer-Provided Instruments 
 
 Where a customer-provided instrument is used, in lieu of 
 a Telephone Company provided instrument, as a main or 
 extension station with individual line residence and 
 
 Business Local Exchange Service, a monthly credit of $ 
 
 per telephone instrument not provided by the Telephone 
 Company shall be applied. 
 
 3 . Deposi ts 
 
 a . General 
 
 The Telephone Company may require an applicant or a 
 customer to make a suitable cash deposit to be held 
 by the Telephone Company as a guarantee of the 
 payment of charges for service. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 By , 
 
 Rami T itle Addiess 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 22 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 3. Deposits (con't) 
 
 # 
 
 b. Amount of Deposit 
 
 Except as otherwise specified in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs, the amount of such 
 deposit shall not exceed the amount of charges for 
 service which is estimated will accrue for a period 
 of 2 months; however, after service has been estab- 
 lished and experience demonstrates that the amount of 
 the outstanding deposit is not suitable to safeguard 
 the interests of the Telephone Company, the Telephone 
 Company may require an adjustment of the deposit not 
 exceeding the charges which is estimated will accrue 
 for a period of 2 months. 
 
 c. Records of Deposits 
 
 (1) The Company shall keep records to show: 
 
 (a) The name and address of each depositor; 
 
 (b) The amount and date of the deposit; 
 
 (c) Each transaction concerning the deposit. 
 
 (2) The Utility shall issue a receipt of 
 deposit to each applicant from whom a 
 deposit is received, and shall provide 
 means whereby a depositor may establish 
 claim if a receipt is lost. 
 
 (3) A record of each unclaimed deposit must 
 be maintained for at least 4 years, 
 during which time the Utility shall 
 make a reasonable effort to return the 
 deposit. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 # 
 
 e 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 34 
 
 I 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 3. Deposits (con't.) 
 
 d. Refund of Deposit 
 
 When service is terminated, any balance of the 
 deposit including accrued interest, remaining after 
 deduction of all sums due the Telephone Company will 
 be returned to the customer; or the deposit may be 
 returned at any time previous thereto, at the option 
 of the Telephone Company. No deposit shall be held 
 beyond a period during which the customer has 
 established satisfactory credit. A transfer of 
 service from one premise to another within the 
 service area of the Company shall not be deemed a 
 disconnection within the meaning of these rules, and 
 no additional deposit may be demanded unless 
 permitted by these rules. 
 
 e. Interest on Deposit 
 
 Simple interest at the rate of percent per annum 
 
 will be paid for the period during which the deposit 
 is held by the Telephone Company. At the option of 
 each customer making a deposit, the Telephone Company 
 shall annually make either direct payment to the 
 customer of all accrued interest, or shall credit 
 same to the customer's account. 
 
 f . Installment Payment of Deposit 
 
 Whenever a deposit from any residential customer is 
 required, the customer shall be permitted to pay it 
 in three consecutive equal monthly installments 
 whenever the total amount of the required deposit 
 exceeds the sum of dollars. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY " PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 22 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 3. Deposits (con't.) 
 
 g. Deposit Not to Affect Regular Collection Practices 
 
 The fact that a deposit is held by the Telephone 
 Company shall in no way relieve the applicant or 
 customer from compliance with the Telephone Company's 
 regulations as to advance payment and payment for 
 service, nor constitute a waiver or modification of 
 the regulations pertaining to the discontinuance of 
 service for nonpayment of any sums due the Telephone 
 Company for the service rendered. 
 
 4. Payment for Service 
 
 Charges to the customer are due and payable as follows: 
 
 a. Upon request, all service, installation, and 
 nonrecurring charges. 
 
 b. Monthly in advance, all fixed monthly charges for 
 service and facilities. 
 
 c. Upon rendition of bills, all message charges for 
 local and long distance services, charges for 
 measured time services, and charges for messenger 
 service. 
 
 The customer is responsible for payment of all charges 
 for service rendered including charges for local messages 
 and long distance messages sent from the customer's 
 station and for messages charged to such station on which 
 the charges have been reversed, i.e., collected from or 
 billed against the station called, or collected from or 
 billed to a station other than the calling station or 
 called station, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By : , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 I 
 
* 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ~ ORIGINAL SHEET 36 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 5. Due Date and Penalty 
 
 Bills shall be payable immediately upon receipt and past 
 
 due days after the date of the bill or after any 
 
 payment date previously established by agreement between 
 a customer and the Telephone Company. If the bill is not 
 paid when past due, the Telephone Company may make a 
 
 single late payment charge not to exceed percent 
 
 (_%). 
 
 The Company may commence disconnect procedure when the 
 bill is past due, or at any other time when long distance 
 charges exceed customer's normal usage by 100 percent 
 
 (100%) providing such charges are not less than $ 
 
 for residence service and not less than $ for 
 
 business service. 
 
 A "Denied Service Restoral" charge "as set forth in 
 Part III, Section 22 of this tariff of $ * is 
 applicable to each reconnection of service on paid 
 delinquent accounts. On a disconnection visit by a 
 Company representative to the customer's location and 
 when the customer chooses to pay his account, a 
 Premise Visit charge is also applicable. 
 
 6. Dishonored Checks 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to collect a 
 $ * charge for checks returned by banks. Returned 
 checks may result in immediate suspension of service 
 without notification. 
 
 * Insure that this is the same amount as set forth in Section 
 22 of Part III. (This note is for instructional purposes 
 only, and is no t to be included in the filed tariff.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 31 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCE (con't.) 
 
 7. Adjustments for Certain Local Taxes and Fees 
 
 When a political subdivision of the state charges the 
 Company a license tax or franchise fee at a flat rate or 
 based on receipts or based on poles, wires or conduits, 
 the aggregate amount of such taxes and fees will be 
 billed pro rata to the exchange customers receiving 
 service within the political subdivision, 
 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans 
 
 A Two-Tier Payment Plan is a method of payment for 
 services and equipment, as specified in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs, which consist of two levels 
 (or tiers) of monthly rates. The first tier are those 
 rates designated as Level A rates and the second tier are 
 those rates designated as Level B rates. 
 
 a. Application of Rates 
 
 (1) Rates specified as Level A for Two-Tier Payment 
 Plans apply for the duration of the initial 
 contract period selected. Rates specified as 
 Level B apply during the initial contract period 
 selected and thereafter for the duration the 
 equipment is in service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
$ 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2A 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans (con't.) 
 
 a. Application of Rates (con't.) 
 
 (2) For services which offer the customer a choice 
 between a Two-Tier Payment Plan (Payment Plan 1) 
 and a standard payment plan (Payment Plan 2), 
 customers selecting Payment Plan 1 may select 
 items of equipment offered under Payment Plan 2 
 for the same service offering. Customers 
 selecting Payment Plan 2 may not select items of 
 service and equipment offered under Payment 
 Plan 1. 
 
 (3) When a customer elects to convert an existing 
 service from a standard payment plan to a Two- 
 Tier Payment Plan, the service shall be treated 
 as a new connection except no additional Instal- 
 lation or System Activity Charges shall apply 
 for those items of equipment being converted nor 
 shall Service Charges apply to existing trunks, 
 lines, or stations provided such trunks, lines 
 or stations are not moved, changed or 
 
 r ear ranged . 
 
 b. Termination Charges 
 
 (1) At the customer's option, a lump sum payment of 
 the rates for all or individual items of equip- 
 ment shown in Columns A may be made at any time 
 during the intital contract period. Partial 
 prepayments against the Columns A balance after 
 the beginning of the initial contract period are 
 not allowed. The amount of the lump sum payment 
 shall be the present worth of the monthly rates 
 for the number of months in the unexpired 
 portion of the initial contract period. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3_9 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans (con't.) 
 
 b. Termination Charges (con't.) 
 
 (2) In the event of termination of all or part of 
 the service, a termination charge shall apply 
 for the rates shown in Columns A for terminated 
 items for the unexpired portion of the initial 
 contract period. The amount of the termination 
 charge shall be the present worth of the monthly 
 rates for the number of months in the unexpired 
 portion of the initial contract period. 
 
 (3) Termination Credit shall be determined based on 
 the initial credit which represents the maximum 
 reusable value of the service in the market at 
 the time of installation, and the credit period 
 which reflects the anticipated period of time 
 during which the service shall have reusable 
 value. The amount of termination credit, as 
 specified in this Company's applicable tariffs 
 for the offerings involved, shall apply to 
 Columns A rates and and any deferred payment of 
 Installation Charges. 
 
 c. Transfer of Contractual Obligations 
 
 With the written permission of the Telephone Company, 
 the obligation to pay Columns A rates for the 
 unexpired portion of all outstanding initial contract 
 periods may be transferred to another customer for a 
 transfer fee at any time during the initial contract 
 periods. In addition to assuming the responsibility 
 to pay the Columns A rates for the remainder of the 
 outstanding initial contract periods for the service 
 at its existing location, the new customer assumes 
 the conditions applicable to the offering at the time 
 of transfer. Any equipment rearrangements or 
 additions are subject to the rates and charges as 
 provided for in the applicable tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By TTTTe ' ^ddryyb 
 
 Name 
 
» 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 40 
 
 » 
 
 • 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans (con't.) 
 
 d . Relocations of Service 
 
 At the request of the customer, service may be 
 relocated to different premises or to a different 
 building at charges based on estimated costs provided 
 that service at the new location is for the same 
 customer. Columns A and B rates shall continue to 
 apply during the period of relocation, except that 
 Columns B rates shall not apply if the service is 
 inoperative for a continuous period of time as speci- 
 fied in the tariff for Allowance for Interruptions. 
 The customer's termination liability shall remain 
 unchanged . 
 
 e. Equipment Additions 
 
 At the customer's option, the initial contract period 
 for equipment additions may be arranged to terminate 
 at the same time as the existing initial contract 
 period for the original establishment of services as 
 f ol lows : 
 
 (1) Lump sum payment of the Columns A rates up to 
 the remaining months of the existing initial 
 contract period. The amount of the lump sum 
 payment shall be the present worth of the 
 monthly rates for the number of months in the 
 expired portion of the existing initial contract 
 period , or 
 
 (2) Adjustment of the Columns A rates to an initial 
 contract period equal to the remaining months of 
 the existing initial contract period. Any 
 deferrable System Activity Charges and Installa- 
 tion Charges associated with equipment additions 
 may be deferred and paid as a monthly charge 
 which shall be added to the amount of the 
 Columns A rates for the initial contract period 
 selected. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 41 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENT AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans (con't.) 
 
 b. Termination Charges (con't.) 
 
 (3) Termination of Credit shall be determined based 
 on the initial credit which represents the 
 maximum reusable value of the service in the 
 market at the time of installation, and the 
 credit period which reflects the anticipated 
 period of time during which the service shall 
 have reusable value. The amount of termination 
 credit, as specified in this Company's appli- 
 cable tariffs for the offerings involved, shall 
 apply to Columns A rates and any deferred 
 payment of Installation Charges. 
 
 c. Transfer of Contractual Obligations 
 
 With the written permission of the Telephone 
 Company, the obligation to pay Columns A rates for 
 the unexpired portion of all outstanding initial 
 contract periods may be transferred to another 
 customer for a transfer fee at any time during the 
 initial contract periods. In addition to assuming 
 the responsibility to pay the Columns A rates for 
 the remainder of the outstanding initial contract 
 periods for the service at its existing location, 
 the new customer assumes the conditions applicable 
 to the offering at the time of transfer. Any equip- 
 ment rearrangements or additions are subject to the 
 rates and charges as provided for in the applicable 
 tariff . 
 
 d. Relocations of Service 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 At the request of the customer, service may be 
 
 relocated to different premises or to a different 
 
 building at charges based on estimated costs 
 
 provided that service at the new location is for the 
 
 same customer. Columns A and B rates shall not 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Titlt 
 
 No, 
 
 Address 
 
# 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART II 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4_2 
 
 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 
 G. PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (con't.) 
 
 8. Two-Tier Payment Plans (con't.) 
 
 d . Relocations of Service (con't.) 
 
 apply if the service is inoperative for a continuous 
 period of time as specified in the tariff for Allow- 
 ance for Interruptions. The customer's termination 
 liability shall remain unchanged. 
 
 e. Equipment Additions 
 
 At the customer's option, the initial contract period 
 for equipment additions may be arranged to terminate 
 at the same time as the existing initial contract 
 period for the original establishment of services as 
 f ol lows : 
 
 (1) Lump sum payment of the Columns A rates up to 
 the remaining months of the existing initial 
 contract period. The amount of the lump sum 
 payment shall be the present worth of months in 
 the expired portion of the existing initial 
 contract period, or 
 
 (2) Adjustment of the Columns A rates to an initial 
 contract period equal to the remaining months of 
 the existing initial contract period. Any 
 deferrable System Activity Charges and Installa- 
 tion Charges associated with equipment additions 
 may be deferred and paid as a monthly charge 
 which shall be added to the amount of the 
 Columns A rates for the initial contract period 
 selected . 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
^ 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART III 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 Schedule of 
 RATES AND CHARGES, AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICES 
 
 # 
 
 > 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No, 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COIIPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXGHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 
 TITLE PACE 1 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 
 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 4 
 
 SECTION 1. AUTOMATIC ANSWERING & RECORDING SERVICE 
 
 2. CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 a. CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE 
 
 b. CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE 
 
 3. CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 
 A. CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 5. DATA SERVICES & EQUIPflENT 
 
 6. DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE 
 
 7. DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 
 8. DISCOUNTS 
 
 9. ENTERPRISE SERVICE 
 
 10. EXTENSION SERVICE 
 
 11. EXTENSION & TIE LINES 
 
 12. INTERCONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED 
 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 > 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd) 
 
 14. MILEAGE CHARGES 
 
 15. MISCELLANEOUS TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 16. MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 17. MULTI-LINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 18. PHONE STORE SERVICE 
 
 19. PPIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 20. PRIVATE LINE SERVICE 
 
 21. RADIO PAGING SERVICE 
 
 22. SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 23. SET RECOVERY PLAN 
 
 24. SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 25. SUSPENSION OF SERVICE 
 
 26. TOUCH-TONE® CALLING SERVICE 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 
 r 
 
 © 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 r 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 This tariff applies to general telecommunications services furnished 
 
 by . The regulations and 
 
 rates contained herein are in addition to the applicable regulations 
 and rates specified in other tariffs of the Telephone Company. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 For the purpose of administering the rates and charges contained in 
 this tariff, a customer-provided channel connecting two P.B.X. systems, 
 two Centrex systems, a P.B.X, system and a Centrex system, or either 
 of the preceding systems to a customer-provided communications 
 (switching) system is considered to be a tie line. 
 
 EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS 
 
 (C) Signifies a changed regulation, 
 
 (D) Signifies a discontinued rate, treatment or regulation. 
 
 (I) Signifies an increased rate or new treatment resulting in 
 increased rate. 
 
 (N) Signifies a new rate, treatment or regulation. 
 
 (R) Signifies a reduced rate or new treatment resulting in reduced 
 rates . 
 
 (T) Signifies a change in text but no change in rate, treatment or 
 regulation. 
 
 » 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPMJY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 1 
 
 AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Automatic Answering and Recording Service provides for the 
 automatic answering of telephones, the transmission of a prepared 
 message to the calling party and where desired, the automatic 
 recording of a message from the calling party, with or without a 
 closing message. 
 
 The Telephone Company offers a series of Automatic Answering & 
 Recording devices with features and capacities designed to meet 
 the varying needs of its customers. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1 . Automatic Answering and Recording Service will be provided by 
 the company only in conjunction with Business or Residential 
 Individual Line Service, Key System Lines, or Centrex/PABX 
 Trunks. 
 
 2. Automatic Answering and Recording Service is available for 
 use only with telephone stations where full selective ringing 
 is employed. The telephone stations and the associated 
 answering only or answering and recording equipment shall be 
 located in the same building and on the same premises, 
 
 3. Electrical power necessary for the operations of automatic 
 answering and recording equipment will be provided by the 
 customer. 
 
 4. For purposes of identification, customers of telephone 
 service who transmit public announcements over facilities 
 provided by the Company must include in the recorded message 
 the name of the organization or individual responsible for 
 the service and the address at which the service is provided. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Dafe 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 V 
 
 f 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 1 
 AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 5. Customers transmitting factual public announcements such as 
 Time, Weather, Stock Market quotations. Airline Schedules, 
 and similar information are excluded from the preceding 
 Regulation. 
 
 6. Equipment required for these services may be furnished by the 
 Telephone Company, or by the customer at the customer's 
 option, in accordance with the conditions specified in the 
 Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. Such equipment is 
 designed to disconnect the called telephone at the end of the 
 period provided by the equipment for the outgoing message in 
 the case of automatic answering only equipment, and after 
 completion of the period provided by the equipment for 
 recording incoming messages in the case of automatic 
 answering and recording equipment. 
 
 7. Since the customer and calling parties have exclusive control 
 over the quality and characteristics of speech used in the 
 messages recorded, the Telephone Company has no liability for 
 the quality of or defects in, the recording of such messages. 
 
 C. RATES & CHARGES 
 
 1 . The following charges apply to the automatic and recording 
 service and are in addition to the other rates and charges 
 applicable to the associated telephone facilities and service 
 
 (List models available, 
 with brief description 
 of features) 
 
 Monthly 
 Rate 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charge 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Model I 
 
 "Answer only" 
 
 3 min. Announcement 
 
 capacity 
 
 Date 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 # 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 1 
 
 AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES & CHARGES 
 
 1 . The following charges apply to the automatic and recording 
 service and are in addition to the other rates and charges 
 applicable to the associated telephone facilities and 
 service: (cont'd) 
 
 Monthly Installation & 
 Rate Service Charge 
 Model II 
 
 "Answer & Record" 
 3 minute announcement, with 
 fifteen 30 second 
 message capacity $ $ 
 
 Model III 
 
 "Answer & Record" 
 
 3 minute announcement, with 
 
 60 minute message capacity 
 
 (if calling party is silent 
 
 for 4 seconds, tone warns it 
 
 will disconnect if message 
 
 is not resumed in another 8 
 
 seconds) $ $ 
 
 Model IV 
 
 "Answer, Record &. 
 
 Remote Playback" 
 
 30 second variable 
 
 announcement with 20 
 
 minute message capacity $ 
 
 NOTE: The four "Models" shown above are examples of some of the features 
 currently available. They are shown only as a suggestion as to the 
 format to be used in the company's filed Tariff. These "Models" 
 are not recommendations as to the type of equipment which should be 
 purchased. The company should select the type of equipment which 
 will best serve the needs of their customers. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
» 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Centrex Service includes the facilities necessary for intercommunica- 
 tion between stations within a customer's system, in and out exchange 
 lines, direct in-dialing to stations, attendant transfer of incoming 
 calls from one station line to another, identification and billing of 
 outgoing long distance messages by station number, night connection 
 arrangements, interception of calls to unassigned numbers, and 
 attendant positions for assistance requirements. Centrex Service 
 include the facilities necessary for trunk, answer from any station, 
 and on calls incoming from the exchange, call transfer-individual, 
 consultation hold, and add-on. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms 
 
 a. Centrex System 
 
 Centrex stations with the same primary directory listing 
 constitute a Centrex System. 
 
 b. Centrex Line 
 
 A Centrex line is a line connecting a station or stations to 
 Centrex switching equipment. 
 
 c. Centrex Stations 
 
 ( 1) Main Station 
 
 A main station is the first station, the first appearance 
 in a station, or the first appearance in other than a 
 station, of a Centrex line, except as specified for a 
 fully restricted station. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY ^°" ^^^™^ ^510 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_2 ^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Fully Restricted Station 
 
 A fully restricted station is the first station, the 
 first appearance in a station, or the first appearance in 
 other than a station, of a Centrex line which is equipped 
 only to make calls to and receive calls from other 
 stations connected to the same Centrex System. 
 
 (3) Bridged Station 
 
 A bridged station is an additional station on the same ..«. 
 
 ^^^^^'' r ^o '^^ associated main or fully restricted ^ 
 station, d. Primary Location 
 
 ^' tlltT'' "^^K^'^r '' '^^ premises of the customer, mutually 
 1oc!m "'r ^^ '^^^'="f «™-- ^nd then designated as the primary 
 location by the Telephone Company. ^ 
 
 e. Secondary Location 
 
 that'of S IT''""^'" a premises of the customer other than 
 that of the primary location where stations are served by the 
 same Centrex System. ^ 
 
 1.00VCU 
 
 
 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Issued 
 
 Under 
 
 Date 
 Authority 
 
 of 
 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 - ... > 
 
 
 
 
 Name 
 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 l'^ 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 f. Satellite 
 
 A satellite is switching equipment arranged for Centrex 
 operation which is located at a secondary location of the 
 customer, connected to the Centrex System by tie lines, and at 
 which there is no attendant position, 
 
 g. Extended System Location 
 
 An extended system location is a building on the premises of 
 the customer designated by the Telephone Company as the 
 principal service point in a wire center area when a Centrex 
 System is extended outside the serving wire center area of the 
 primary location by means of Centrex switching equipment 
 located on Telephone Company premises and is connected to the 
 primary location by tie lines. 
 
 2. Centrex Service is classified as business service and is furnished 
 subject to the availability of facilities, by means of standard 
 telephones and, at the option of the Telephone Company, dial 
 switching equipment located either on the customer's premises or 
 on the premises of the Telephone Company, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. (cont'd) 
 
 Message rate Centrex Service will be furnished only from exchanges 
 where business Individual line message rate service is offered. 
 Flat rate Centrex Service may be furnished only from exchanges 
 where business individual line flat rate service is offered. 
 
 3. tVhere the switching equipment is located on the customer's 
 premises, and the switching equipment and attendant positions are 
 not located in the same or immediately adjacent rooms on the same 
 floor, or are separated by over 100 feet, special charges based on 
 the circumstances in each case may apply. 
 
 4. One operator's regular telephone set and one position dial will be 
 furnished where required without additional charge for each 
 console or switchboard position. One operator' s chair will be 
 furnished without charge in connection with each position of 
 switchboard when, because of the height of the keyshelf, a 
 standard height chair will not meet normal requirements, 
 
 5. Where quantities of switching equipment or central office lines in 
 excess of those considered adequate by the Telephone Company are 
 requested by the customer, such additional facilities will be 
 furnished at rates and charges based on the circumstances in each 
 case. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By _: , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 r 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ■ ORIGINAL SHEET_5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. Minimum Revenue Guarantees 
 
 a. Minimum Revenue Guarantees apply only to Centrex main 
 stations, main Centrex lines with customer-provided 
 instruments, and attendant positions. 
 
 Fully restricted and bridged stations, fully restricted and 
 bridged lines with customer-provided instruments, and the rate 
 differential between Centrex main stations and main Centrex 
 lines with customer-provided instruments, are not included in 
 any minimum revenue guarantees. 
 
 b. Centrex Main Stations and Main Centrex Lines with 
 Customer-provided Instruments 
 
 (1) On at least one premises of the customer, main stations 
 and main Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments 
 are subject to a Continuing Minimum Monthly Charge which 
 shall be the charge for 100 main Centrex lines with 
 customer-provided instruments at the appropriate Centrex 
 primary location schedule. 
 
 (2) All main stations and main Centrex lines with customer- 
 provided instruments of a Centrex system shall be subject 
 to a Basic Minimum Revenue Guarantee for a period of five 
 years. 
 
 (3) \Vhen service is initially established, the Basic Minimum 
 Revenue Guarantee is determined by applying the Centrex 
 primary location schedule for lines with customer- 
 provided instruments to 90 percent of the immediately 
 lower hundreds level below the combined number of main 
 stations and main Centrex lines with customer-provided 
 instruments initially connected. The guarantee so 
 determined shall not be less than the Continuing Minimum 
 Monthly Charge. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. Minimum Revenue Guarantees (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex Main Stations and Main Centrex Lines with 
 Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (4) l-Then subsequent growth occurs, an Additional Minimum 
 
 Revenue Guarantee will be established when the cumulative 
 growth exceeds a combined total of 20 main stations and 
 main Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments 
 beyond the next higher hundreds level above that 
 previously established. The Additional Minimum Revenue 
 Guarantee will apply for a period of three years and will 
 be based on 90 percent of the additional hundreds 
 level(s) above that previously established. 
 
 c. The Minimum Revenue Guarantee for each attendant position 
 shall be equal to the monthly charges for five years at the 
 same location beginning with the date of connection. 
 
 7. Termination of Service 
 
 a. \Vhen a Centrex system is disconnected in its entirety prior to 
 the expiration of the Minimum Revenue Guarantee periods for 
 any or all parts of such system, a termination charge equal to 
 one-half the charges applicable to the remainder of such 
 periods shall apply. 
 
 b. When a portion of the Centrex main stations or main Centrex 
 lines with customer-provided instruments is disconnected prior 
 to the expiration of the Minimum Revenue Guarantee periods and 
 such disconnection reduces the number of such stations or 
 lines below those contracted for by the customer, the customer 
 will continue to be charged for the number of such stations 
 and lines under contract for the duration of the Minimum 
 Revenue Guarantee periods. The last stations and lines with 
 customer-provided instruments connected will be considered the 
 first disconnected. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
> 
 
 • 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Changing of Equipment 
 
 a. Attendant Positions 
 
 (1) \^en the customer elects to change the type of the 
 attendant positions, or the location of the attendant 
 positions within the same building and on the same 
 premises, the installation charge for attendant posi- 
 tions, as specified in C. following, shall apply. 
 
 (2) liHien the customer elects to change the location of the 
 attendant positions to a different building or a different 
 premises, charges shall apply except that the charge 
 shall not exceed a sum equivalent to the total charges 
 applicable for the termination of such service and 
 subsequent reconnection of service. 
 
 b. Switching Equipment Located on Customer Premises 
 
 When the customer elects to change the location of the Centrex 
 dial switching equipment located on his premises or, when in 
 the judgment of the Telephone Company the location of the 
 Centrex dial switching equipment located on the customer's 
 premises must be changed as a result of the customer's 
 requirements for Centrex Service, the Centrex System shall be 
 considered to be disconnected in its entirety and termination 
 charges as set forth in 7. a. preceding shall apply except as 
 provided in e. following. 
 
 » 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Changing of Equipment (cont'd) 
 
 c. Switching Equipment Located on Telephone Company Premises 
 
 When the customer elects to change the location of all primary 
 location main stations and main Centrex lines with customer- 
 provided instruments associated with Centrex switching 
 equipment located on the Telephone Company's premises, the 
 Centrex system shall be considered to be disconnected in its 
 entirety and termination charges as set forth in 7. a. 
 preceding shall apply except where, at the option of the Tele- 
 phone Company and subject to the availability of facilities, 
 the customer's Centrex system will continue to be served by 
 the same Centrex switching equipment. 
 
 d. Service at the new location, if termination charge treatment 
 is applied, will be treated as a new connection requiring new 
 Minimum Revenue Guarantee periods. 
 
 e. The customer will be given the option of paying all costs of a 
 move on the same premises in lieu of paying the termination 
 charges specified in b. preceding. \^en the customer pays 
 such cost of moving. Minimum Revenue Guarantee periods will 
 not be affected. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. t 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
t 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY • PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available 
 
 a. Automatic Route Selection-Basic 
 
 (1) Automatic route selection accepts a seven- or ten-digit 
 telecommunications network call attempt through a Centrex 
 access code, automatically scans the call attempt, and 
 selects a first-choice completion route via foreign 
 exchange. Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS), Common 
 Control Switching Arrangement (CCSA) Off-Network, and/or 
 Long Distance Message Service by use of a Local Exchange 
 Service access line. Sequential completion attempts will 
 be made over a maximum of four alternate routes. 
 
 (2) Preferred routes and alternate routes within patterns will 
 be specified by the customer. 
 
 (3) The number of patterns required by a customer is 
 determined by the type and variety of access lines to 
 which such customer subscribes. 
 
 (4) Patterns without final route to Long Distance Message 
 Service may be offered only if a customer subscribes to a 
 sufficient number of access lines which, in the judgment 
 of the Telephone Company, provide an adequate level of 
 service so as to avoid interfering with the service of 
 others or to prevent others from making or receiving calls 
 over their telephone service. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~" 
 
 By _ . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 a. Automatic Route Selection-Basic (cont'd) 
 
 (5) Tie lines or tie line groups will not be included as 
 routes in patterns. 
 
 (6) Where a customer has a requirement to use a single route 
 requiring multiple translations, i.e., a three-digit 
 translation (number plan area code only) and a six-digit 
 translation (number plan area code and central office 
 codes) the route must be arranged in separate route 
 selection patterns with separate access codes, subject to 
 the appropriate charges in C. following. 
 
 (7) A group of patterns may have either Long Distance Message 
 Service or overflow tone as a final route. A combination 
 of both within the same pattern group that is, a group of 
 patterns accessed by one code,, is not permitted. Dial "9" 
 may be used as an access code only if the patterns 
 accessed have Long Distance Message Service as a final 
 route. 
 
 (8) Where long distance message restricted stations have 
 access to automatic route selection patterns with final 
 route to Long Distance Message Service, rates and charges 
 as specified for patterns with overflow to tone apply in 
 lieu of the rates and charges specified for final route to 
 Long Distance Message Service. 
 
 ISSUED [ EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
1 
 
 # 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETll 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available, (cont'd) 
 
 a. Automatic Route Selection-Basic (cont'd) 
 
 (9) System Activity Charges apply as specified in C. 
 
 following, and are in addition to all other applicable 
 Service Charges specified in this tariff. 
 
 b. Attendant Camp-on and Indication of Camp-on 
 
 (1) Attendant camp-on and indication of camp-on allows a 
 Centrex attendant position console attendant to camp on a 
 busy main station when attempting to extend an incoming 
 telecommunications network, CCSA or tie line call to that 
 station, and provides for the called busy station to 
 receive an alert tone each time the attendant attempts to 
 complete the call. 
 
 (2) Attendant camp-on and indication of camp-on cannot be 
 activated by the attendant if the called station is in a 
 dialing, outpulsing, ringing, or disconnecting mode. 
 
 (3) If the called station is already camped-on, or connected 
 to another attendant in the same customer group, camp-on 
 cannot be activated. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III / 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETJ^ V 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 4 
 
 SECTION 2 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 b. Attendant Camp-on and Indication of Camp-on (cont'd) 
 
 (4) If the called station is equipped for call waiting, that 
 feature takes precedence over camp-on. Consequently, the 
 attendant cannot regenerate the alert tone. 
 
 (5) If the called station is part of a multiline hunting group 
 or series completion group and all lines in the group are 
 busy, the camp-on function will be applied to the last 
 station or terminal hunted. 
 
 c. Attendant Control of Facilities 
 
 Attendant control of facilities allows a console attendant to 
 selectively deny or allow stations dial access to tie lines, l 
 WATS, FX or CCSA access lines. The feature may be arranged, at 
 the option of the customer, to control access to a single 
 access or tie line, a single group of the same type access 
 lines or tie lines, or multiple groups of different types of 
 access lines and tie lines. 
 
 d. Code Call-Code Call Answer 
 
 (1) Code call-code call answer allows a console attendant or a 
 station user including a station user calling over a tie 
 line, to page a called party via a coded system. The 
 called party can, from any unrestricted station, dial a 
 predetermined code and be connected to the calling party. 
 
 (2) The audible or visual signaling apparatus used for paging 
 must be provided by the customer and be located on such 
 customer's premises. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By ^ _ , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 e. Station Message Detail Recording 
 
 (1) Station message detail recording is an arrangement which 
 provides a record by station number, of originating calls 
 routing over selected facility groups which include dial 
 type tie lines, FX, WATS, CCSA and Long Distance Message 
 Service. The station message detail includes the calling 
 station number, called number, date, time of day, duration 
 of call and type of facility used. 
 
 (2) Station message detail recording also provides a record of 
 incoming calls routed over selected facility groups which 
 are Attendant Controlled and extended by the attendant to 
 Centrex station numbers. These facility groups include 
 tie lines, FX and Inward WATS, provided the Inward WATS 
 facility groups and the associated Centrex system are 
 served by the same No. 1 ESS dial switching equipment. 
 The station message detail includes the listed directory 
 number of the associated Centrex system as the calling 
 number, the called number, date, time of day and duration 
 of call. Station message detail recording on incoming 
 calls extended by the Centrex attendant will be furnished 
 only in conjunction with customer dialed account 
 recording. 
 
 (3) The customer may designate the group or groups of 
 facilities on which station message detail is to he 
 provided, and such detail will be provided on all 
 facilities within each group selected. 
 
 (A) The data provided by station message detail recording is 
 not the same as that provided on the monthly Telephone 
 Company rendered bill and comparisons will not be accepted 
 as the sole basis for the resolution of billing 
 discrepancies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET14 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 e. Station Message Detail Recording (cont'd) 
 
 (5) Station message detail will be provided on magnetic tape. 
 The tape density and number of tracks will be that used by 
 the program and data processing system in use by the 
 Telephone Company. 
 
 (6) \Vhere tie line or FX facilities are involved, all call 
 attempts originated over such facilities, whether 
 completed or not, will appear in the station message 
 detail. 
 
 f. Customer Dialed Account Recording 
 
 (1) Customer dialed account recording is an arrangement which 
 permits the addition of a number to the station message 
 detail recording magnetic tape record of any call for use 
 by the customer for identification or internal allocation 
 of the customer's services. 
 
 (2) Customer dialed account recording will be furnished only 
 in conjunction with station message detail recording and 
 where facilities permit. 
 
 (3) The customer dialed account recording numbers may consist 
 of up to eight digits. The number of digits will be 
 predesignated by the customer and all customer dialed 
 account recording numbers within an arrangement must 
 contain the same number of digits. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
• 
 
 4 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET15 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 g. Uniform Call Distribution 
 
 (1) Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) is a hunting arrangement, 
 available on Centrex lines, which provides even 
 distribution of incoming telecommunication network and 
 intercommunicating calls to the group of lines designated 
 as the UCD hunting group, 
 
 (2) Centrex main stations or Centrex main lines with customer- 
 provided instruments, and fully restricted stations or 
 fully restricted lines with customer-provided instruments 
 are not provided in the same UCD hunting group. 
 
 (3) Queuing is an optional feature that may be added to a 
 uniform call distribution arrangement, to permit incoming 
 calls, in excess of lines in a uniform call distribution 
 hunting group, to be held in the dial switching equipment 
 and distributed in their order of arrival to lines in the 
 uniform call distribution hunting group, as the lines 
 become available. 
 
 (4) When the optional feature or queuing is added to a uniform 
 call distribution arrangement, all lines in the associated 
 uniform call distribution hunting group must be arranged 
 for queuing. 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 V 
 
 By 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Name Title TM 
 
 ress 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET16 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 h. Attendant Busy Verification of Tie Lines and Call Through Test 
 on Tie Lines 
 
 (1) The attendant busy verification feature allows the Centrex 
 attendant to call a particular tie line. If the line is 
 busy the existing call will be given a busy verification 
 tone then bridged to the attendant. The attendant can 
 then observe the call and be heard by both parties on the 
 original connection. The busy verification tone is 
 repeated every six seconds up to a maximum of 30 seconds, 
 at which time the attendant connection is dropped. 
 
 (2) The attendant call through test feature allows the Centrex 
 attendant to verify the operation of any tie line equipped 
 with this feature by selecting the line and making a test 
 call on it. 
 
 (3) The attendant busy verification and call through test 
 features can only be operated from a console attendant 
 position equipped for data link operation. 
 
 i. Electronic Tandem Switching Type Tie Line Termination 
 
 An electronic tandem switching type tie line termination is 
 provided in association with the Centrex system electronic 
 tandem switching features of automatic route selection-deluxe 
 and/or uniform numbering/automatic alternate routing. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
> 
 
 m 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 17 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 j. Selected Customer Control of Facilities 
 
 (1) Selected customer control of facilities is an arrangement 
 which permits the customer to restrict all access to 
 specific facility groups terminating in the customer's 
 Centrex system. 
 
 (2) \^en the selected customer control of facilities 
 arrangement is activated for a facility group which is a 
 part of an automatic route selection - basic or automatic 
 route selection - deluxe routing pattern, call attempts 
 will automatically be routed to the next facility group in 
 the routing pattern. 
 
 k. Centralized Attendant Service 
 
 (1) Centralized attendant service allows a customer with a 
 number of locations that are served by a Centrex system, 
 to concentrate all attendants at a single, centralized, 
 main location. Incoming calls from the telecommunications 
 network to an unattended branch location are routed to the 
 main location, via a release link trunk, where a 
 centralized attendant service attendant completes the call 
 by dialing the called party's extension number over the 
 same release link trunk. 
 
 (2) The main location system must be a Centrex system served 
 by Electronic switching equipment equipped with data link 
 console attendant positions. 
 
 1 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_1^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Optional Features for Use with Centrex Systems where proper equip- 
 ment is available (cont'd) 
 
 k. Centralized Attendant Service (cont'd) 
 
 (3) the branch locations may have either an electronic or 
 No. 5 cross bar dial switching equipment that is arranged 
 for switched loop operation and TOUCH-TONE ® calling 
 service 
 
 (4) Centralized Attendant Service Features 
 
 (a) Standard Features 
 
 I. Incoming Call Identification Lamps 
 II. Remote Hold 
 III. Customer Testing of Release Link Trunks 
 IV. Attendant Call Distribution 
 V. Attendant Recall on Station Don' t-Answer 
 
 (b) Optional Feature 
 Uniform Numbering 
 
 10. Additional Customer Group 
 
 An additional customer group is a group of facilities requiring an 
 additional memory block in the ESS dial switching equipment and is 
 established by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer 
 to provide an additional group of common service features on the 
 same Centrex system. 
 
 ©Registered Service Mark of A.T.&T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 V 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 19 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 1, Centrex Service 
 
 a. Attendant Position 
 
 Push button console or cord switchboard 
 arranged for full Centrex operation, each 
 position 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge* Month 
 
 b. Stations 
 
 (1) Main Stations 
 
 (a) Primary Location 
 Flat Rate 
 
 Switching Equipment 
 
 1 
 
 'irst 
 
 located on: 
 
 _ 
 
 50 
 
 Customer Premises 
 
 
 
 Exchange Access . 
 
 $ 
 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 
 Type A . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 Telephone Company 
 
 
 
 Premises 
 
 
 
 Exchange Access 
 
 $ 
 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 
 Type A . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 Each Station, Per Month 
 First Next Next Over 
 150 800 1000 
 
 *Applies to installations of attendant positions and moves or changes of 
 attendant positions within the same building and on the same premises. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Titl« 
 
 Address 
 
COMPAOT 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET20 
 
 C. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. Centrex Service (cont'd) 
 b. Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (1) Main Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (a) Primary Location (cont'd) 
 Message Rate* 
 
 Switching Equipment 
 located on: 
 
 Each Station, Per Month 
 
 First Next Next Over 
 
 50 150 800 1000 
 
 Customer Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access . 
 
 $ 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A . . . , 
 
 $ 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 Telephone Company 
 
 
 Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access 
 
 $ 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A , , . , 
 
 $ 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 ( 
 
 *No message unit allowance included. The charges for all message units 
 are the same as specified for business service additional message units in 
 this Company's Local Exchange Service Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 < 
 
$ 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET21 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1, Centrex Service (cont'd) 
 b. Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (1) Main Stations (cont'd) 
 (b) Secondary Locations 
 Flat Rate 
 
 Switching Equipment 
 located on: 
 
 # 
 
 Each Station, Per Month 
 
 First Next Next Over 
 
 50 250 700 1000 
 
 Customer Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access . 
 
 $ 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A . , . . 
 Type B , . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 Telephone Company 
 
 
 Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 $ 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A . . . . 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 • 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET22 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. Centrex Service (cont'd) 
 b. Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (1) Main Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (b) Secondary Locations (cont'd) 
 Message Rate* 
 
 Each Station, Per Month 
 Switching Equipment First Next Next Over 
 located on: 50 250 700 1000 
 
 Customer Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access . 
 
 $ 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 Telephone Company 
 
 
 Premises 
 
 
 Exchange Access 
 
 $ 
 
 Intercommuni- 
 
 
 cation 
 
 
 Type A . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 Type B . . . . 
 
 $ 
 
 ( 
 
 *No message unit allowance included. The charges for all message units 
 are the same as specified for business service additional message units in 
 this Company's Local Exchange Services Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET23 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. Centrex Service (cont'd) 
 b. Stations (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Fully Restricted Stations or Lines, Per 
 
 Flat or Message Rate Month 
 
 Fully restricted station, each $ 
 
 # 
 
 Fully restricted station, each 
 
 rate, with customer-provided instruments, each . . $_ 
 
 (3) Bridged Stations on the Same Line With 
 
 (a) Main Stations $_ 
 
 Message Rate, each $_ 
 
 Flat Rate, each $_ 
 
 (b) Fully Restricted Stations, each $_ 
 
 (4) Bridged Centrex Line With Customer-provided 
 Instrument on the Same Line With: 
 
 (a) Main Stations 
 
 Message Rate, each $ 
 
 Flat Rate, each $_ 
 
 (b) Fully Restricted Stations, each $ 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET24 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 :. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. Centrex Service (cont'd) 
 
 c. Optional Service Features where proper equipment is available 
 
 (1) Call Transfer-individual, 
 
 Consultation Hold and Add-on Installation 
 on Incoming Calls Charge 
 
 (a) Common Equipment, per system $ 
 
 (b) Per Main Centrex Line $ 
 
 (2) Trunk Answer Any Station on Incoming 
 
 Calls, per system $ 
 
 2. TOUCH-TONE® Calling Service 
 
 The following rates apply in addition to the rates and charges 
 applicable for the associated Centrex System: 
 
 Nonrecurring Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 Common Equipment, per system* .... - $ 
 
 Attendant Positions, Per position . . $ None 
 
 Centrex Stations or Lines, each ... - $ 
 
 Centrex Line With Customer-provided 
 
 Instrument, each - $ 
 
 *Minimum revenue guarantee of 12 months applies. 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET25 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Charges for Channels Connecting Different Premises 
 
 Channel charges as specified in this tariff for Extension and Tie 
 Lines apply as follows and are in addition to the rate for the 
 Centrex main, fully restricted or bridged station, or a main, fully 
 restricted or bridged Centrex line with customer-provided 
 instrument: 
 
 a . Intraexchange 
 
 (1) Inhere a main or fully restricted station or a main or 
 fully restricted Centrex Line with customer-provided 
 instrument is located outside of the serving wire center 
 area of the customer's primary location, an interoffice 
 channel for the extension of a branch exchange station 
 line is required between the wire center serving the 
 customer's primary location and the wire center serving 
 the station. Local channels are not required. 
 
 (2) \'/here a satellite is located outside of the serving wire 
 center area of the customer's primary location, an 
 interoffice channel for a tie line is required between the 
 wire center serving the customer's primary location and 
 the wire center serving the satellite. Local channels are 
 not required. 
 
 (3) l^ere a main or fully restricted station or a main or 
 fully restricted Centrex line with customer-provided 
 instrument served by a satellite is located outside the 
 serving wire center area of the satellite, an interoffice 
 channel for the extension of a branch exchange station 
 line is required between the wire center serving the 
 satellite and the wire center serving the station. Local 
 channels are not required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 » 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET26 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Charges for Channels Connecting Different Premises 
 
 Channel charges as specified in this tariff for Extension and Tie 
 Lines apply as follows and are in addition to the rate for the 
 Centrex main, fully restricted or bridged station, or a main, fully 
 restricted or bridged Centrex line with customer-provided 
 instrument: (cont'd) 
 
 a, Intraexchange (cont'd) 
 
 (4) Where two satellites are in different wire center serving 
 areas, an interoffice channel for a tie line is required 
 between the wire centers serving the satellites. Local 
 channels are not required. 
 
 (5) An interoffice channel for a tie line is required between 
 the wire center serving the customer's primary location 
 and the wire center in which the extended system is 
 located. Local channels are not required. 
 
 (6) l^en a main or fully restricted station or a main or fully 
 restricted Centrex line with customer-provided instrument 
 is located outside the wire center area of the wire center 
 in which the extended system switching equipment is 
 located, an interoffice channel for the extension of a 
 branch exchange station line is required between the wire 
 center in which the extended system switching equipment is 
 located and the wire center serving the station. Local 
 channels are not requried. 
 
 (7) A channel for the extension of a Private Branch Exchange 
 (PBX) station line is required for a bridged station. 
 Where the switching equipment is located in a wire center, 
 a local channel for that end is not required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET27 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Charges for Channels Connecting Different Premises 
 
 Channel charges as specified in this tariff for Extension and Tie 
 Lines apply as follows and are in addition to the rate for the 
 Centrex main, fully restricted or bridged station, or a main, fully 
 restricted or bridged Centrex line with customer-provided 
 instrument: (cont'd) 
 
 b. Interexchange 
 
 (1) Where a station or bridged station or a main or bridged 
 Centrex line with customer-provided instrument is located 
 in another exchange, an interexchange channel service for 
 the extension of a branch exchange station line is 
 required, 
 
 (2) \^ere a satellite or an extended system location is 
 located in another exchange, an interexchange channel 
 service for a tie line is required. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET28 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 r 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 4. Dial Tie Line Terminals, each $ 
 
 Note: \Vhen a Dial Tie Line Terminal is arranged to be 
 connected directly to a Centrex line, the appro- 
 priate main station rate applies to the Centrex 
 line in addition to the rate specified for the 
 Dial Tie Line Terminal. 
 
 5. Common Control Switching Arrangement Access Line 
 
 Terminals, each 
 
 6. Long Distance Message Control 
 
 Arrangement to deny out-dialing of long 
 distance messages by main stations arranged 
 for direct out-dialing of local messages, 
 per main Centrex line arranged 
 
 ( 
 
 *Not applicable to dial tie line terminals associated with tie lines con- 
 necting a primary location and a satellite location. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 ( 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET29 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 7. Dial Conference Arrangement 
 
 Connection of stations and lines other than as specified for 
 Centrex Dial Conference Arrangements is permitted, but such 
 connections are subject to transmission and equipment limitations. 
 
 a. Attendant Controlled. 
 
 (1) An attendant controlled dial conference arrangement 
 provides the facilities necessary for the Centrex 
 attendant to establish a conference connection through the 
 Centrex dial switching equipment. The conference 
 connection permits the simultaneous connection of up to 
 five Centrex station lines in addition to the attendant or 
 a combination of those lines and either two tie lines or 
 one central office line, foreign exchange line, Wide Area 
 Telephone Service (WATS) or Common Control Switching 
 
 Arrangement (CCSA) access line and one tie line. 
 
 (2) Monthly Rate and Charges 
 
 Installation Per Termination 
 Charge Month Charge 
 
 Attendant Controlled Dial $ $ $ 
 
 Conference Arrangement 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 # 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET30 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 7. Dial Conference Arrangement (cont'd) 
 
 Connection of stations and lines other than as specified for 
 Centrex Dial Conference Arrangements is permitted, but such 
 connections are subject to transmission and equipment limitations. 
 
 b. Station Controlled 
 
 (1) A station controlled dial conference arrangement provides 
 the facilities necessary for a Centrex station user to 
 establish a conference connection through the Centrex dial 
 switching equipment. The conference connection permits 
 the simultaneous connection of up to six Centrex station 
 lines including the initiating station user or a 
 combination of those lines and either two tie lines or one 
 central office line, foreign exchange line, WATS or CCSA 
 access line and one tie line. 
 
 (2) Monthly Rate and Charges 
 
 Installation Per Termination 
 Charge Month Charge 
 
 Station Controlled Dial $ $ $ 
 
 Conference Arrangement 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By ^ 
 
 Name Title 
 
 0^ 
 
 Address \ 
 
• 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETS 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available 
 
 a. Automatic Route Selection-Basic Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 (1) Common Equipment, per customer 
 
 group, per ESS switching equipment $ $ 
 
 (2) Route Selection Patterns 
 
 (a) Per access line terminated in a 
 
 pattern or patterns* - $ 
 
 (b) By number plan area code only, 
 with final route: 
 
 I, To Long Distance Message 
 Service, per pattern, 
 each** $ $ 
 
 II. To overflow tone, per 
 
 pattern, each $ $ 
 
 (c) By number plan area code and 
 central office codes with final 
 route: 
 
 I. To Long Distance Message 
 Service, per pattern, 
 each** $ $ 
 
 II. To overflow tone, per 
 
 pattern, each $ $ 
 
 *In addition, rates and charges apply as specified in this Company's 
 applicable tariffs for the type of access line terminated. 
 
 **\^fhere stations equipped for long distance message restriction access a 
 pattern, the rates and charges specified in II, following apply. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET32 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 a. Automatic Route Selection-Basic (cont'd) 
 
 System 
 (3) Additions, Deletions and Changes Activity 
 
 Charge 
 
 (a) Additions, deletions (excluding deletion 
 of all routes in a pattern) or changes of 
 
 routes in existing patterns, per pattern* $ 
 
 (b) Deletion of Patterns (excluding disconnec- 
 tion of service) , per pattern 
 
 I. By number plan area code only .... $ 
 
 II. By number plan area code and central 
 
 office codes $ 
 
 (c) Additions or changes in number plan area or 
 central office code screening, per route* $ 
 
 b. Attendant Camp-on and Indication of Installation Per 
 Camp-on Charge ^k>nth 
 
 Per attendant console $ $ 
 
 c. Attendant Control of facilities . . . 
 
 Per access line or tie line, or group 
 
 of such lines controlled** $ $ 
 
 *Each WATS band is treated as a separate route. 
 
 **In addition, rates and charges apply, as specified for a Transfer 
 Arrangement in this tariff, and for a Series 1000, type 1001, Channel as 
 specified in this Company's Private Line Services Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 r 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET33 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 d. Code Call-Code Call Answer Installation 
 
 Charge 
 
 (1) Transmitting Equipment, per 125-code 
 
 capacity system, each $ $ 
 
 (2) Code Call Signal Control (one re- 
 quired per system), each $ $ 
 
 e. Station Message Detail Recording 
 
 (1) Common Equipment, per arrangement 
 
 (a) Per primary location $ $ 
 
 (b) Per secondary location served 
 by separate ESS switching 
 
 equipment $ 
 
 (2) Per facility group $ $ 
 
 (3) Station Message Detail Recording, 
 
 per message - $ 
 
 (4) Per FX trunk for originating calls, 
 
 terminated in an arrangement ... - $ 
 
 Service Establishment Charge 
 $250.00* $ 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 None 
 
 *This charge is applicable only when the switching equipment is arranged to 
 provided Station Message Detail Recording on the initial FX trunk for 
 originating calls, tie line. Inward WATS access line or FX trunk for 
 incoming calls. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No, 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET34 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 f. Customer Dialed Account Recording Installation 
 
 Charge 
 
 (1) Per arrangement $ * 
 
 (2) Per message - 
 
 g. Uniform Call Distribution 
 
 (1) Hunting group, each $ 
 
 (2) Per line in the hunting group . . .$ 
 
 (3) Queuing 
 
 (a) Common equipment $ 
 
 (b) Line arranged for queuing, 
 each $ 
 
 (c) Queue slot, each $ 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 None 
 
 f 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET35 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 g. Uniform Call Distribution (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Queuing (cont'd) Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 (d) Centrex line usuage for 
 incoming call queuing 
 
 I, Per fully restricted station 
 with Telephone Company pro- 
 vided station or fully 
 restricted line with customer- 
 provided instrument ... - $ 
 
 # 
 
 II. Per Centrex main station or 
 
 Centrex main line with custo- 
 mer-provided instrument 
 
 Exchange access .... - $ 
 
 Intercommunication ... - $ 
 
 (A) Make-busy Arrangements Rates and charges are 
 
 as specified for make- 
 busy arrangements in 
 this tariff. 
 
 (5) Calls Waiting Indication, per unique 
 
 timing state (maximum of three)*. . $ $ 
 
 (6) Delay Announcement 
 
 (a) Per announcement (limit one) . $ $ 
 
 (b) Per announcement trunk .... $ $ 
 
 (c) Per line - $ 
 
 *In addition, for each unique timing state, apply the rates and charges for 
 a Series 1000, type 1001, channel between the serving central office and 
 the customer's premises as in this Company's Private Line Services Tariff, 
 and the rates and charges for Auxiliary Signal Equipment as specified in 
 this tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET36 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 g. Uniform Call Distribution (cont'd) 
 
 Installation Per 
 
 (7) Night Transfer Arrangement Charge Month 
 (limit one)* $ $ 
 
 (8) Deletions and Changes 
 
 (a) Deletions (excluding deletion 
 of the entire system) 
 
 I, Each Line in the Hunting Group; 
 
 Delay Announcement, per an- System Activity 
 
 nouncement, Delay Announcement, Charge 
 
 per announcement trunk; Night 
 
 Transfer Arrangement $ 
 
 II. Per Queue Slot, or Slots deleted at 
 the same time, or Calls Waiting In- 
 dication per unique timing state $ 
 
 (b) Changes 
 
 I. Night transfer arrangement . 
 
 II. Calls waiting indication per 
 unique timing state, delay 
 announcement-per announcement 
 
 h. Attendant Busy Verification of Tie Lines 
 and Call Through Test on Tie Lines 
 
 (1) Per tie line group equipped 
 
 Installation 
 Charge 
 
 (a) First group $ 
 
 (b) Each additional group . . . . $ 
 (2) Per tie line equipped 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 None 
 None 
 $ 
 
 (t 
 
 * Furnished only in conjunction with group make-busy arrangement. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 _ No. _ 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 37 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 Service 
 
 Establishment Installation Per 
 
 i. Electronic Tandem Switching Charge Charge Month 
 
 Type Tie Line Termination, 
 
 each - $ $ 
 
 j. Selected Customer Control 
 of Facilities 
 
 (1) Common equipment, per 
 
 system . $ $ $ 
 
 (2) Per facility group to 
 which access is 
 
 denied - $ $ 
 
 (3) Control key, per 
 facility group to 
 which access is 
 
 denied* Rates and charges apply as specified 
 
 for a Transfer Arrangment in this 
 tariff. 
 
 *In addition, apply the rates and charges for a Series 1000, type 1001, 
 Channel between the serving central office and the customer's premises as 
 in the Private Line Services Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET38 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 Service 
 Establishment 
 k. Centralized Attendant Servic e Charge 
 
 (1) Release link trunk 
 terminal equipment 
 
 (a) Main Centrex 
 location, 
 each $ ** 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 (b) Branch Centrex location 
 
 I. First two 
 
 terminations $ 
 
 II. Each 
 
 additional 
 termination 
 
 (2) Centralized attendant 
 service attendant 
 console equipment • . 
 
 Rates and charges apply as 
 specified preceding for 
 Attendant Positions. 
 
 **Applies once per system. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET39 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 CENTREX SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 8. Optional Features for Use with Centrex System, where proper 
 equipment is available (cont'd) 
 
 k. Centralized Attendant Service (cont'd) 
 
 Service 
 Establishment Installation Per 
 Charge Charge Month 
 
 (3) Uniform numbering, per 
 100 Centrex main sta- 
 tion numbers, per 
 ESS Centrex location $ $ 
 
 (4) Release link trunk, 
 
 each Rates and charges apply as 
 
 specified for Tie Lines in 
 this tariff. 
 
 9. Computer Access Line Termination, 
 
 each Rates and charges apply as 
 
 specified preceding for 
 Dial Tie Line Terminals 
 
 10. Additional Customer Group, each $ None 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Centrex Service is furnished to schools, colleges and universities for 
 management use in the administration of the school and for residential 
 use by students, faculty members or employees who reside in 
 dormitories or other residential quarters owned or leased, or under 
 control of the school. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Management stations are furnished at regular Centrex rates, 
 charges and regulations as specified in Section 2 preceding. 
 
 2. Dormitory stations, which include Telephone Company provided 
 stations and dormitory Centrex lines with customer-provided 
 instruments, for residential use, are furnished on a flat rate 
 basis at rates and charges set forth in C. following. 
 
 3. Dormitory service is furnished to a school, college or university 
 only in association with a Centrex System and upon the condition 
 that use of the service shall not be made subject to any charge by 
 the school, college or university in excess of the charges set 
 forth in the tariffs of the Telephone Company. 
 
 4. Schools, colleges and universities may subscribe to Centrex 
 Dormitory Service under either Option A or B as follows: 
 
 a. Option A 
 
 The school, college or university is responsible for payment 
 of all charges. The school, college or university is also 
 responsible for billing and collecting charges for telephone 
 messages, charges for Directory Assistance Service, telegrams, 
 cablegrams and radiograms sent paid from or received collect 
 at dormitory stations. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By ^ , ^_ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 4. (cont'd) 
 
 b. Option B 
 
 The Telephone Company is responsible for the billing and 
 collecting of long distance charges, charges for Directory 
 Assistance Service, telegrams, cablegrams and radiograms sent 
 paid from or received collect at dormitory stations. The 
 school, college or university is responsible for the payment 
 of all other rates and charges applicable to the dormitory 
 stations. 
 
 The school, college or university shall agree to either: 
 
 (1) Assume responsibility for the payment of long distance 
 charges billed to dormitory stations deemed by the 
 Telephone Company to be uncollectible or 
 
 (2) Render assistance to the Telephone Company in the prompt 
 collection of such charges, in which event no 
 responsibility for the uncollectible portion will be 
 incurred by the school, college or university. 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to change a 
 dormitory station to a fully restricted station at the 
 rate specified in Section 2 preceding, in the event of 
 nonpayment charges billed to the dormitory station. 
 
 5. Dormitory station extension service will be provided only within 
 the same dormitory room or residential quarters as the associated 
 dormitory main station. 
 
 6. For dormitory stations that are located outside the wire center 
 are for the primary location, extension line mileage charges as 
 specified in this Company's General Exchange Tariff, apply between 
 the primary location and the location of the station. 
 
 7. TOUCH-TONE® Calling Service is provided to dormitory stations 
 only when the associated Centrex Service has TOUCH-TONE® 
 Calling Service. 
 
 DRegistered Service Mark A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 » 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 • 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 > 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 B, Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimum Revenue Guarantees 
 
 a. Minimum Revenue Guarantees apply only to Centrex main 
 stations, main Centrex lines with customer-provided 
 instruments, dormitory main stations, dormitory main lines 
 with customer-provided instruments, and attendant positions. 
 
 Fully restricted and bridged stations, fully restricted and 
 bridged lines with customer-provided instruments, and the rate 
 differential between main stations and main lines with 
 customer-provided instruments and dormitory extension 
 dormitory lines with customer-provided instruments are not 
 included in any Minimum Revenue Guarantees. 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Centrex and Dormitory 
 Main Lines with Customer-provided Instruments. 
 
 (1) On at least one premises of the customer, main stations 
 and main lines with customer-provided instruments are 
 subject to a Continuing Minimum Monthly Charge which 
 shall be the charge for 100 main lines with 
 customer-provided instruments at the appropiate Centrex 
 primary location. 
 
 > 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimum Revenue Guarantees (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Centrex and Dormitory 
 Main Lines with Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (2) All main stations and main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments of a Centrex system shall be subject to a 
 Continuing Minimum Revenue Guarantee for a period of five 
 years. The Minimum Revenue Guarantees for Centrex and 
 dormitory main stations and main lines with 
 customer-provided instruments will be computed separately 
 and totaled for the customer's Minimum Revenue Guarantee 
 as follows: 
 
 (a) \'fhen the number of Centrex main stations, main 
 
 Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments, 
 dormitory main stations, and main dormitory lines 
 with customer-provided instruments are below 
 one-hundred at the time service is initially 
 established, the Minimum Revenue Guarantee is 
 determined as follows: 
 
 Apply the Centrex primary location schedule for main 
 lines with customer-provided instruments to the 
 actual number of Centrex main stations and main 
 Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments and 
 the appropriate dormitory main station schedule to 
 the actual number of dormitory main stations and 
 main dormitory lines with customer-provided 
 instruments. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 « 
 
 i 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 « 
 
$ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimum Revenue Guarantees (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Centrex and Dormitory 
 Main Lines with Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (2) (cont'd) 
 
 (b) When the number of Centrex main Stations and main 
 
 Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments is 
 below one-hundred, and the number of dormitory main 
 stations and main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments is one-hundred or more at the time 
 service is initially established, the Minimum Revenue 
 Guarantee is determined as follows: 
 
 Apply the Centrex primary location schedule for main 
 lines with customer-provided instruments and the 
 appropriate dormitory main station schedule for main 
 lines with customer-provided instruments to the first 
 one-hundred dormitory main stations and main lines 
 with customer-provided instruments and that same 
 schedule to 90 percent of the immediate lower 
 hundreds level below the number of dormitory main 
 staion and main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments initially connected. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Miminum Revenue Guarantees (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Centrex and Dormitory 
 Main Lines with Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (2) (cont'd) 
 
 (c) \Vhen the number of Centrex main stations and main 
 Centrex lines with customer-provided instruments is 
 one-hundred or more when service is initially 
 established, the Minimum Revenue Guarantee is 
 determined as follows 
 
 (I) Apply the Centrex primary location schedule for 
 main lines with customer-provided instruments to 
 the first one-hundred Centrex main stations and 
 main Centrex lines with customer-provided 
 instruments and that same schedule to 90 percent 
 of the immediate lower hundreds level below the 
 number of Centrex main stations and main Centrex 
 lines with customer-provided instruments 
 initially connected and 
 
 (II) Apply the appropriate dormitory main station 
 
 schedule for main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments as specified in (a) or (b) preceding, 
 
 (d) The guarantee as determined in (a) , (b) or (c) 
 preceding shall not be less than the Continuing 
 Minimum Monthly Charge. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^T 
 
t 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 t 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimvm Revenue Guarantees (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Main Lines with 
 Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (2) (cont'd) 
 
 (e) Additional Minimum Revenue Guarantee 
 
 (I) \^nien subsequent growth occurs to a Centrex 
 
 system where the number of Centrex or dormitory 
 main stations and main lines with 
 customer-provided instruments was below 
 one-hundred when service was initially 
 established, an Additional Minimum Revenue 
 Guarantee will be established when the total 
 main stations and main lines with customer- 
 provided instruments in service equals 
 one-hundred or more Centrex or dormitory main 
 stations and main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments. The Additional Minimum Revenue 
 Guarantee will apply for a period of five 
 years and will be based on the actual growth of 
 Centrex or dormitory main stations and main 
 lines with customer-provided instruments up to 
 the one-hundred level(s) in excess of the first 
 one-hundred Centrex or dormitory main stations 
 and main lines with customer-provided 
 instruments. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimum Revenue Guarantee (cont'd) 
 
 b. Centrex and Dormitory Main Stations and Centrex and Donaitory 
 Main Lines with Customer-provided Instruments (cont'd) 
 
 (2) (cont'd) 
 
 (e) Additional Minimum Revenue Guarantee 
 
 (II) When subsequent growth occurs to a Centrex 
 system with one-hundred or more Centrex or 
 dormitory main stations and main lines with 
 customer-provided instruments, an Additional 
 Minimum Revenue Guarantee will be established 
 when the total main stations and main lines 
 with customer-provided instruments in service 
 exceeds a total of 20 stations and lines with 
 customer-provided instruments beyond the next 
 higher hundreds level above that previously 
 established. The Additional Minimum Revenue 
 Guarantee will apply for a period of five 
 years and will be based on 90 per cent of the 
 additional hundreds level(s) above that 
 previously established, 
 
 (f) A customer with Centrex Dormitory Service may 
 designate one 3-month period in any one 12-month 
 period during which the Minimum Revenue Guarantee 
 will be that applicable to management stations but 
 at no time less than that for 100 main stations and 
 main lines with customer-provided instruments. The 
 3-month period need not be continuous but the 
 minimum period will be one month. The Minimum 
 Revenue Guarantee applicable just prior to the 
 designated period will apply following the period, 
 regardless of the number of Centrex stations or 
 lines with customer-provided instruments in service 
 at the time, and will also apply should the Centrex 
 system be disconnected during such period. 
 
 ISSUED ^ ^^^^ EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date ^^^ 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 L 
 
 ^^"^ Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. Minimum Revenue Guarantee (cont'd) 
 
 c. The Minimum Revenue Guarantee for each attendant position 
 shall be equal to the monthly charges for 60 months at the 
 same location beginning with the date of connection. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 1. The following rates apply for Centrex dormitory main stations as 
 related to the residence individual line flat rate Dial or 
 TOUCH-TONE® service rate in the same exchange in which the 
 associated Centrex system is located: 
 
 Each Main Station 
 a. Option A Per Month 
 
 Switching Equipment located on: 
 
 (1) Customer Premises 
 
 Telephone Company provided 
 
 station $.50 less than 
 
 residence individual 
 
 line flat rate service. 
 
 Main dormitory Centrex line 
 
 with customer-provided 
 
 instrument $ * less than residence 
 
 individual line flat 
 rate service. 
 
 *This amount should be the $.50 in a(l) plus the amount of credit the 
 company allows for customer-provided equipment. 
 
 ©Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By ^ , _____ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEETIO 
 
 (» 
 
 C. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. 
 
 The following rates apply for Centrex dormitory main stations as 
 related to the residence individual line flat rate Dial or TOUCH- 
 TONE® service rate in the same exchange in which the 
 associated Centrex system is located: 
 
 a. Option A (cont'd) 
 
 Each Main Station 
 Per Month 
 
 Switching Equipment located on: 
 
 (2) Telephone Company Premises 
 
 Telephone Company provided 
 station 
 
 $.25 less than 
 residence individual 
 line flat rate service, 
 
 Main dormitory Centrex line 
 with customer-provided 
 instrument 
 
 $ * less than 
 residence 
 individual line 
 flat rate service. 
 
 *This amount should be the $.25 in a(2) plus the amount of credit the 
 company allows for customer-provided equipment. 
 
 ® 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T. & T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEETU 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 C. 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 RATES (cont'd) 
 
 (1) 
 
 The following rates apply for Centrex dormitory main stations as 
 related to the residence individual line flat rate Dial or TOUCH- 
 
 TONE 
 
 ® 
 
 service rate in the same exchange in which the 
 
 associated Centrex system is located: (cont'd) 
 
 b. Option B 
 
 Each Main Station 
 Per Month 
 
 Switching Equipment located on: 
 
 (1) Customer Premises 
 
 Telephone Company provided 
 station 
 
 Main dormitory Centrex line 
 with customer-provided 
 instrument 
 
 $.50 less than residence 
 individual line rate 
 service. 
 
 $ * less than residence 
 individual line flat 
 rate service. 
 
 *This amount should be the $.25 in b( 1 ) plus the amount of credit the 
 company allows for customer-provided equipment. 
 
 NOTE: The $.25 differential between Option A rates and Option B rates is 
 based on whether the college (Option A) or the company (Option B) 
 bills the individual students. The $.25 differential shown in this 
 model tariff is for informational purposes only. Each borrower 
 should determine it's cost savings by having the college do the 
 individual billing prior to filing this portion of the tariff. 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A.T. & T. Co. 
 
 # 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET12 
 
 c 
 
 c. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 RATES (cont'd) 
 
 (1) The following rates apply for Centrex dormitory main stations as 
 related to the residence individual line flat rate Dial or TOUCH- 
 TONE service rate in the same exchange in which the 
 associated Centrex system is located: (cont'd) 
 
 b. Option B (cont'd) 
 
 Each Main Station 
 Per Month 
 
 Switching Equipment located on: 
 
 (2) Telephone Company Premises 
 
 Telephone Company provided 
 station 
 
 The same rate as for 
 residence individual 
 line flat rate service, 
 
 Main dormitory Centrex line 
 with customer-provided 
 instrument 
 
 $ * less than residence 
 individual line flat 
 rate service. 
 
 *This amount should be the amount of credit the company allows for 
 customer-provided equipment. 
 
 © 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T. & T. Co. 
 
 NOTE: The $.25 differential between Option A rates and Option B rates is 
 based on whether the college (Option A) or the company (Option B) 
 bills the individual students. The $.25 differential shown in this 
 model tariff is for informational purposes only. Each borrower 
 should determine it's cost savings by having the college do the 
 individual billing prior to filing this portion of the tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2A 
 
 CENTREX DORMITORY SERVICE - SCHOOLS, COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2. The following rates and charges apply for Centrex Dormitory 
 Extension Service: 
 
 Each Extension Service 
 Per Month 
 
 Associated with Centrex 
 dormitory main stations 
 
 (a) Telephone Company provided station. $ 
 
 (b) Extension dormitory Centrex line 
 
 with customer-provided instrument . $ * 
 
 3. Connection, Move and Change Charges 
 
 Connection, move and change charges for Centrex Dormitory Service 
 will be the same as specified for Residence Service. 
 
 *This will be the amount in 2(a) less the amount of credit the company 
 allows for customer-provided equipment. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
{ 
 
 c 
 
 L 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Centrex Custom Calling Services consists of service features for use 
 with Centrex Service furnished by Electronic Switching System (ESS) 
 dial switching equipment. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Explanation of Terras 
 
 Call Forwarding-Busy Line 
 
 Automatically routes incoming calls, or both incoming and 
 intercommunicating calls, to the attendant or a designated 
 answering point in the same Centrex system when the called main 
 station is busy. The attendant or designated answering point must 
 be served by the same dial switching equipment as the forwarding 
 station. 
 
 Calling Forwarding-Don' t Answer 
 
 Automatically routes incoming calls, or both incoming and 
 intercommunicating calls, to the attendant or a designated 
 answering point in the same Centrex system when the called main 
 station doesn' t answer before passage of a prescribed time 
 interval which is dependent upon the arrangement of the dial 
 switching equipment. The attendant or designated answering point 
 must be served by the same dial switching equipment as the 
 forwarding station. 
 
 Call Forwarding-Variable 
 
 When activated by the customer, calls intended for the station 
 automatically route to any other station in or outside the same 
 Centrex system or to the attendant. \^en activated by the 
 attendant, calls intended for the station automatically route to 
 any other station in the same Centrex system or to the attendant. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 t 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 » 
 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_J^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 Call Pick-Up and Call Hold 
 
 Call Pick-Up allows the customer to answer any calls directed to 
 another-raain station within such user's own preset pickup group by 
 dialing a special code. Call Hold allows the customer to hold any 
 call in progress by flashing the switchhook and then dialing a 
 hold code, thus freeing the same main station for the purpose of 
 originating another call or returning to a previously held call. 
 Only one call per station may be held at a time. The held call 
 cannot be added to the other calls. 
 
 Call Transfer- Individual-All Calls. Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls 
 
 Call Transfer-Individual- All Calls 
 
 The customer can transfer any established call to another 
 station in or outside the Centrex system provided only one 
 party remains outside the Centrex system once the transfer is 
 effected except when a connection is established between the 
 telecommunications network and a tie line type facility or 
 when the customer's dial switching equipment is equipped to 
 permit the connection of two tie line type facilities. This 
 is accomplished by hanging up after utilizing the Consultation 
 Hold-All Calls and/or the Three-way Calling-All Calls 
 features. 
 
 Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 
 The customer can hold any existing call by flashing the 
 switchhook and, on the same main station, originate a call to 
 the attendant or to another station in or outside the Centrex 
 system for private consultation. After consultation or 
 answer, the customer can, by flashing a second time: (1) 
 return to the original call after the second station hangs up, 
 or (2) add this station to the original call (Three-way 
 Calling-All Calls) . The customer can also transfer this 
 station to the original call by hanging up after consulting 
 with or adding on the second station (Call Transfer- Individual 
 All Calls), 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 
 L 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 Call Transfer- Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls (cont'd) 
 
 Three-way Calling-All Calls 
 
 The customer can add a third station to any established call 
 for a three-station conference by flashing the switchhook. 
 after utilizing the Consultation Hold-All Calls feature. Only 
 one station may be outside the customer's dial switching 
 equipment except when the dial switching equipment has been 
 arranged to permit two outside stations to be connected to a 
 three-station conference. 
 
 Calls transferred to stations outside the Centrex system and calls 
 originated to stations for private consultation or a three-station 
 conference outside the Centrex system are subject to transmission 
 limitations. 
 
 Call Waiting 
 
 Terminating 
 
 Allows incoming calls, or both incoming and intercommunicating 
 calls, to a busy main station to be held waiting while an 
 audible burst of tone is provided to the busy main station 
 connection to indicate that a call is waiting. The called 
 station may be connected to this waiting call by the customer 
 hanging up, whereby the station will be rung and will be 
 connected to the call upon answer, or by the customer flashing 
 the switchhook. to hold the original call. If the customer 
 does not hang up repeating the flash will reconnect the 
 station to the held party and will place the connected party 
 back on hold. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 c 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1, Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 Call Transfer-Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls (cont'd) 
 
 Originating 
 
 A calling station provides an audible tone to a called station 
 in the same customer group to indicate that an intercommunica- 
 tion call is waiting when the called station is busy. 
 
 Customer Group 
 
 A customer group is a group of facilities established by the 
 
 Telephone Company to provide common service features. A Centrex ^ 
 
 system arranged for Centrex Customer Calling Services will be \m^ 
 
 comprised of the number of customer groups determined by the 
 
 Telephone Company to be adequate to meet the customer's service 
 
 requirements. 
 
 Series Completion Hunting Group 
 
 A Series Completion Hunting Group is a group of facilities 
 established by the Telephone Company to provide hunting 
 arrangements for a maximum of eight Centrex lines. 
 
 Speed Calling 
 
 Permits the customer to place calls to a list of frequently called 
 numbers by dialing fewer digits than normally required. Two types 
 of Speed Calling are available, a six-number capacity (one-digit) 
 or 30 number capacity (two-digit) arranged for either individual 
 or shared usage. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 L 
 
• 
 
 > 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 Call Transfer- Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls (cont'd) 
 
 Automatic Callback 
 
 Automatic Callback permits a main station user who attempts an 
 intercommunication call to a busy main station to be automatically 
 connected to that main station when both called and calling main 
 stations are subsequently idle. Automatic Callback is operational 
 only for intercommunication calls between main stations served by 
 the same ESS customer group. 
 
 Call Forward Over Private Facilities 
 
 Call forwarding over private facilities permits a main station 
 user to establish the automatic routing of incoming calls to a 
 specific private facility which is terminated in that main station 
 user's system. As used herein, the term private facility applies 
 to terminations of Common Control Switching Features, Wide Area 
 Telephone Service, Foreign Exchange, Foreign Zone and Foreign 
 Central Office Services, Tie Lines arranged for senderized 
 operation, and basic Local Exchange Service. 
 
 Reminder Ring 
 
 Reminder Ring provides for a distinctive ringing signal to be 
 furnished to a Call Forwarding-Variable or Call Forwarding Over 
 Private Facilities equipped main station at the time a call is 
 forwarded. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 By 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1, Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 Call Transfer- Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls (cont'd) 
 
 Distinctive Ringing and Call Waiting Tone 
 
 Distinctive Ringing and Call Waiting Tone are furnished in 
 different classes which permit main station users to identify the 
 source of calls. These three classes identify: 
 
 Class Call Source 
 
 A Intercommunication 
 
 B Direct Inward Dialed from the Telecommunications Network 
 Attendant completed 
 
 Common Control Switching Arrangement Access Line 
 Tie Line 
 
 C Preemptible Switched Circuit Automatic Network Access Line 
 Call Waiting-Originating 
 Data Link Console Night Service Arrangement 
 
 2. Centrex Custom Calling Services require special facilities and 
 will be provided only where such facilities are available and 
 the operational capability of such services will be limited to 
 the standard operating characteristics of the serving dial 
 switching equipment, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 (r 
 
• 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Call Transfer-Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls will only be provided where all 
 main stations in a customer group are so equipped. In addition, 
 the provision of this feature is limited to stations served by the 
 same dial switching equipment, or to a stations served by 
 different dial switching equipment connected by tie line type 
 facilities. 
 
 A. Calls forwarded and transferred to stations outside the Centrex 
 system and calls originated to stations for private consultation 
 or a three-station conference outside the Centrex system are 
 subject to local and long distance message charges which are 
 chargeable to the activating station. 
 
 5. The rates in C. following for Speed Calling include numbers 
 furnished by the customer to be established on 6- or 30-number 
 lists at the time the Speed Calling feature is initially provided. 
 Subsequent additions, deletions or revisions to the number lists 
 are provided by the Telephone Company upon request of the customer 
 except when the dial switching equipment has been arranged to 
 permit the customer to change the number list by dialing a special 
 code. Telephone Company changed Speed Calling number lists are 
 not provided when the dial switchng equipment has been arranged 
 for customer changeable Speed Calling number lists. 
 
 6. There are a maximum of 100 individual or shared Speed Calling 
 30-number lists available per customer group. 
 
 7. The service features of Call Waiting-Terminating and Call 
 Forwarding- Busy Line are not provided on the same main station. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 8. The service feature Call Waiting-Tenninating is not provided on 
 main station arranged for station hunting 
 
 9. The Call Waiting-Terminating service feature will only be provided 
 on main stations of a Centrex system where the calls held waiting 
 are either incoming only, or incoming and intercommunication 
 calls. 
 
 10. l^en the dial switching equipment is arranged for customer 
 changeable Speed Calling number lists, the first main station 
 equipped with shared Speed Calling will be the only main station 
 permitted to change the Speed Calling number list. 
 
 11. Not more than one Speed Calling feature with 6-number capacity and 
 one Speed Calling feature with 30-number capacity may be provided 
 on the same main station. 
 
 12. Call Pick-up and Call Hold, Call Fo rwar ding- Don ' t Answer, Call 
 Forwarding-Busy Line, Call Forwarding-Variable and Speed Calling 
 may be provided on main stations of a series completion hunting 
 group. 
 
 13. The service feature of Call Pick-Up and Call Hold will only be 
 provided on main stations which are arranged for Call Transfer- 
 Individual-All Calls or for Call Transfer- Individual on incoming 
 calls from the telecommunications network. In addition. Call 
 Pick-Up and Call Hold will only be provided where all main 
 stations in the preset group are so equipped. 
 
 lA. IVhen the service features of Call Forwarding-Busy Line and Call 
 
 Forwarding-Don' t Answer are provided on the same main station, the 
 features will only be provided where the calls forwarded are 
 either incoming-only, or incoming and intercommunication calls. 
 In addition, the calls will only be forwarded to either the 
 attendant or the same designated answering point. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 ( 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
• 
 
 > 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CEOTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 15. Call Forwarding - Don't Answer 
 
 At the time a main station is initially equipped for Call 
 Forwarding-Don' t Answer, it will be arranged for a predetermined 
 number of ringing cycles to be completed prior to the incoming 
 call being forwarded. When a change in the number of ringing 
 cycles is requested by the customer, the Installation Charge as 
 specified in C. following applies per main staion affected. 
 
 16. Automatic Callback 
 
 A calling main station is permitted only one Automatic Callback 
 request at a time. The called main station is limited to only one 
 request at a time for Automatic Callback. Once requested. 
 Automatic Callback will remain active for a period not to exceed 
 30 minutes unless deactivated by the calling main station. 
 
 17. Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities 
 
 a. The Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities routing of calls 
 to foreign exchange and Common Control Switching Arrangement 
 off-network access lines requires special ESS central office 
 modification. Initially, this optional service feature will 
 not be available for the routing of calls via any facility, 
 automatic route selection pattern or switching service network 
 involving foreign exchange, \-fhen the ESS central office 
 equipment is subsequently modified, such routing will be made 
 available to the customer at no additional charge. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETIO 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 17. Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities (cont'd) 
 
 b. The Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities routing of calls 
 to Electronic Tandem Switching requires special ESS central 
 office modifications separate from the modification specified 
 in a. preceding. Initially, this optional service feature 
 will not be available for the routing of calls via Electronic 
 Tandem Switching. When the No. 1 ESS central office equipment 
 is subsequently modified, such routing will be made available 
 to the customer at no additional charge. 
 
 c. Incoming telecommunications network calls to main stations 
 arranged for Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities routing 
 are subject to the appropriate charges for such calls and a 
 common recorded announcement is furnished to inform the caller 
 that the call is being forwarded. 
 
 d. Calls forwarded to the telecommunications network are subject 
 to the appropriate charges for such calls. 
 
 e. Where the Call Forwarding Over Private Facilities optional 
 service feature routes calls to a specific private facility 
 which is denied access by activation by the Attendant Control 
 of Facilities optional service arrangement, those calls will 
 instead be routed to a common recorded announcement v^ich 
 refers the caller to the system's attendant. 
 
 18. Reminder Ring 
 
 When Reminder Ring is requested for a main station which is not so 
 arranged, the Installation Charge as specified in C. RATES 
 following applies per main station affected. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By ^ , .. 
 
 !7ame Tit 16 Address 
 
> 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETll 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 19. Distinctive Ringing and Calling Waiting Tone 
 
 a. Distinctive ringing is furnished to indicate the source of 
 calls to idle main stations. Distinctive tone is furnished to 
 indicate the source of calls to busy main stations equipped 
 for Call Waiting optional service features. 
 
 b. A distinctive ringing and tone is furnished to each class and 
 is used to identify all call sources within each class. 
 
 c. Class A ringing and tone is not furnished separately and is 
 included at no additional charge to main stations arranged for 
 Class B ringing and tone. Class C ringing and tone may be 
 furnished separately or in association with Class B ringing 
 and tone. 
 
 d. Class C tone associated with Call Waiting-Originating will be 
 provided only where all such main stations in the same ESS 
 customer group are commonly arranged for Class C tone. 
 
 e. \^ere a customer's system is equipped with a data link console 
 and is arranged for Class B ringing and tone, Class C ringing 
 will be provided to identify night service arrangement 
 extended calls to main stations at no additional charge. 
 
 • 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET12 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 Per Month, Per 
 Main Station 
 
 1. Call Forwarding- Busy Line 
 
 a. Incoming calls only . 
 
 b. Incoming and intercommunicating calls . . . 
 
 2. Call Fo rwar ding- Don ' t Answer* 
 
 a. Incoming calls only 
 
 b. Incoming and intercommunicating calls ... 
 
 3. Call Forwarding-Variable 
 
 4. Call Pick-Up and Call Hold 
 
 5. Call Transfer- Individual-All Calls, Consultation Hold-All Calls, 
 and Three-way Calling-All Calls 
 
 6. Call Waiting 
 
 a. Terminating ..... .. 
 
 b. Originating 
 
 *When a change in the number of ringing cycles is requested by the 
 customer subsequent to the initial installation, an Installation Charge as 
 specified following for Call-Forwarding-Don' t Answer Ringing Cycle Change 
 applies per main station affected. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^ 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 Per Month, Per 
 Main Station 
 
 7. Individual Speed Calling 
 
 a. 6-number capacity 
 
 b. 30-number capacity 
 
 8. Shared Speed Calling 
 
 a. 6-number capacity 
 
 (1) First main station 
 
 (2) Each additional main station sharing the 
 same number list 
 
 b, 30-number capacity 
 
 (1) First main station 
 
 (2) Each additional main station sharing the 
 same number list • 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 > 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET14 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 Service 
 Establishment Installation 
 Charge Charge 
 
 9. Call Forwarding-Don' t Answer 
 Ringing Cycle Change, per 
 main station changed .... 
 
 10. Automatic Callback 
 
 a. Common equipment, per 
 
 system $ 
 
 b. Per main station equipped 
 
 11. Call Forwarding Over Private 
 Facilities 
 
 a. Common equipment, per system $ 
 
 b. Per main station equipped 
 
 12. Reminder Ring 
 
 a. Furnished with the initial 
 installation of Call For- 
 warding-Variable or Call 
 Forwarding Over Private 
 Facilities optional service 
 features 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 None 
 
 None 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET15 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 B 
 CENTREX CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 Service 
 
 
 
 Establishment 
 
 Installation 
 
 Per 
 
 Charge 
 
 Charge 
 
 Month 
 
 12. Reminder Ring (cont'd) 
 
 b. Furnished subsequent to the 
 initial installation of such 
 optional service features, 
 per main station 
 
 13. Distinctive Ringing and Call 
 Waiting Tone 
 
 a. Common equipment for either 
 or both class B and C ring- 
 ing and tone, per system 
 
 b. Class B ringing and tone, 
 per main station equipped 
 
 c. Class C tone per main 
 station equipped with 
 Call Waiting-Originating 
 
 d. Class C ringing and tone 
 per preemptible Switched 
 Circuit Automatic Network 
 access line terminal 
 
 None 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 

TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 1. Lines will be extended in accordance with Section 13 of this 
 tariff-LINE EXTENSION CHARGES. 
 
 2. Construction Charges are applicable to customers under certain 
 conditions for the establishment or rearrangement of communica- 
 tions services when suitable plant facilities are not available or 
 when the construction of the necessary facilities involves 
 excessive costs. 
 
 3. Construction charges are applicable under certain conditions as 
 hereinafter set forth and are in addition to the rate for the 
 class of service furnished and any Service Charge, installation 
 charge, nonrecurring charge, mileage charge or other similar 
 charges that may apply as specified in this tariff. 
 
 4. Construction charges are payable upon application for service or 
 when billing is rendered as the Company, at its option, may 
 require. 
 
 5. The word "cost" when used in this section, means the in-plant cost 
 consisting of labor, materials, supervision and other overhead 
 expenses associated with the construction. Estimated cost will be 
 used; however, where the subscriber requests, actual cost will be 
 used where practicable. 
 
 6. The term "poles" as used in this section includes the anchors, 
 braces, guys, stubs and other fixtures required to support the 
 poles. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 By 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 A. GENERAL (cont'd) 
 
 7. Except as otherwise provided herein, the regulations in this 
 tariff contemplate that the type of construction required to 
 provide the quantity and class of service involved will be 
 determined by the Company. The applicant may be required to pay 
 the additional costs involved where a different type of 
 construction than that proposed by the Company is desired. 
 
 8. \^en an applicant is so located that it is necessary to use 
 private right-of-way to furnish service and the Company is unable 
 to obtain the required right-of-way without cost, the applicant 
 may be required to pay the costs incurred in securing, clearing, 
 and retaining such right-of-way. 
 
 9. IVhen a charge is applicable for construction on either a public 
 road or on private property, the customer may undertake, where in 
 the opinion of the Telephone Company it is practicable for him to 
 do so, such construction in whole or in part, in lieu of the 
 construction charges which apply. In all cases of construction by 
 the customer, the material furnished and the method of construc- 
 tion are subject to the approval of the Telephone Company, no 
 charge applying for the Telephone Company's supervision. 
 
 10. Any poles, conduit, underground construction or other plant 
 provided at the expense of the customer, on either a public road 
 or on private property, shall not be used by the customer for any 
 purpose other than service furnished by the Telephone Company or 
 the support of cable, wire or other apparatus of the Telephone 
 Company, except upon approval of the Telephone Company. 
 
 11. \Vhere builders or developers required advance construction of 
 facilities for the anticipated use of others, a guaranty or 
 payment bond satisfactory to the Telephone Company to cover the 
 cost of such construction, may be required before construction 
 work is started. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 3 
 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 The following regulations are subject to the conditions set forth in 
 Section 13, LINE EXTENSION CHARGES. 
 
 1 . Scope 
 
 a. Construction Charges apply when one or more of the following 
 conditions are present, and whenever more than one of such 
 conditions are present, the charge for each condition 
 applies, when the customer's request for service requires: 
 
 (1) Construction for permanent service on public road to 
 serve one or more customers or on private property to 
 serve customers in general, and the construction is 
 located outside the Telephone Company's base rate area. 
 
 (2) Construction for permanent service on private property 
 to serve, a single customer and the construction is 
 located inside or outside of the Telephone Company's 
 base rate area, 
 
 (3) Facilities (including house cabling or inside wiring) of 
 a type other than that which the Telephone Company would 
 otherwise utilize in order to provide service for the 
 customer. 
 
 (4) A greater quantity of facilities than that which the 
 Telephone Company would otherwise construct in order to 
 fulfill the customer's initial requirements for service. 
 
 (5) Routing of facilities other than that which the 
 Telephone Company would normally utilize in order to 
 provide service for the customer. 
 
 # 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Scope (cont'd) 
 
 (6) The Telephone Company to expedite construction of the 
 facilities at greater expense than would otherwise be 
 incurred. 
 
 (7) Construction for temporary service and there is no 
 immediate prospect of reusing the facilities provided. 
 
 (8) Distribution construction on continuous property. 
 
 (9) The Telephone Company to relocate existing facilities at 
 the request of the customer or other party. 
 
 2. Usual Construction for Permanent Service 
 
 The regulations contained herein contemplate usual construction, 
 i.e., the type of construction which the Telephone Company would 
 provide for the area and for the quantity and class of service 
 Involved if the decision rested solely with the Telephone Company. 
 The Telephone Company will place either aerial or underground 
 construction and will determine, in each case, which is the usual 
 type of construction to be used to furnish service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Usual Construction for Permanent Service (con' t) 
 
 In all cases of usual construction on public road to serve one or 
 more customers or on private property to serve customers in 
 general, ownership of the poles, conduit, and other plant must be 
 vested either in the Telephone Company or some other company with 
 which the Telephone Company has a joint use arrangement. All 
 plant is maintained and replaced at the expense of the Telephone 
 Company. 
 
 3. Construction Provided by the Customer 
 
 When the construction is provided by the customer, any poles, 
 conduit and underground construction necessary to furnish service 
 shall be maintained and replaced at the expense of the customer 
 and shall remain the property of the customer. 
 
 In case the customer prefers to use the poles, conduit and 
 underground construction of another company or individual and such 
 poles, conduit and underground construction are suitable in the 
 opinion of the Telephone Company, he may do so provided any 
 attachment or other charges made for the use of such poles, 
 conduit and underground construction are paid by the customer. 
 
 4. Special Construction for Permanent Service 
 
 a. \-Jhen it is necessary for the Telephone Company to provide 
 outside plant construction, either on a public road or on 
 private property, or house cabling or inside wiring, which is 
 other than that usually provided for the area and class of 
 service furnished, the customer or other party requiring such 
 special construction is required to pay the difference between 
 the estimated cost of usual construction and the estimated 
 cost of the type of construction provided under the conditions 
 specified herein. Such special construction includes: 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 4. Special Construction for Permanent Service (cont'd) 
 
 (1) underground construction where aerial construction would 
 usually be provided, 
 
 (2) submarine cable, 
 
 (3) greater quantity or a different type of facilities than 
 that which the Telephone Company would otherwise 
 construct in order to fulfill the customer's initial 
 requirements for service, 
 
 (4) routing facilities different from that which the 
 Telephone Company would normally utilize, 
 
 (5) expedition of the construction of facilities at greater 
 expense than would otherwise be incurred, 
 
 (6) concealed inside wiring, etc. 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 i 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 3 
 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 4, Special Construction for Permanent Service (cont'd) 
 
 b. The Telephone Company will, in all cases, bear the same amount 
 of the cost as in the case of usual construction provided 
 under paragraph 2. preceding. 
 
 (1) Outside Plant Construction 
 
 (a) On Public Roads or on Private Property 
 
 The customer or other party requiring the special 
 construction is required to pay the difference 
 between the total estimated cost of such special 
 construction and the amount to be borne by the 
 Telephone Company. All plant is maintained and 
 replaced at the expense of the Telephone Company, 
 except where poles or conduit are owned by the 
 customer, in which case the customer is required to 
 maintain such poles or conduit. 
 
 (b) Conduit and Trenching 
 
 Except as provided as usual construction by the 
 Telephone Company, the provision, maintenance and 
 replacement of conduit and underground construction 
 on private property for one or more customers is the 
 responsibility of the customer. The Telephone 
 Company will install and maintain the associated 
 wire facilities at its expense. The cost of conduit 
 replacement or of opening and closing the trench in 
 connection with the maintenance and replacement of 
 the wire facilities shall be the responsibility of 
 the customer. 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 4. Special Construction for Permanent Service (cont'd) 
 (2) House Cabling or Inside Wiring 
 
 (a) The standard method of wiring a building or 
 structure for telephone service is by exposed 
 wiring. It is the responsibility of the customer 
 to provide a means of entrance into the building 
 which is satisfactory to the Telephone Company and 
 to provide space for mounting the necessary terminal 
 and station protection equipment and, where riser 
 cable is required, a reusable means to reach each 
 floor and each suite or office on each floor where 
 the telephone service is desired. 
 
 Where customer-provided telephone systems and 
 facilities within a building or structure are to be 
 interconnected with Telephone Company provided 
 facilities, the Telephone Company will provide house 
 cabling or inside wiring, if required, to the 
 nearest point of the customer's premises, which is 
 satisfactory to the Telephone Company, within a 
 building or structure. 
 
 (b) Any required conduit or similar type construction 
 involved in furnishing concealed wiring must be 
 installed and maintained at the expense of the 
 customer. Such construction must be installed in a 
 manner which is acceptable to the Telephone 
 Company. 
 
 (c) l^ere, due to the type of construction of the 
 building or the conditions imposed by the customer, 
 abnormal expense is incurred by the Telephone 
 Company, the customer is required to pay the 
 difference between the estimated expense which would 
 normally have been incurred for the installation. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 f 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 » 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 5. Temporary Construction 
 
 When construction is required for temporary service (for a period 
 less than 3 years) , and the construction is located inside or 
 outside the Telephone Company's base rate area, and there is no 
 immediate prospect (within 6 months of service disconnection) of 
 reusing the plant provided, the customer is required to bear all 
 of the cost of such construction. 
 
 The regulations applying to ownership and maintenance of such 
 temporary construction are the same as apply to usual construction 
 for permanent service. 
 
 6. Distribution Construction on Continuous Property 
 
 When communications services such as private branch exchange 
 stations or extensions, tie line or private line services are 
 extended to another building or point on the same continuous 
 property of a customer, the construction required such as poles 
 and conduit, including trenching, shall be the customer's respon- 
 sibility. Such construction by the customer shall be furnished in 
 a manner acceptable to the Telephone Company and shall be 
 maintained and replaced by the customer. The Telephone Company 
 will install and maintain the associated wire facilities at its 
 expense. The cost of pole or conduit replacement or of opening 
 and closing the trench in connection with maintenance and 
 replacement of the wire facilities shall be the responsibility of 
 the customer. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 • 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETIO 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 3 
 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 7. Rearrangement or Relocation of Existing Construction 
 
 When the Telephone Company is requested to move or change existing 
 construction, the customer or other party requiring the move or 
 change is required to pay the entire cost incurred by the 
 Telephone Company properly attributable to such relocation. 
 
 When a political subdivision of the State, or any agency thereof, 
 requires by ordinance, franchise provision, administrative ruling 
 or otherwise that existing aerial facilities be relocated 
 underground, the entire cost incurred by the Telephone Company 
 properly attributable to such relocation, after deducting 
 therefrom any reimbursement received, any increase in value of the 
 new facility and any salvage value derived from the old facility, 
 will be charged pro rata to the exchange customers receiving 
 service within the political subdivision. 
 
 8. Refunds* 
 
 When the construction for which the Telephone Company has made a 
 cash construction charge is utilized by the Telephone Company for 
 the purpose of serving additional customers within a period of 
 three years from the date it was placed in service, refunds, 
 without interest, will be made to those customers who have paid 
 such charges, provided they are still serviced by such 
 construction. The amount of such refunds to a particular customer 
 will be based on the difference between the construction charge 
 actually paid by that customer and the construction charge which 
 he would have paid if all customers served through that 
 construction within such three-year period had been connected at 
 the time the construction serving that customer was placed in 
 service. 
 
 Where the construction is used within a period of three years for 
 supporting local or long distance facilities connecting central 
 offices, the total amount of cash construction charges paid by the 
 customers will be refunded, without interest. 
 
 *This may not be required for all borrowers, however some state regulatory 
 bodies require some form of construction charge refund provision. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 4 ^ 
 
 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES* 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Custom Calling Services consist of optional service features for use 
 in connection with a customer's Local Exchange Service. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Custom Calling Services may be associated with residence and 
 business individual line service excluding Serai-Public Telephone 
 Service. 
 
 2. Custom Calling Services require special facilities and will be 
 provided only where such facilities are available. 
 
 3. A trial period of days is offered for a customer to assess the 
 
 effectiveness of a Custom Calling Service feature package. The 
 offering of this trial period option is limited in that the 
 feature package may be tried only once per customer, per premises. 
 A trial of a feature package precludes a future trial of any of 
 the individual features in that feature package.** 
 
 If during the trial period, the customer requests the feature 
 package, as appropriate, be disconnected, neither the applicable 
 monthly rate nor any other applicable charges will apply. If the 
 customer retains any of the features or feature package beyond the 
 
 day trial period, the monthly rates for the feature, features 
 
 or feature package retained will apply from the date such feature, 
 features or feature package were initially established. In 
 addition, other applicable charges for the initial establishment 
 of the feature, features or feature package retained would 
 apply.*** 
 
 *In the near future, additional features will become more routinely avail- 
 able. These include features such as Instant Recall, Ringback and 
 Restrictive Use. 
 
 **This type of promotion is listed for instructional purposes. Borrower 
 circumstances and regulatory body attitude will dictate the appropriate 
 approach. 
 
 ***Also, as an extra inducement, non recurring service charges could be 
 waived . 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 4 
 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES* 
 B. REGULATIONS (con' t) 
 
 4. Call Forwarding 
 
 Call forwarding is an arrangement whereby incoming calls may be 
 transferred to another telephone number by signaling a prefix code 
 and the telephone number of the service to which calls are to be 
 transferred. Calls forwarded by this feature are subject to local 
 and long distance message charges. These calls are also subject 
 to transmission limitations. 
 
 5. Call Waiting 
 
 Call waiting is an arrangement whereby a customer who is using an 
 exchange line arranged for call waiting is alerted, by means of a 
 tone signal, when another caller is trying to reach that line. 
 The customer, by flashing the switchhook, is able to have 
 alternative conversation between parties. 
 
 6. Speed Calling 
 
 Speed calling is an arrangement which provides for the calling of 
 telecommunications network, telephone number by dialing an 
 abbreviated code. Two arrangements are available, either an eight- 
 code capacity or a thirty-code capacity, but not both on the same 
 line. 
 
 7 . Three-way Calling 
 
 Three-way calling permits an existing call to be held and a second 
 call to be established and added to the connection for 
 conferencing. Conference calls made with this service are subject 
 to transmission limitations. 
 
 8. Package Offerings* 
 
 Residence or business feature packages are combinations of the 
 four Custom Calling Services, as specified in the following rate 
 schedule. 
 
 '*Many borrowers may wish to offer only package deals, especially when 
 additional custom calling services become available. For example, if 
 there were seven potential custom calling services, various package 
 offerings of four features could be made available. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ( 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 4 
 
 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES 
 
 C. RATES* 
 
 1. Call Waiting 
 
 2. Call Forwarding 
 
 3. Three-way Calling 
 
 4. Speed Calling 
 
 a. Eight Code Capacity 
 
 b. Thirty Code Capacity 
 
 5. Package Offering All Four 
 Features with Eight Code 
 Capacity for Speed Calling 
 
 6. Package Offering All Four 
 Features with Thirty Code 
 Capacity for Speed Calling 
 
 Per ; 
 
 Mon 
 
 th Per 
 
 Line 
 
 Eq 
 
 uipped 
 
 Residence 
 
 
 Business 
 
 $ XXX 
 
 
 $ XXXX 
 
 XXX 
 
 
 XXX 
 
 XXX 
 
 
 XXX 
 
 XXX 
 XXX 
 
 XXX 
 
 xxxxx 
 
 XXX 
 XXX 
 
 XXXX 
 
 XXXX 
 
 *Rates for the res 
 gain Tuaximum penet 
 rate for the resid 
 from $2.00-$3.00. 
 important as price 
 price will allow s 
 business market, 
 would accept Value 
 generally allow a 
 specific cases if 
 
 idential market should be set at a level 
 ration. For instance, depending on cost 
 ential package with eight code speed cal 
 A low package rate for the business mar 
 will not play that much of a role. In 
 tep equipment to be equipped for custom 
 Of course, this assumes the appropriate 
 of Service Pricing. In any event, the 
 payback of three of fewer years with up 
 conditions warrant. 
 
 low enough to 
 s , a package 
 ling could be 
 ket is not as 
 fact, a higher 
 calling for the 
 regulatory body 
 price should 
 to five years in 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 5 
 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 
 (The following section in the model tariff covers data sets and transmit- 
 ting and receiving data terminals. Data sets comprise a far more frequent 
 offering for many REA borrowers than the various items of transmitting and 
 receiving data terminals. For many REA borrowers without sufficient 
 demand, transmitting and receiving data terminals would fall under the 
 cost portion of their tariff. By this, we mean that the borrower would 
 provide for such equipment on a cost basis rather than through 
 pre-determined rates. Further, most borrowers without sufficient demand 
 conditions may desire a minimum revenue guarantee from the customer for 
 transmitting and receiving data terminals when using conventional tariffs. 
 Also, Two Tier payment plans may be utilized for transmitting and 
 receiving data terminals, similar to the plans explained under the PBX 
 section of this model tariff. As the transmitting and receiving data 
 terminals have little applicability to most REA borrowers only a few 
 examples of predetermined rate structures will be presented.) 
 
 Contents Sheet No . 
 
 i Data Sets 2 
 
 ii Transmitting and Receiving Data Terminals .... 4 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 5 
 
 « 
 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 i 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 1. Definitions 
 
 a. Data Sets are data modems (modular-demodulator) generally 
 provided for the interface of transmitting and receiving data 
 terminals with the telecommunications network. The modulator 
 section of the modem converts elements of a data code to a 
 voice frequency tone for transmission over telecommunications 
 facilities. The voice frequency tones are converted back into 
 data signals in the demodulator section of the modem. (Sub- 
 stitute appropriate definition for digital switching 
 equipment. ) 
 
 b. Transmission 
 
 (1) Simplex - Transmission which can operate in only one 
 direction. 
 
 (2) Half Duplex - Transmission which can operate in only one 
 direction at a time. 
 
 (3) Full Duplex - Transmission which can operate in both 
 directions simultaneously. 
 
 c. A bit is a binary digit which is the binary notation either of 
 the characters or 1. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Data transmitting and receiving equipment and teletypewriter 
 
 equipment will be connected to the lines of the Company by means 
 of a data set. The data set is required to condition signals 
 generated by data or teletypewriter equipment to signals suitable 
 for transmission on Company facilities and to condition signals 
 received from Company facilities for delivery to data or tele- 
 typewriter equipment. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^ 
 
 ( 
 
» 
 
 • 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 ^^ COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 5 
 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (con' t) 
 
 2. The magnitude and the character of the voltages and currents 
 
 delivered to the data set from customer-provided equipment and the 
 operation and maintenance of such equipment shall be such as not 
 to interfere with any of the services offered by the Company or 
 interfere with others. Such equipment shall operate in such a 
 manner as to avoid hazard or damage to Company plant or of injury 
 to Company employees or customers because of the character or 
 location of the customer-provided apparatus and of sources of 
 power to which it is connected. Upon notice from the Company that 
 the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause 
 hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes as 
 may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference. 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 Installation Per Month 
 
 1. Series 100 Charge Charge 
 
 a. Model (Suitable for conditioning 
 
 signals at rates of 75 bits per second 
 
 in sequence) $ $ 
 
 b. Model (Suitable for conditioning 
 
 signals at rates of 300 bits per second 
 
 in sequence) $ $ 
 
 2. Series 200 
 
 a. Model (Suitable for conditioning 
 
 signals at rates of 2,000 bits per 
 
 second in sequence) $ $ 
 
 b. Model (Suitable for conditioning 
 
 signals at rates of 10,800 bits per 
 
 second in sequence) $ $ 
 
 3. Series 300 
 
 a. Model (Suitable for conditioning 
 
 signals at rates of 20,000 bits per 
 
 second over wideband facilities) ... $ $ 
 
 4. Series 400 
 
 a. Model (Suitable for simultaneously 
 
 conditioning two signals, one from each 
 
 of two groups of four possible signals, 
 
 at rates of up to 20 such combinations 
 
 per second) $ $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET A 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 5 
 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 
 ii 
 
 TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA TERMINALS 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Transmitting and Receiving Data Terminals are generally provided for 
 the transmission and reception of data communications or as computer 
 input/output terminals. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. The teletypewriter equipment specified in C. following, is 
 provided for use only on the telecommunications network, 
 
 2. For those items of service or equipment so specified, the customer 
 may select from two payment plans specified in C. following. 
 
 a. Initial Contract Periods 
 
 Except for Payment Plan 2 items of service and equipment, and 
 other applicable equipment in this Company's tariffs, the 
 initial contract period is selected by the customer. 
 
 b. Application of Rates 
 
 (1) When the customer selects Payment Plan 1, any of the 
 
 Installation Charges specified in C. following may, at 
 the customer's option, be deferred and paid as a monthly 
 charge which shall be added to the amount of Columns A 
 rates for the initial contract period selected. The 
 deferred payment of Installation Charges shall be 
 computed utilizing the same time value of money rate used 
 to determine the Columns A rates for the equipment 
 involved. 
 
 (2)* At a Payment Plan 1 customer's option, in addition to the 
 previsions specified in this Company's General 
 Regulations Tariff, for Two-Tier Payment Plans, a lump 
 sum payment of any deferred payment of Installation 
 
 f 
 
 *Optional with individual Telco. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Titl( 
 
 Address 
 
 ( 
 
» 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 5 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 B. REGULATIONS (con' t) 
 
 b. Application of Rates (con' t) 
 
 Charges may be made at any time during the initial 
 contract period. Partial prepayments against any 
 deferred payment of Installation Charges for all or 
 individual items of service or equipment after the 
 beginning of the initial contract period are not allowed. 
 The amount of the lump sum payment shall be the present 
 worth of any deferred payment Installation Charges for 
 the number of months in the unexpired portion of the 
 initial contract period at the time value of money rate 
 used in determining the monthly rates shown in Columns A. 
 
 c. Termination Charges 
 
 In the event of termination of all or a part of a Payment 
 Plan 1 service, a termination charge shall apply for any 
 deferred payment of Installation Charges for the 
 unexpired portion of the initial contract period. The 
 amount of the termination charge shall be the present 
 worth of any deferred payment of Installation Charges for 
 the number of months in the unexpired portion of the 
 initial contract period at the time value of money rate 
 used in determining the monthly rates shown in Columns A 
 less any termination credit. 
 
 d. Transfer of Contractual Obligations 
 
 In addition to the provisions specified in this Company's 
 General Regulations Tariff, for Transfer of Contractual 
 Obligations for Two-Tier Payment Plans, the obligation to 
 pay the deferred payment of all Installation Charges for 
 the Unexpired portion of all outstanding initial contract 
 periods will also be transferred to the customer assuming 
 the responsibility for the contractual obligations. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By ^ , _ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 5 
 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 1. Type Terminals 
 
 a. Payment Plan 1 
 
 Basic Terminal, for use on exchange services only 
 
 Keyboard Sending and Receiving, Installation Per Month 
 equipped with sprocket feed and Charge** A B 
 intergrated terminal data unit, 
 each* 
 
 12-Month Option $ $ $ 
 
 24-Month Option $ $ $ 
 
 36-Month Option $ $ $ 
 
 Transfer of Contractual Obligations 
 
 Each such Transfer $ 
 
 Termination Credit 
 
 In the event that the customer disconnects all or 
 part of the service within the first 36 months after 
 installation, termination credit will be granted at 
 the rate of 50% of the amount of the termination 
 charge in the first month following installation, and 
 at a uniformly declining rate in each succeeding 
 month thereafter, 
 
 b. Payment Plan 2 
 
 Basic Terminal, for use on exchange services only 
 
 Keyboard Sending and Receiving Installation 
 
 equipped with sprocket feed and Charge** Per Month 
 
 integrated terminal data unit, 
 
 each* $ $ 
 
 *Requires the provision of a miniature 4-conductor telephone outlet 
 and associated telephone, subject to additional rates and charges as 
 specified in this tariff. 
 
 **For use at the location where it is Initially installed; however, 
 the customer may, without being subject to installation charges, move 
 it temporarily to other miniature 4-conductor telephone outlet 
 locations on the same customer's service in the same building. 
 Repair work will be performed only at the initial installation 
 location. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 ^ U^:^ TltTi * Address 
 
 i 
 
$ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 5 
 DATA SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 
 C. RATES (con' t) 
 
 1. Type Terminals (con' t) 
 
 b. Payment Plan 2 (con't) 
 
 Minimum Revenue Guarantee 
 
 A minimum revenue guarantee shall be an amount 
 equivalent to the sum of 36 (thirty-six) months revenue 
 due the Company from the customer from the date of 
 installation at the original location of the equipment 
 at the rates set forth in this Tariff. This minimum 
 revenue guarantee reduces 1/36 for each month in 
 service.*** 
 
 ***The minimum revenue guarantee may also be based on first cost plus 
 installation, plus freight. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART HI 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 6 
 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 The Telephone Company furnishes Directory Assistance Service whereby 
 customers may request assistance in determining telephone numbers. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. The rates set forth following apply when customers request 
 Telephone Company assistance in determining telephone numbers of 
 customers who are located in the same local calling area.* 
 
 2. A customer is allowed direct dialed Directory Assistance 
 
 Service calls per telecommunications network access line, or a 
 Centrex Dormitory Service main station, per month or fraction 
 thereof, at no charge. In the case of Centrex Service, a customer 
 
 is allowed direct dialed Directory Assistance Service calls 
 
 per month or fraction thereof for each Centrex Service main 
 
 stations at no charge. \^ere the number of Centrex Service main 
 
 stations furnished to a customer is not a multiple of , the 
 
 customer is allowed direct dialed Directory Assistance Service 
 
 calls for the fractional amount. 
 
 3. Call allowances are not transferable between separate accounts of 
 the same customer. 
 
 4. Charges for Directory Assistance Service are not applicable to 
 calls to the Directory Assistance Service attendant placed from 
 coin, hospital or hotel telephones; or to calls to the Directory 
 Assistance Service attendant from telephones where the customer, 
 and in the case of residence service where the customer or a 
 member of the customer's household, has been affirmed in writing 
 as unable to use a Telephone Company provided directory because of 
 a visual or physical handicap. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 Directory Assistance Service Calls per call^ $ 
 
 *Some telcos have a charge for directory assistance calls within the State 
 of customer location. In this case, one could separate charges into 
 operator assisted and direct dial calls. 
 
 ^Maximum of two requested telephone numbers per call, 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Ni^i Title Address 
 
TOfI SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III _ , 
 
 OPICiriAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS (*) 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Primary and additional directory listings are provided in the 
 alphabetical section of the telephone directory in accordance with the 
 regulations and rates specified herein. 
 
 B. ADDITIONAL LISTINGS 
 
 In addition to the listings for the primary service , there are other 
 types of directory listings available to customers which will assist 
 them in obtaining maximum benefits and usage of the telephone services 
 provided. 
 
 These additional directory listings are described below under the 
 following headings: 
 
 1. Regular Additional Listings 
 
 a. Business additional listings may be the listings of: 
 
 (1) Individual names of partners or members of the firm, if 
 the customer or joint-user is a partnership or firm, the 
 names of officers of the corporation, if the customer or 
 joint-user is a corporation; and the names of associates 
 or employees of the customer or joint-user in connection 
 with any type of business establishment. 
 
 (2) Additional listings may be the bona fide names of 
 individuals, firms, or corporations which the customer 
 owns or controls or is duly authorized to represent. 
 Listings which are designed primarily to give publicity 
 to a commodity or service are not accepted. 
 
 (*) Refer to Part II General Rules and Regulations for information con- 
 cerning: Directory Errors & Omissions (C5b, Original Sheet 12); and 
 Provision & Ownership of Directories, (E8, Original Sheet 29.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOIl SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERRVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 7 
 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS (*) 
 
 B. ADDITIONAL LISTINGS (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Departments or divisions of a customer's business in 
 those cases which, in the opinion of the Telephone 
 Company, identification of the department or division is 
 desirable. 
 
 (A) Listings of trade names of articles or service, provided 
 the customer is the authorized agent or representative 
 for the particular article or service and the name of the 
 article or service is followed by the word "Dealer," 
 "Agency," "Distributor," "Sales and Service," "Service 
 Station" or "Representative," 
 
 (5) Business extra listings must meet the qualifications for 
 primary listings as set forth in paragraph B. above. 
 
 b. Residence Additional Listings - Residence extra listings nay 
 be the names of members of the customer's family or of other 
 persons residing in the customer's household and are entitled 
 to the use of the customer's service under the provisions of 
 the tariff of the Company. 
 
 c. Semi-Public Telephone Service - In connection with semi-public 
 telephone service, residence additional listings may be 
 provided at residence additional listing rates, in the names 
 of permanent guests or tenants of that location or in the name 
 of the subscriber, a member of his immediate family, or of an 
 employee or representative of the customer. Business listings 
 in connection with such services are furnished subject to the 
 same regulations and rates as specified for business 
 additional listings. 
 
 d. Tenants and Guests - In connection with private branch 
 exchange service at hotels, motels and apartment houses, 
 residence extra listings at business extra listing rates may 
 be provided in the names of permanent guests or tenants at 
 
 that location, provided approval is obtained of the hotel, 
 motel or apartment house involved. However, no separate 
 
 billing will be issued for these instances. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
» 
 
 » 
 
 * 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS (*) 
 B. ADDITIONAL LISTINGS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Duplicate Listings - Duplicate listings are listings of other 
 nanes by which the customers are known, including nicknames, pen 
 names, stage names, abbreviated name and names which are commonly 
 spelled in more than one way, and rearrangements of names. Such 
 listings are furnished only in those cases in which, in the 
 opinion of the Telephone Company, they are necessary for the 
 proper identification of the customer and are not desired for the 
 purpose of securing a preferential position in the directory or 
 for advertising purposes. 
 
 3. Reference Listings - Reference listings, that is, listings in the 
 name by which the customer is commonly known, or in a name made 
 obsolete by a change in firm name, with reference to the complete 
 or new name, may be provided when, in the opinion of the Telephone 
 Company, their use will facilitate the handling of telephone 
 calls. 
 
 A reference listing would be such as one of the follov;ing: 
 
 Monroe Express Company 
 
 See Chester Express Company 
 Monroe Express Company 
 
 Call Chester Express Company 469-9971 
 
 4. Foreign Listings - Foreign listings are listings furnished at the 
 request of customers in the alphabetical list of an exchange other 
 than the one in which they would normally be shown, 
 
 5. Indented Listings - Additional listings may be furnished for 
 customer's or their employees' residence telephones to be indented 
 under the listing of the business with which they are associated. 
 In such cases, the party in whose name the indented residence 
 listing is shown must have a residence primary or additional 
 listing in the same name, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 ■^^si^e Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET A 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 7 
 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 
 B. ADDITIONAL LISTINGS (cont'd) 
 
 6. Residence Business Listings - Additional listings of residence nay 
 be furnished on business individual or rural line service provided 
 the business and residence establishments are at the same address 
 and under the same roof, and the additional listing is in the name 
 of the customer, member of his immediate family or of an employee 
 or representative of the customer. Such listings are furnished at 
 the rate and under the regulations specified for additional 
 listings. 
 
 7. Alternative Listings - Any listed party who has made the necessary 
 arrangements for receiving telephone calls during his absence may 
 obtain an alternate telephone number listing or a night listing as 
 the following: 
 
 If no answer call (telephone number) 
 
 Night calls (telephone number) 
 
 Night call after - P.M. (telephone number) 
 
 Nights, Sundays, and holidays (telephone number) 
 
 5 P.M. to 9 A.M. weekdays, noon Saturday until 
 
 9 A.M. Monday and holidays (telephone number) 
 At all hours weekdays and weekends. 
 
 Such listing may be furnished as an indented listing or as a 
 subcaption. The telephone number in such a listing may be that of 
 another service furnished the same customer or one of the 
 customer's PBX trunks not included in the incoming service group 
 or the service furnished a different customer. In the later case, 
 the customer desiring the alternative listing must have the 
 consent of the customer having the alternatively listed number. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
9 
 
 « 
 
 TOH SECTION 1510 
 COMPATIY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EX GRANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 
 C. RESTRICTED LISTINGS 
 
 1. Non-listed Service - Non-Listed service is an arrangement 
 whereby a customer's number is omitted from the telephone 
 directory but not from the information records. 
 
 2. Non-Published Service - Non-published service is an arrangement 
 where a customer's listing is omitted from both the telephone 
 directory and information listing, 
 
 D. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Directory listings are provided in connection with each customer 
 service as specified herein. Public telephones and service 
 associated with customer-provided audible indicating equipment are 
 not listed in the directory. 
 
 2. The alphabetical section of the telephone directory consists of a 
 list of names of customers in alphabetical order and is designed 
 solely for the purpose of informing calling parties of the 
 telephone numbers of customers and those entitled to use the 
 customer's service as an aid to the use of telephone service, and 
 special position or arrangement of names is not contemplated. 
 
 3. Listings must conform to the Telephone Company's specifications 
 with respect to its directories. 
 
 a. The Telephone Company reserves the right to limit the length of 
 any listing in the directory by the use of abbreviations when, 
 in its judgement, the clearness of the listing or the identi- 
 fication of the customer is not impaired thereby. Where more 
 than one line is required to properly list the customer, no 
 additional charge is made. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 # 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of tic. 
 
 State P.S.C. "" 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 GENERAI. EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 7 
 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 
 D. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 b. The Telephone Company may refuse a listing which is known not 
 to constitute a legally authorized or adopted name, or any 
 listing which, in the opinion of the Telephone Company, is 
 likely to mislead or deceive calling persons as to the identity 
 of the listed party, or is a contrived name used for 
 advertising purposes or to secure a preferential position in 
 the directory or is more elaborate than is reasonably necessary 
 to identify the listed party. The Telephone Company, upon 
 notification to the customer, will withdraw any listing which 
 is found to be in violation of its rules with respect thereto, 
 
 4, Primary Listings 
 
 a. One listings, termed the primary listing, is provided without 
 additional charge in connection with each customer service as 
 follows : 
 
 (1) Individual line, party-line and suburban line main 
 service. Two or more individual lines consecutively 
 numbered and arranged for group hunting constitute one 
 customer service, 
 
 (2) Joint Use - Each joint user, 
 
 (3) Multiline (key) Telephone systems, 
 
 (4) Branch exchange, order receiving or Centrex system, 
 
 (5) Mobile Telephone Service - per radiotelephone unit, 
 
 (6) Enterprise service (Special Reversed Charge Long Distance 
 Service) 
 
 b. When the service is contracted for by one party for the use of 
 a second party, the primary listing may be the name of the 
 second party, 
 
 c. The primary listing for business service is ordinarily the name 
 of the customer or the name under which a business is regularly 
 conducted. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S,C, 
 
 By 
 
 -r- 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 i 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 D. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 4. Primary Listings (cont'd) 
 
 d. A residence dual name primary listing is comprised of a 
 
 surname, two first names, address and telephone number. A 
 residence dual name primary listing may be provided for two 
 persons who share the same surname and reside at the same 
 address, or for a person known by two first names. 
 
 5. Regular Additional Listings 
 
 a. In connection with business and residence service, regular 
 additional listings are available only in the names of 
 authorized users of the customer's service as specified in the 
 Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 b. Ordinarily, all additional listings are of the same address and 
 telephone number as the primary listings, except as provided 
 for joint user and alternate number listings. Hov;ever, when it 
 appears necessary as an aid to the use of the directory and 
 provided satisfactory service can be furnished, a listing vjill 
 be permitted under the address of a branch exchange, Centrex or 
 extension station installed on premises of the customer, but at 
 an address different from that of the attendant position or 
 main station. 
 
 c. Business additional listings are not permitted in connection 
 with residence service. 
 
 d. Business additional listings may be provided in connection with 
 Mobile Telephone Service and Inward Service of Wide Area 
 Telephone Service and on the connecting channel number with 
 Interconnected Service Through Miscellaneous Common Carriers. 
 
 e. Business additional listings may be provided in connection with 
 Joint User Service with one additional listing offered at no 
 charge for each joint user on a customer's service. 
 
 f. Residence additional listings are also permitted in connection 
 with business service which is located in a residence and for 
 permanent or season guests residing in a hotel or club. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 ._ COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET__8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 D. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 5. Regular Additional Listings (cont'd) 
 
 g. A residence dual name additional listing is comprised of a 
 surname, two first names, address and telephone number. A 
 residence dual name additional listing may be provided for two 
 persons who share the same surname and reside at the same 
 address, or for a person known by two first names. 
 
 6. Special Types of Additional Listings 
 
 a. Alternate Number Listings 
 
 Alternate number listings refer calling parties to another 
 telephone number at night and on Sundays and holidays, or in 
 case no answer is received on the call to the primary number. 
 If the alternate number is that of another customer's service, 
 the written consent of the other customer must be obtained 
 before the alternate listing is provided. 
 
 Where two or more alternate number listings are furnished under 
 one directive note or caption heading, the rate shall apply to 
 each listing under the note or caption, but no charge applies 
 for the note or caption itself. 
 
 b. Foreign Listings 
 
 Foreign listings are listings in an alphabetical directory of 
 an area other than that from which the listed service is 
 furnished. 
 
 s. The initial contract period for additional listings, where the 
 listing appears in the directory, is the directory period. Each 
 directory period, with the appearance of the listing in the 
 directory, will constitute a separate initial contract period. 
 Listings are automatically included in each directory issue unless 
 notice to the contrary is received from the customer. 
 
 Termination charges for additional listings, where the listing 
 appears in the directory, are the charges due to the end of the 
 directory period, except that in the following cases, the termina- 
 tion charges will be only the charges due for the period service 
 has been rendered: 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Nhtoe Title Address 
 
 (. 
 
 c, 
 
• 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 # 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 D. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 a. The contract for the main service or Joint User Service is 
 terminated. 
 
 b. The listed party contracts for service in his own name. 
 
 c. The customer or listed party moves to a new location as a 
 result of which the service of the customer is not available to 
 the listed party. 
 
 d. The listed party dies. 
 
 8. The Telephone Company may publish of its own volition in its 
 directories such notices, instructions, listings and other 
 
 information pertaining to local or other governmental agencies as 
 are necessary in its judgment to meet the convenience of the 
 public. 
 
 9. Centrex Service 
 
 The Telephone Company may furnish, without additional charge, 
 informative wording associated with the primary listing to indicate 
 that stations of the Centrex system may be dialed directly. 
 Listings for Centrex dormitory stations will be provided at rates 
 applicable for residence additional listings. 
 
 10. Foreign Zone Service 
 
 The primary listing is provided in the directory for the foreign 
 zone and in the directory for the normal zone. 
 
 11. Foreign Exchange Service 
 
 The primary listing is provided in the directory for the foreign 
 exchange. In addition, such listing will also be furnished without 
 additional charge in the directory for the normal exchange, with a 
 notation, if necessary, that a toll charge is applicable. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 » 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 D. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 12. Special Reversed Charge Long Distance Service 
 
 The telephone number designation, with such explanatory notes, as 
 in the judgment of the Telephone Company are necessary, will be 
 listed in the directory of the selected area. 
 
 13. Non-Listed Telephone Service 
 
 A non-listed telephone service will be furnished, at the customer's 
 request, providing for the omission or deletion of the customer's 
 telephone listing from the telephone directory. Such listings will 
 be carried in the Telephone Company's directory assistance (infor- 
 mation) and other records and will be given to any calling party. 
 
 14. Nonpublished Telephone Service 
 
 A Nonpublished Telephone Service will be furnished, at the 
 customer's request providing for the omission or deletion of the 
 
 in 
 
 customer's telephone listing from the telephone directory and 
 addition, the customer's telephone listing will be omitted or 
 deleted from the directory assistance records, subject to the 
 provisions set forth below. 
 
 a. The Telephone Company will not be liable for failure or refusal 
 to complete any call to such telephone when the call is not 
 placed by number. 
 
 b. The Telephone Company will try to prevent the disclosure of the 
 number of such telephone, but will not be liable should such 
 number be divulged inadvertently. 
 
 c. When a customer with Nonpublished Service places a call over a 
 911 service to a public safety answering point, and the public 
 safety answering point attendant places such call on called 
 party hold, and such call is represented to the Telephone 
 Company to be of an emergency nature, the Telephone Company 
 will release the name and address of the calling party, where 
 such information can be determined, to the appropriate local 
 governmental authority responsible for the 911 service upon 
 request of such governmental authority. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 (^ 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 7 
 DIRECTORY LISTINGS 
 E . RATES 
 
 1, Regular and Special Types of Additional Listings 
 
 The following rates apply for regular and special types of 
 additional listings, and shall be effective at the time the listing 
 is placed on the directory assistance records. 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 Business $ 
 
 Residence $ 
 
 One business joint user listing, per joint user . , . None 
 
 2. Nonlisted and Nonpublished Telephone Service 
 
 Nonlisted Telephone Service $ 
 
 Nonpublished Telephone Service $ 
 
 a. Nonlisted and Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 customer for data service where there is no voice use 
 contemplated. 
 
 b. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 customer for short periods of time, usually one day, in 
 connection with local and long distance message broadcasts of 
 sporting events, conventions or other special events. 
 
 c. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 customer with other listed, nonlisted or nonpublished service 
 in the same directory area. 
 
 d. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service associated with 
 Mobile Telephone Service. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
» 
 
 I 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 8 
 DISCOUNTS 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Employees of this Company and of its associated Companies are allowed 
 discounts as specified for exchange telephone service. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Discounts apply on the monthly rates for local exchange telephone 
 service including local messages and associated exchange services 
 such as additional directory listings, mileage, supplemental 
 equipment, special equipment and service arrangements. 
 
 2. No discount will be allowed on charges for service connections and 
 service changes, installation charges, construction charges, 
 charges for restoral of service, telegrams, long distance 
 services, directory assistance services or the repair of DESIGN 
 LINE Telephone Enclosures. 
 
 3. Employees are allowed a % discount for service specified in 1. 
 preceding at their residences. 
 
 a. The service must be for the use of the employee or his 
 immediate family only and its use by others will not be 
 permitted. 
 
 b. The term "employee" as used in this section includes all 
 employees except those classified as temporary or occasional 
 and those who are paid on a commission basis. 
 
 • 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 9 
 
 ENTERPRISE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Enterprise service is available to Company subscribers with the 
 service number published as an Enterprise number. All Enterprise 
 service calls are established to be handled as toll calls. By calling 
 an Enterprise number, the calling party is, in effect, placing a 
 collect call to the party who has subscribed to the Enterprise 
 service. The toll operator handling the call will place the call on a 
 preauthorized collect basis. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 Enterprise service is offered to all Company subscribers. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 A monthly rate of $ shall apply to Enterprise service when the 
 
 service is established, billed, and administered by the Company. Toll 
 charges will be billed to the Enterprise subscriber monthly also. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 » 
 
) 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 10 
 EXTENSION SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Extension Service provides the capability of originating or receiving 
 calls from locations equipped with instruments in addition to the 
 location of the main line termination, connected directly to that main 
 line termination or capable of being connected to that main line 
 through some button arrangement except as otherwise specified for 
 certain stations associated with Button Telephone Service. Charges 
 for Extension Service apply for each such additional location, whether 
 or not the Telephone Company furnishes the instrument. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Extension Service is provided in connection with all classes of 
 exchange telephone service, except Public Telephone Service, 
 Service Line Service and services where bridged stations are 
 provided. Extension Service is provided in connection with Wide 
 Area Telephone Service at the rate applicable for business 
 Extension Service. 
 
 2. Extension stations, or customer-provided terminal equipment used 
 in lieu thereof, must be so located as to restrict their use to 
 those entitled to use the customer's service, except where 
 required to provide for the answering of calls at such times as 
 the customer is not available at the main station. In such cases, 
 when Extension Service is provided for answering of calls, the 
 service is furnished only with the understanding that outward 
 calls are not to be placed therefrom. 
 
 3. Extension stations will be furnished in connection with 
 Semi-Public Telephone Service for incoming calls only and without 
 coin collectors, rotary or TOUCH-TONE® dials. Customer-provided 
 terminal equipment will not be permitted in the provision of 
 Extension Service on Semi-Public Telephone Service. 
 
 Where, in the judgment of the Telephone Company, any additional 
 equipment is required for the protection of the service as a 
 result of furnishing such extension stations, the customer may be 
 required to subscribe to such equipment. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 10 
 EXTENSION SERVICE 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 4. Intercommunication is not contemplated between a main line and an 
 Extension Service, or between Extension Services, except as 
 specified in connection with intercommunicating service. 
 
 5. The number of permanently connected extension stations or their 
 equivalent which may be installed in connection with any main 
 service is limited to such as, in the judgment of the Telephone 
 Company, will not interfere with the efficient operation of the 
 service, 
 
 6. One standard type bell is provided, if desired, at no additional 
 charge, for each extension station, such bell being located at the 
 station, 
 
 C, RATES 
 
 Per (1) 
 Main Service Month 
 
 Residence, each location $ 
 
 Business, each location $ 
 
 When an Extension Service or extension line termination is located 
 in a different building than the main service, charges for 
 Extension and Tie Lines apply as specified in this tariff, 
 
 (1) liJhere a customer-provided instrument is used, in lieu of a 
 
 telephone company provided instrument, as a main or extension 
 station with individual line residence and Business Local 
 
 Exchange Service, a monthly credit of $ per telephone 
 
 instrument not provided by the telephone company shall be 
 applied, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P,S,C. 
 
 By , . 
 
 NiSi Title Addr^S^ 
 
« 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 11 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Extension and Tie Lines are channels having an approximate bandwidth 
 of 300-3000 Hertz (Hz), furnished for use in connection with exchange 
 services provided to customers. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. 
 
 I 
 
 2. 
 
 Explanation of Terms 
 
 a. Extension Line 
 
 An Extension Line is a channel which connects a main station 
 line or branch exchange station line to additional 
 terminations of such lines. 
 
 b. Tie Line 
 
 A Tie Line is a channel which connects two Private Branch 
 Exchange (PBX) systems, two Centrex systems, a P.B.X. system 
 and a Centrex system, two electronic switching system - 
 automatic call distributing (ESS-ACD) systems, any two of the 
 preceding systems, or any of the preceding systems to a 
 customer-provided communications (switching) system. 
 
 Scope of Service 
 
 a. Extension Line 
 
 An Extension Line includes the facilities necessary to provide 
 two-point communications: 
 
 (1) Between an Extension Line station and any disassociated 
 main station which can be reached over the telecommuni- 
 cations network, 
 
 (2) Between a branch exchange Extension Line station and any 
 station connected to the branch exchange switching equip- 
 ment to which the branch exchange station is connected. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 ^ 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Scope of Service (cont'd) 
 
 b. Tie Line 
 
 Tie Lines are furnished within the scope of service as set 
 forth following: 
 
 (1) Connections involving only PBX, Centrex and ESS-ACD 
 systems. 
 
 (a) Connection between any two stations connected to the 
 switching equipment of two PBX systems connected by 
 Tie Lines. 
 
 (b) Connection between any two stations connected to 
 Centrex systems that are connected by Tie Lines. 
 
 (c) Connections between any two stations connected to 
 ESS-ACD systems that are connected by Tie Lines. 
 
 (d) Connection between any one station connected to the 
 switching equipment of one type system to any one 
 station of one other type system specified in 
 B.2.b.(l) preceding, when the two systems are 
 connected by Tie Lines. 
 
 (e) Connection of a Tie Line, at either end, but not 
 both ends simultaneously, to a PBX trunk, Centrex 
 exchange line, or ESS-ACD Local Exchange Access 
 Termination for through communication between a 
 station connected to the switching equipment of a 
 PBX system or a station connected to a Centrex, or 
 ESS-ACD, system in which the tie line terminates, 
 and any other station to which the PBX trunk, 
 Centrex exchange line or ESS-ACD Local Exchange 
 Access Termination has access, via the telecommuni- 
 cations network. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Scope of Service (cont'd) 
 b. Tie Line (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Connections involving PBX, Centrex, or ESS-ACD, systems 
 and customer-provided coiranunications (switching) systems, 
 
 A connection between any two stations equivalent to that 
 specified in (1) preceding. The transmission character- 
 istics of the Tie Line will be comparable to those of a 
 Tie Line connecting two Telephone Company provided 
 systems, up to the point of interconnection with the 
 customer-provided communications (switching) system, 
 
 (3) Connections of stations other than as specified in (1) 
 and (2) preceding are permitted, however, such 
 connections are subject to transmission and equipment 
 limitations. 
 
 3. IVhen a Tie Line connects a customer-provided communications 
 (switching) system to a PBX, Centrex, or ESS-ACD, system, the 
 Telephone Company has the overall responsibility to the 
 demarcation point on the customer's premises. The Basis of 
 Connection is the same as that specified for Connection With 
 Private Line Service in this Company's Connection With Certain 
 Customer-Provided Facilities Tariff. 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 1. Application of Rates 
 
 When a Tie Line connects a customer-provided communications 
 (switching) system to a PBX, Centrex, or ESS-ACD, system, rates 
 are applied in the following manner: 
 
 I 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Rates (cont'd) 
 
 a. Intraexchange Service 
 
 That portion of the channel between a PBX, Centrex, or 
 ESS-ACD, system and the serving wire center, or if more than 
 one wire center is involved, the distant wire center, is 
 provided at Tie Line channel rates. 
 
 That portion of the <;hannel between the customer-provided 
 communications (switching) system and the serving wire center 
 is part of the Tie Line and is provided at rates the same as 
 for an appropriate local channel as offered in this Company' s 
 Private Line Services Tariff. 
 
 b. Interexchange Service 
 
 That portion of the channel between a PBX, Centrex, or 
 ESS-ACD, system and the distant interexchange channel terminal 
 is provided at Tie Line channel rates. 
 
 That portion of the channel between the customer-provided 
 communications (switching) system and the channel terminal is 
 part of the Tie Line and is provided at rates the same as for 
 an appropriate station terminal as offered in this Company's 
 Private Line Services Tariff. 
 
 t 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 (^ 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2. Intraexchange Channels 
 
 Per 
 
 a. Within same building Month 
 
 Extension Line None 
 
 Tie Line $ 
 
 b. Between buildings on the same premises, per channel* 
 
 Extension Line ..... $ 
 
 Tie Line $ 
 
 *For multiple channels connecting different buildings on the same 
 premises, when the distance between such buildings is not more than 
 one-eighth mile, the following schedule of charges applies: 
 
 Two channels $ 
 
 Three channels * $ 
 
 Four channels $ 
 
 Five channels $ 
 
 Each channel in excess of five $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2. Intraexchange Channels (cont'd) 
 
 c. Between Buildings on Different Premises 
 
 Local channels are required to connect station locations to 
 their serving wire centers. Where the station locations are 
 in different wire center serving areas, an interoffice channel 
 is required. 
 
 For an extension line furnished to extend a main station line 
 which is not terminated in Button Telephone Service or, if so 
 terminated and the button service features are not extended to 
 a distant location, the rate for a local channel does not 
 apply for connecting the main station line with the serving 
 wire center. However, where the main station line is 
 terminated in Button Telephone Service and the button service 
 features, including hold release, are extended to a distant 
 location, a local channel is required to connect the location 
 of the Button Telephone Service equipment to its serving wire 
 center. 
 
 Where extension line service is furnished to extend a main 
 exchange station line to more than one premises, a separate 
 extension line is required for connecting each premises to the 
 primary service. 
 
 A local channel is not required for terminating a tie line in 
 switching equipment located in a wire center. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^ 
 
» 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2* Intraexchange Channels (cont'd) 
 
 c. Between Buildings on Different Premises (cont'd) 
 
 Per 
 
 (1) Local Channels furnished for: Month 
 
 Extension Lines, each 
 
 Extension of a main station line $ 
 
 Extension of a branch exchange station line $ 
 
 Tie Line, each $ 
 
 Where the local channel is terminated outside the base 
 rate area, an additional rate, equivalent to the Local 
 Exchange Line Mileage Band rate for an individual line as 
 specified in this Company's Local Exchange Services 
 Tariff, is applicable. 
 
 (2) Interoffice Channels 
 
 Mileage, measured airline between serving wire centers, 
 
 per mile, for: 
 
 Per 
 Extension Lines Month 
 
 Extension of a main station line $ 
 
 Extension of a branch exchange station line $ 
 
 Tie Line $ 
 
 Channel Terminals, for: 
 
 Extension Lines, each 
 
 Extension of a main station line $ 
 
 Extension of a branch exchange station line $ 
 
 Tie Line, each $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 ) 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 > 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2. Intraexchange Channels (cont'd) 
 
 c. Between Buildings on Different Premises (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Additional terminations of extension lines on the same 
 premises are provided at the rates set forth in a. and 
 b. preceding. 
 
 (4) l^fhere, at the option of the Telephone Company, a channel 
 is provided directly between the customer locations, 
 i.e., does not route through a wire center, the monthly 
 rate is equivalent to one Local Channel. 
 
 3. Interexchange Channels 
 
 a. Within the same local service area, between contiguous 
 exchanges or between an exchange and a contiguous zone of a 
 multizone exchange, rates as specified in C.2. preceding 
 apply. 
 
 b. Between other Exchanges 
 
 Per 
 
 (1) Mileage Month 
 
 First 25 miles, per mile or fraction thereof . $ 
 
 Next 25 miles, per mile or fraction thereof. . $ 
 
 Each additional mile or fraction thereof . . . $ 
 
 (2) Channel Terminal, each $ 
 
 (3) Station Terminal, each $ 
 
 (A) Additional Terminations of Extension Lines . . $ 
 
 Where an additional termination is in the same building 
 or in a different building on the same premises, rates 
 set forth in 2. a. and/or 2.b. preceding apply. 
 
 Where an additional termination is in a different 
 building at a different premises within the same 
 exchange, a station terminal rate applies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
f 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 11 
 
 EXTENSION AND TIE LINES 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Interexchange Channels (cont'd) 
 
 The interexchange channel rate mileage is the airline distance 
 between the rate centers of the locations being served. 
 
 When one or more of the exchanges involved are multizone 
 exchanges, each zone of each such exchange is considered as a 
 separate exchange for the purpose of applying these rates. 
 
 When locations being served in different exchanges are within a 
 continuous area operated and supervised by a single authority, the 
 charges for channels between such locations will be based on the 
 circumstances in each case. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 » 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
% 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 12 
 
 INTERCONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED 
 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 The Federal Connunications Commission, in their Docket 19528 permits 
 direct interconnection of customer provided equipment (CPE). This 
 Section of the Tariff provides for implementation of this ruling and 
 applies to the direct connection to the network of ancillary equipment 
 other than coin telephones used in conjunction with all primary 
 individual telephone service. 
 
 1. Except for Telephone Company provided ringers, all connection of 
 equipment will be made through standard jacks provided by the Tele- 
 phone Company and through standard customer provided plugs. The 
 jack will be of modular design as prescribed by the FCC and must 
 
 be wired so that there will be no interference to the rest of the 
 service if the plug is withdrawn. 
 
 2. All customers who purchase their own equipment will advise the 
 Telephone Company of its presence, registration number, its ringer 
 equivalence number, and the lines to which the registered 
 equipment will be connected. 
 
 3. A customer who fails to notify the Telephone Company of connection 
 of grandfathered or registered terminal equipment or protective 
 circuitry or is otherwise in violation of applicable laws, rules 
 and regulations will be subject to discontinuance of service. 
 
 4. The use of customer provided circuitry or terminal equipment shall 
 not require change in, or alteration of the equipment or other 
 facilities of the Telephone Company. If any such circuitry or 
 terminal equipment is found defective, its use shall be 
 immediately discontinued until correction is made. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 12 
 
 INTERCONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED 
 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 
 
 B. CREDIT FOR USE OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT 
 
 1. l^ere a custoner-provided instrument is used, in lieu of a Tele- 
 phone Company provided instrument, as a main or extension station 
 with individual line residence and business Local Exchange Service, 
 
 a monthly credit of $ * per telephone instrument not provided 
 
 by the Telephone company shall be applied. 
 
 2. When automatic answering and recording devices, data sets, data 
 access arrangements, recorder couplers, alarm couplers and other 
 similar devices are connected to the Telephone Company facilities 
 in lieu of a main or extension telephone, the monthly rate appli- 
 cable for the main or extension service will apply less the credit 
 as described in the preceding paragraph. 
 
 C. SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES 
 
 Service connection charge to provide a modular jack as prescribed by 
 FCC in connection with order to connect, move, or change telephone 
 service will be a one time charge to apply in addition to installation 
 charges and/or charges listed in Section 22, Service Charges. 
 
 Residence Business 
 Modular Jack $ $ 
 
 D. MAINTENANCE CHARGES ON CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT 
 
 A charge applying when the subscriber requests a service call for 
 repairs (when the subscriber owns all or part of the terminal 
 equipment) and the Telephone Company's facilities are found not to be 
 causing the trouble, the charge will be $ .** 
 
 *NOTE : Insure that this $ amount is used consistantly in all sections of 
 the Tariff concerning customer-provided equipment ie. Centrex 
 Service, Extension Service, etc. 
 
 **This amount will be the same as the maintenance visit charge shown in D 6a 
 Section 22 (Service Charges) of this Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By * 
 
 ^*«™« Tm^ 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 13 
 LINE EXTENSION CHARGES 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 The furnishing of service to all applicants, without the burden of 
 prohibitive aid to construction changes is the essence of the 
 Company's obligation. 
 
 The following charges will assure this obligation to Rural America is 
 met. 
 
 B. CHARGES 
 
 1. Permanent Customer 
 
 a. Within the Base Rate Area 
 
 b. Along Existing Company Facilities 
 
 c. Provided as Part of a major project within 
 an exchange and covered by an area coverage 
 survey. 
 
 d. Customers not covered in a, b or c above. 
 
 (1) If cost of construction less than 7 times 
 the annual primary service revenue 
 
 Charge 
 
 No Charge 
 No Charge 
 No Charge 
 
 No Charge 
 
 (2) If cost of construction exceeds 7 times the Total Cost 
 
 annual primary service revenue Less 7 times 
 
 the annual 
 primary 
 service 
 revenue to 
 be received. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 « 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
« 
 
 « 
 
 i 
 
> 
 
 > 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETJ^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 14 
 
 MILEAGE CHARGES * 
 
 A. General 
 
 Mileage Charges are applied to cover the cost of additional facilities 
 which are required to meet the customers service requirements. 
 
 These charges are in addition to the rates specified in the Local 
 Exchange Rates Tariffs for the class of service desired. 
 
 These charges are also in addition to Construction Charges, when 
 applicable. 
 
 B. Extra Exchange Line Mileage - Does not apply to 1-Party Exchanges . 
 
 1. Urban classes of service will be furnished outside the local Base 
 Rate Area, but within the Exchange Area and within the operational 
 limits of the switchboard, associated equipments and lines at the 
 rates quoted in the Local Exchange Service Tariffs plus Extra 
 Exchange Line Mileage Charges for the additional circuit required 
 as quoted in the General Exchange Tariffs. 
 
 2. Mileage charges are computed on airline measurement from the 
 location of the main station to the nearest point of the local 
 Base Rate Area Boundary and apply to each circuit and to each 
 party line subscriber separately. Extra mileage charges are 
 payable in the same manner as charges for associated service. 
 
 3. \^ere additional construction is required to furnish urban classes 
 of service outside the local Base Rate Area, the provisions set 
 forth under "Construction Charges" apply. 
 
 C. Extension Line Mileage 
 
 Mileage applicable to non-continuous property business, residence, 
 Centrex, PBX or Key extension stations located on properties, other 
 than those on which the main stations or switchboard are located, will 
 be determined in the following manner: 
 
 The non-continuous property mileage measurement is the route 
 mileage distance between the terminals. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
c 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 15 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS TARIFF* 
 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 1. This tariff applies to Miscellaneous Service Arrangements 
 
 furnished within the State of by this Conpany, The 
 
 regulations and rates contained herein are in addition to the 
 applicable regulations and rates specified in other tariffs of the 
 Telephone Conpany. 
 
 2. The services for which regulations and rates are specified in this 
 
 tariff are offered at present for use by ** . 
 
 The services will be furnished at the sane rates to other 
 customers who have the sane communications requirements under the 
 same conditions, 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 Application of Rates and Charges 
 
 Rates and charges for services set forth in this tariff become 
 effective the day following the date the service is made available by 
 the Telephone Company for use by the customer, but not earlier than 
 the date requested by the customer, and apply for the day of dis- 
 connection. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 (Description of Service as well as Rates) 
 
 *This portion of the model tariff is to provide a location for specialized 
 service arrangements, which are somewhat unique in nature. These 
 arrangements should be included in the Company's Filed Tariff, but do not 
 readily adapt to being classified with other sections of this tariff. 
 Many of these service arrangements are betv;een the company and the 
 Federal, State, or Local Governments, i.e. Seni-Automatic Ground 
 Environent (SAGE); Universal Emergency Number 911 Service, etc. 
 
 **Identify the customer - i.e. U.S. Govt.; State of....) or County) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , , 
 
 ^ame Title Address 
 
c 
 
TON SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 This tariff applies to mobile services furnished or made available by The 
 
 Telephone Company, and participating companies with 
 
 which mobile service business is interchanged, within an area in which 
 mobile service is furnished. The regulations and rates specified in other 
 tariffs of the Telephone Company. 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Mobile Telephone Service is a communication service through a base 
 station between a wire telephone and a mobile station or between two 
 mobile stations. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1 . Explanation of Terms 
 
 a. Base Station 
 
 A base station is a fixed transmitter and receiver(s) through 
 v>7hich radiotelephone communications are transmitted to and 
 received from mobile stations. 
 
 b. Base Station of Registry 
 
 A base station of registry is the base station from which a 
 mobile station receives its mobile telephone number. 
 
 c. Foreign Base Station 
 
 A foreign base station is any base station other than the base 
 station of registry. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 C 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1, Explanation of Terms (cont'd) 
 
 d. Mobile Station 
 
 A mobile station is mobile radiotelephone equipment which is 
 installed in a mobile unit including the transmitter, 
 receiver, antenna, control unit, selective signaling equipment 
 and associated wiring. 
 
 e. Transient Mobile Station 
 
 A transient mobile station is a mobile station communicating 
 through a foreign base station. 
 
 f. Mobile Service Area 
 
 A mobile service area is the area within which radiotelephone ^^ 
 communications are reliably transmitted and received between 
 k mobile stations and the base station. 
 
 2. Availability of Service 
 
 Except as otherwise specified herein, mobile services are 
 available to mobile units equipped for such services, when within 
 range of a base station, subject to transmission, atmospheric and 
 like limitations. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 Q 
 
# 
 
 COnPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVIGE TARIFF 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 SECTION 16 
 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Classification of Service* 
 
 Mobile Telephone Service is available, on a basis or a 
 
 basis. Service is furnished to mobile stations of 
 customers who contract for service in the mobile service areas 
 and, except as otherwise specified, are for service between the 
 mobile station and any wire telephone within the mobile service 
 area, or between two such mobile stations reached through the same 
 base station. 
 
 4. Limitations of Service 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to refuse to connect 
 calls to or from any transient mobile station which regularly 
 places more calls through one particular foreign base station than 
 through its base station of registry. 
 
 5. Deposits 
 
 In addition to Requiring a customer deposit, as set forth in 
 Section G3 of the General Rules and Regulations, The Telephone 
 Company may require an additional deposit equal to the cost of the 
 mobile equipment and facilities installed in the customer's 
 vehicle. 
 
 * Mobile Service may be offered under three methods-Flat Rate, Message 
 Rate or Measured Time. The company should determine which method, or a 
 combination thereof best meets the needs of the customer. Many 
 company's have found that flat rate service, with unlimited Local 
 Service Calling Capacity has been an excellent inducement to obtain new 
 customers for this service. 
 
 (This note is for informational purposes only, it should not be included 
 in the company's filed tariff.) 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 C 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. Provision of Mobile Stations 
 
 Mobile stations may be provided by the Telephone Company or the 
 customer at the option of the customer. Where a mobile station is 
 provided by the customer, any supplemental equipment will also be 
 provided by the customer. The customer is required to furnish, 
 install and maintain the storage battery, charging equipment and 
 noise suppressors on his mobile unit for the proper operation of 
 the service. 
 
 7. Transfer of Service 
 
 The service or any rights associated therewith may not be assigned 
 or in any manner transferred. 
 
 8. Liability of the Telephone Company ( 
 
 The Telephone Company is not liable for damages for any accident 
 or injury occasioned by the mobile station or supplemental 
 equipment provided in connection therewith when such accident or 
 injury is not due to the negligence of the Telephone Company. 
 
 9. Cancellation for Cause 
 
 (a) In the event of any violation of the lawful regulations of 
 the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, or of the rules 
 and regulations of the Federal Communications Commlsion, the 
 Telephone Company may, without incurring any liability, 
 either suspend or terminate the service. 
 
 C 
 
9 
 
 TON SECTION 1510 
 COriPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 » 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 9. Cancellation for Cause (cont'd) 
 
 (b) The Telephone Company reserves the right to tenninate the 
 service of any mobile station which regularly places more 
 calls through one particular Foreign Base Station than 
 through its Base Station than through its Base Station of 
 Registry, 
 
 10. Limited Conversation 
 
 The Telephone Company reserves the right to limit the length of 
 conversation when necessary in times of emergency resulting in a 
 shortage of facilities. 
 
 C. UNDERTAKING OF THE TELEPHONE COflPANY 
 
 1. The Telephone Company's obligation to furnish service is dependent 
 upon its ability to secure and retain suitable facilities and 
 rights for the construction and maintenance of the necessary 
 circuits and equipment. 
 
 2. In connection with general and dispatching service, the Telephone 
 Company does not undertake to transmit messages, but offers the 
 use of its facilities for communications between its customers. 
 
 3. In connection with signaling service the Telephone Company under- 
 takes only to transmit a signal for the purpose of actuating a 
 signal on the mobile unit and accepts no responsibility for the 
 transmission of further intelligence. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By 
 
 9 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 D. OBLIGATION OF CUSTOMER 
 
 1. The calling party (or customer) shall establish his identity in 
 the course of any communication as often as may be necessary. 
 
 2. The calling party (or customer) shall be solely responsible for 
 establishing the identity of the person or persons with whom 
 connection is made at the called station. 
 
 3. The customer's use of the radio transmitter on the mobile unit 
 shall at all times be subject to the control of the operator at 
 the land radiotelephone station of the Telephone Company. 
 
 4. The customer is required to furnish, install and maintain the 
 storage battery, charging equipment and noise suppressors on his 
 mobile unit required for the proper operation of the service. 
 
 Where the power furnished by the customer is unsuitable for the 
 proper operation of the radio equipment furnished by the Telephone 
 Company on the mobile unit, a converter or other device to render 
 the povjer suitable for the proper operation of such radio equip- 
 ment will be installed by the Telephone Company at charges 
 equivalent to the estimated cost of furnishing such equipment. 
 In addition, if the converter or other device is installed on the 
 customer's mobile unit at other than Telephone Company radio 
 maintenance shops, the charges are applicable for each trip 
 required for the Telephone Company to install, maintain, repair, 
 move, change or remove the equipment regardless of the mobile 
 unit's city of registry. 
 
 5. Maintain and provide the Telephone Company with all required Radio 
 licenses. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Bate Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 CONPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAIJGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 E . RATES 
 
 1 . Application of Rates* 
 
 a. Rates for message rate Mobile Telephone Service messages 
 within the mobile service area are quoted in message units - 
 the charge for each message unit being $ , 
 
 b. Rates for measured time Mobile Telephone Servcie messages 
 within the mobile service area, except as provided in 3. a. (2) 
 following, are quoted in terms of minutes of radio channel 
 time used. For the purpose of determining radio channel tine 
 usage, a fraction of a minute used during a message is 
 considered a full minute, except as specified in 3.b.(2) 
 following, 
 
 c. Rates for flat rate mobile telephone service quoted in this 
 tariff entitle the customer to local calls (without toll 
 charges) to all local telephones connected to a central office 
 or offices of the exchanges within the flat rate mobile 
 service area, and to other mobile units within range of the 
 mobile telephone service base station. 
 
 * The 3 rate structures shown in a, b, and c are examples of what can be 
 filed. Each company should determine which rate structure(s) best meets 
 the needs of their customers, and fill only the structure(s) which are 
 offered. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 J 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 C 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2, Message Rate Service 
 
 a. Minimum Monthly Charge 
 
 The minimum monthly charge per mobile station is $ 
 
 including 120** message rate service message units originated 
 by the mobile station in any mobile service area within which 
 the mobile service is furnished through a base station of any 
 Bell System or Independent Telephone Company with which 
 message telephone service business is interchanged. For this 
 purpose, each $.08 of the charge for mobile service area 
 messages will be considered as one message unit. 
 
 b. Message Units 
 
 The number of message units applicable for a message rate 
 Mobile Telephone Service message is as follows: 
 
 Number of Message Units 
 
 C 
 
 First 3 Minutes Each Additonal Minute 
 or Fraction Thereof or Fraction Thereof 
 
 (1) When the mess- 
 age is between 
 a wire telephone 
 and a mobile sta- 
 tion: 6** 2** 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 C 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 16 
 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 2. Message Rate Service (cont'd) 
 
 b. Message Units (cont'd) 
 
 The number of message units applicable for a message rate 
 Mobile Telephone Service message is as follows: (cont'd) 
 
 Number of Message Units 
 
 First 3 Minutes Each Additonal Minute 
 or Fraction Thereof or Fraction Thereof 
 
 (2) When the mess- 
 age is between 
 two mobile sta- 
 and is originated 
 by a Message Rate 
 Mobile Telphone 
 Service mobile 
 station: 8** 2** 
 
 3. Measured Time Service 
 
 The following rates and charges apply for measured time Mobile 
 
 Telephone Service including minutes of radio channel usage per 
 
 month for each mobile station. 
 
 ** The number of message units shown i.e. 120 in 2a, 6 and 2 in 2b(l) & 8 
 and 2 in 2b(2) are the "normal" numbers for telephone companies with a 
 mess- age unit rate structure. However, the company should determine if 
 other amounts are more appropriate for their customers normal usage, and 
 use those amounts. 
 
 (Note: The two footnotes are for informational purposes only, and care 
 should be taken to insure they are not included in the filed tariff.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Measured Time Service (cont'd) 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 (a) Telephone Exchange Facilities, per mobile station 
 
 Rotary dial $ 
 
 T0UCH-T0Ne5^ dial $ 
 
 Subject to Service Charges as for the establish- 
 ment of a business individual line, 
 
 (b) Radio Channel Facilities, per mobile station 
 
 (1) Per month $ 
 
 (2) Radio Channel Usage 
 
 (I) Radio channel time used by the mobile station in 
 excess of the mobile station's radio channel time 
 usage allowance is charged for as follows: 
 
 Per minute or fraction thereof $ 
 
 (II) Radio channel time used for messages originated by 
 a measured time service mobile station to a message 
 rate service mobile station is not included under 
 the radio channel time usage allowance of the 
 measured time service mobile station. Such mess- 
 ages are charged for as follows: 
 
 First three minutes or fraction thereof . . . $ 
 
 Each additional minute or fraction thereof. . $ 
 
 © 
 
 ^Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Neme Title ' Addndss 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Measured Time Service (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Messages originated by a wire telephone located within 
 the mobile service area to a measured time service 
 mobile station are charged for as follows: 
 
 Per minute or fraction thereof $ 
 
 4. Mobile Stations 
 
 a. Seraiduplex Service 
 
 (1) Multichannel Stations, equipped 
 
 for all radio channels of the Installation Per 
 base station of registry Charge Month 
 
 Manual stations, each $ $ 
 
 Dial compatible stations, each . . $ $ 
 
 (2) Additional radio channels, other 
 than of the base station of reg- 
 istry, each (Note 1 ) * $ 
 
 b. Duplex Service 
 
 (1) Multichannel Stations, equipped for 
 all radio channels of the base sta- 
 tion of registry, each $ $ 
 
 Rotary dial $ $ 
 
 TOUCH-TONE® dial $ $ 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 » 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 12 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 4. Mobile Stations (cont'd) 
 
 b. Duplex Service (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Additional radio channels, other 
 than of the base station of reg- 
 istry, each (Note 1) ■ 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 c. Other Charges 
 
 (1) \^en a mobile station is changed or moved from one mobile 
 unit to another, the installation charge applies, except 
 that where complete cabling suitable for the service is 
 in place in the mobile unit, an installation charge of 
 $ , per station applies. 
 
 * An installation charge of $ applies when one or more additional 
 
 radio channels are added subsequent to the initial installation of the 
 mobile station, except that no charge applies when additional radio 
 channels are added to the base station of registry. 
 
 Notes: (Not to be included in the filed tariff) 
 
 (1) Some company's have found it advantageous to provide all 
 
 units with all eleven (11) channels. In this case, they in- 
 crease the monthly charge and eliminate the charge for addi- 
 tional channels. This should be considered as an alternative 
 to the rate schedule above. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 c 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 c 
 
I 
 
 # 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 16 
 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 13 
 
 E. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 Notes 
 
 (2) Dial Head only (second vehicle 
 
 of customer being equipped; with 
 customer being able to transfer 
 unit) 
 
 Installation 
 Charge 
 
 $ 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 (3) Horn Blowing feature for incom- 
 ing calls $ 
 
 $ 
 
 (4) The rates and charges in a. & b. preceding include the 
 furnishing of mobile stations in colors regularly offered 
 by the Telephone Company for this equipment. 
 
 (5) Installation charge for change in type of control unit, 
 each unit changed $ . 
 
 Transient Mobile Service (Roaming Service) 
 
 A charge of $ (2) applies for each message involving transient 
 mobile stations. This charge is in addition to the appropriate 
 message rate or measured time mobile local and long distance 
 message telecommunications charges as specified in this tariff. 
 
 (Not to be included in the filed tariff) 
 
 (2) As an alternative to a fixed charge i.e. $1.00 per message, 
 
 some company's charge "Roamers" on a usage basis i.e. d for 
 the first 3 minutes and i for each additional minute. 
 
 This alternative should also be considered prior to filing 
 the Mobile Service tariff. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 1 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
c 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 J 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 17 
 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 A. General 
 
 A multiline telephone system is an arrangement of equipment employing 
 telephone sets in combination with buttons or turn key, mounted 
 either separately or in the base of a telephone, or in combination 
 with other types of telephones and providing various operating 
 features for originating, holding, and answering calls on one or more 
 lines. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. Multiline Telephone Services 
 
 Multiline telephone services encompassed by this tariff are 
 classified into three types: 
 
 Type A - Turn Key or push button apparatus (2 line) , 
 nonexpandable, requiring no common equipment. 
 
 Type B - A convenience telephone system providing up to three 
 incoming lines with a hold feature on each line or up to two 
 incoming lines with a hold feature and one intercom line. 
 Included at no extra cost is an illumination feature which 
 flashes on each incoming call only, indicating which line is 
 ringing. The illumination feature can be arranged so as to 
 remain on throughout the system when a line is busy; this is an 
 optional feature carrying an additional charge. 
 
 Type C - An expandable multiline service which utilizes common 
 equipment in its operation. This type of service is grouped 
 into general systems with varying capacities to meet customer 
 requirements. Intercommunication is standard with these 
 systems but the customer has the option of non intercommunica- 
 tion capability. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 OPvIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 c 
 
 GENERAL EXCHA1>IGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 2. Service Coverage 
 
 M!ultiline telephone systems are furnished only in connection with 
 individual central office lines (excluding lines associated with 
 semi-public and public telephone services), private branch 
 exchange station lines, centrex, and private lines in dial 
 central office exchanges. 
 
 3. Standard Location Conditions 
 
 (a) Generally, all telephones associated with a multiline 
 telephone system shall be located within the same building. 
 However, when satisfactory operation can be maintained, 
 stations may be located in different buildings, subject to 
 standard mileage charges and to special charges which will 
 be determined by the costs involved to meet the individual 
 requirements of each case. 
 
 (b) Station installations in the same building involving cable 
 in excess of an average of * feet per station will be 
 provided at charges based on labor and material cost of the 
 cable installed. 
 
 4. Cabinet Space 
 
 The customer will provide space equipped with adequate AC outlets 
 as required. 
 
 * A telephone company may desire to use a figure between 50 and 100 feet. 
 (This footnote is for instructional purposes only.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 TON SECTION 1510 
 CO^TANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 5. Special Construction 
 
 When the customer desires a type of construction other than that 
 which the Telephone Company vjould normally provide (i.e. conceal- 
 ed wiring, etc), or where abnormal cabling conditions (i.e. Solid 
 Abutments, Special Insulation, etc) exist. Construction Charges 
 as set forth in Section 3 of this tariff shall apply. 
 
 6. Standard Provisions 
 
 (a) Signaling - Each telephone within the system may be equipped 
 with a bell or buzzer to be used for either the main central 
 office lines or the intercom line. Signals in excess of one 
 bell or buzzer at any one telephone location will be provid- 
 ed on an additional charge basis. 
 
 (b) Power Supply - The Telephone Company will provide the 
 battery supply required for operation of the multiline 
 telephone system and luminous keys in the base of the 
 telephone instrument. The customer will be required to 
 furnish, install, and maintain the commercial power, wiring, 
 power outlet, and electric energy required to operate the 
 battery supply. 
 
 (c) Common Equipment: Multiline Systems Type C - 
 
 1. Expandable line capacities 
 
 2. Illumination - flashing incoming, steady busy, and wink 
 hold. 
 
 3. Hold - line and station 
 
 A. Signaling - common audible for incoming calls 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 1 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 KULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 6. Standard Provisions (cont'd) 
 
 (c) Cominon Equipnent: Nultiline Systems Type C - (cont'd) 
 
 5. Pick-up - line and station 
 
 6. Power - for sij^naling and illuminations 
 
 7. Time out - of flashing illumination and audible 
 signaling on unanswered calls 
 
 8. Interrupted ringing 
 
 9. Exclusion feature - manual or automatic ability to 
 exclude other stations from a line 
 
 10. Intercommunication capability - tone as provided below 
 
 7 . Unusual Features 
 
 VJhen a customer requests service features other than those 
 regularly available, additional charges based on costs incurred 
 will apply. 
 
 8. Station Guidelines 
 
 Non-key equipped telephones may be bridged to any line of a 
 Nultiline Telephone System. The number of telephones which may 
 be connected to a line either directly or by key operation is 
 limited to such number as in the judgment of the company will not 
 interfere with efficient telephone service. 
 
 4 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 "AHd 
 
 ress 
 
I 
 
 TON SECTION 1510 
 COriPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 # 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 17 
 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 9. Intercom Stations 
 
 Intercom stations are single line telephones connected only to 
 the intercom line. The number of intercom stations may not 
 exceed the number of pushbutton telephones connected to the 
 intercom line. Systems consisting of intercom service only are 
 not provided under this schedule. Dial intercom is provided for 
 a minimum of three pushbutton telephones. 
 
 10, Multiline Service Outside the Base Rate* 
 
 When the multiline telephone service is provided outside the Base 
 Rate Area, the mileage charges apply as specified under Section 
 14 Mileage Charges in this Tariff. 
 
 11. Minimum Revenue Requirements** 
 
 The Minimum Revenue Guarantee (MRG) shall be an amount equivalent 
 to the sum of months revenue due the company from the customer 
 from the date of cutover at the original location of the 
 equipment at the rates set forth in this tariff. This MRC 
 reduces 1/ for each month in service. Items with an MRC will be 
 denoted by an "X" next to the service. 
 
 * Use only if mileage or zone charges are allowed by the REA/RTB loan 
 contract. 
 
 ** This is an optional item in the tariff and nay or may not be desired by 
 
 a telephone system, depending upon the cost of the multiline system and 
 
 the risk Involved in discontinuance of service before a reasonable pay 
 
 back period. (These footnotes are for instructional purposes only.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 9 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOri SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 C. Rates - Components 
 
 1. Multiline Telephone System Common Equipment 
 
 The monthly charge for the actual Multiline Telephone System 
 common equipment and the standard package feature included in the 
 system - Type C systems. 
 
 2. Multiline Telephone System Line Charge* 
 
 The minimum monthly rate for lines from the central office to the 
 Multiline Telephone System. 
 
 3. Multiline Telephone System Station Equipment 
 
 The monthly rate for the Multiline Telephone Service station 
 equipment. As set forth below in Part D. 
 
 4. Special Features 
 
 The monthly charge for optional non-standard features which are 
 provided at the request of the customer. As set forth below in 
 Part F. 
 
 5. Service Charges 
 
 These are charges provided to cover installation and moves of 
 service, as set forth in Section 22 Service Charges of this 
 tariff. 
 
 * This is usually a certain percent times the Bl rate, i.e. 1 .5 X etc. 
 (This footnote is for informational purposes only.) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of Ho. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 i, 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COriPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL FJCCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 17 
 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 C. Rates - Components 
 
 6. Basic Termination Agreement* 
 
 These are agreements between the customer and the telephone 
 company which provide for a contractual period of usually 
 
 years during which time the customer is obligated to provide 
 a fixed revenue for the service which is contained in the 
 contract. The contract figure in the Basic Termination Agree- 
 ment may be based on first cost plus installation, plus freight 
 or the monthly rate for Multiline Telephone local service as 
 filed in the tariff. 
 
 Monthly 
 Rate 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charges 
 
 ^ *** 
 
 $ 
 
 ** 
 
 c *** 
 
 $ 
 
 ** 
 
 ^ **** 
 
 $ 
 
 ** 
 
 D. Rates - Multiline Telephone Service 
 
 1. Type A & B Systems - Line, each 
 
 2. Type C Systems - Line, each 
 
 3. Station Lines - Tone - Signaling 
 Capability 
 
 * This is an optional item on the part of the telephone company. Use only 
 if mileage or zone charges are allovjed by the REA/RTB loan contract. 
 
 ** These will be the same rates as set forth in Section 22 Service Charges, 
 of this tariff. 
 
 *** One suggestion would be to use the exchange Bl rate for types A & B and 
 150 percent of the exchange Bl rate for Type C, Individual companies 
 may desire, due to usage and other factors to charge more or less than 
 this suggestion. 
 
 (Footnotes *, ** , and *** are informational only, and should not be includ- 
 ed in this filed tariff) 
 
 **** This charge is in addition to that contained in 1 and 2 above. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Nam e 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 Titl e 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 17 
 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 E. Multiline Telephone System Station Equipment Charges 
 
 Monthly Rate 
 
 1. Type A - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 Type B (3 line-3 hold) - Tone, each $_ 
 
 Rotary, each $ 
 
 Type C: 
 
 a. 6 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 b. 10 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 c. 12 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 d. 18 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 e. 20 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 f. 30 Button - Tone, each 
 
 Rotary, each 
 
 F. Multiline Telephone System Common Equipment Charges 
 
 1 . System 
 
 (1-4 lines, 12 
 
 stations, no intercom) 
 
 $ 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic Line 
 Equipment (one per line required) $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charges 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 None 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
% 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 17 
 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 F. Multiline Telephone System Common Equipment Charges (cont'd) 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges 
 
 2. System 
 
 (Capacity 5 lines, 
 
 12 stations, no intercom) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic 
 
 Line Equipment (one per line req) 
 
 3. System 
 
 (11 line capacity, 
 
 26 station maximum, no intercom) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic 
 
 Line Equipment (one per line req) 
 
 4. System 
 
 (6 line capacity, 12 
 
 stations, 9 code tone intercom) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Tone 
 Intercom) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Rotary 
 Intercom) 
 
 Line Equipment (one per line req) 
 
 Additional 9 Code Intercom 
 Capacity (Tone or Rotary) 
 
 Music on Hold Access 
 Paging Access 
 
 5. System 
 
 (13 line capacity, 36 
 
 station maximum, 18 code intercom 
 maximum) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Tone 
 Intercom 9 Code, Single Talk Path) $ 
 
 $ 
 
 None 
 
 None 
 
 None 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 > 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address , 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOI! SECTION 15 JO 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 F. Multiline Telephone System Common Equipment Charges (cont'd) 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Monthly Rate 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charges 
 
 5. System 
 
 (13 line capacity, 36 
 
 station maximum, 18 code intercom 
 maximum) (cont'd) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Rotary 
 Intercom 9 Code, Single Talk Path) $ 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Tone 
 Intercom 18 Code, Single Talk Path) $ 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Rotary 
 Intercom 18 Code, Single Talk Path) $ 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Tone 
 Intercom 18 Code, Two Talk Path) 
 
 Common Equipment - Basic (Rotary 
 Intercom 18 Code, Two Talk Path) 
 
 Line Equipment (one per line req ) 
 
 9 Code Intercom Expander (Tone or 
 Rotary, Single Talk Path) 
 
 3 Code Intercom Expanders (Tone or 
 Rotary, Two Talk Path) 
 
 Music on Hold Access 
 Paging Access 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 $ 
 
 V 
 
 
 $ 
 
 <^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 $_ 
 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 
 No. 
 
 I 
 
 Address 
 
G. 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 Ton SECTION 1510 
 PAPT III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 17 
 MULTILINE (KEY) TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 flultiline Telephone System Optional Features 
 
 1 . Manual Intercon Common Equipment 
 
 2. Buttons, each 
 
 3. Buzzers, each 
 
 4. Manual Exclusion, per set 
 
 5. Automatic Exclusion, per line, 
 per set 
 
 6. Key Strips 
 
 a. 6 Button 
 
 b. 12 Button 
 
 7. Power Supply for Types A & B 
 Systems 
 
 Monthly Rate 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charges 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 % 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPA^fY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 18 
 PHONESTORE SERVICE* 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 IVhere facilities are available, PhoneStore Service is an optional 
 service offering providing an alternate method of establishing, 
 changing or disconnecting Local Exchange Telephone Service. This 
 offering is available to residence customers who elect to pick up and 
 return Telephone Company telephones which are designed for use with 
 jack equipment installed by the Telephone Company. Such telephones 
 will be available at PhoneStore locations designated by the Telephone 
 Company . 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. At the PhoneStore location, a customer for this service may select, 
 pick up, substitute and return telephones associated with the 
 establishment, change or disconnection of telephone service. For 
 the telephones furnished, instructions will be provided regarding 
 their connection to and use with the telecommunications network. 
 
 2. PhoneStore Disconnect Plan 
 
 When customers request the disconnection of their entire telephone 
 service without requesting a subsequent installation of telephone 
 service elsewhere in the territory served by the Telephone Company 
 (customer relocations) , the service being disconnected contem- 
 plates removal of telephones at the time of disconnect as a normal 
 work operation, and all the telephones associated with the service 
 are connected to jack equipment, such customers may remove all 
 their telephones and deliver such telephones to a designated 
 PhoneStore location. Customers who elect to participate in the 
 plan will receive a credit allowance on their telephone bill upon 
 delivery of all their telephones to the PhoneStore location. 
 
 *This is also called PhoneCenter, PhoneFair, PhoneMart, PhoneShop, etc by 
 various operating Telephone Companies providing this service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 > 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By _____» 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 18 
 PHONESTORE SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. PhoneStore Relocation Plan 
 
 For customer relocations, regulations and credits apply as 
 specified for the Set Recovery Plan in this tariff, except that 
 the credit allowance also applies when a customer delivers all 
 eligible telephones to the PhoneStore location, or to the new 
 service location if he wishes to utilize the telephones at the new 
 service location and agrees to deliver any unused telephones to 
 the PhoneStore location. 
 
 4. The customer shall indemnify and save the Telephone Company 
 harmless from any and all liability, damages, losses, claims or 
 demands of any kind arising out of any action or omission of the 
 customer or any other person in connection with the installation, 
 removal or conveyance of telephones to or from the PhoneStore 
 location. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 Service Charges as specified in Section 22 of this tariff apply for 
 PhoneStore Service. 
 
 D. CREDIT 
 
 PhoneStore Disconnect Plan 
 
 Credit Allowance, per customer, per telephone service 
 disconnection, regardless of the number of telephones 
 disconnected $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 ( 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^ 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PAKT III 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 The following statements are for instructional and informational purposes 
 only, to aid the company in preparing their P.B.X. Tariff. It is not to 
 be included in the filed tariff. 
 
 RATE CO^iPONENTS 
 
 1, Private Branch Exchange System 
 
 The monthly charge for the actual Private Branch Exchange switching 
 system and the standard package features included in the system. 
 
 2. Special Features 
 
 The monthly charge for non-standard (optional) features which are 
 provided at the request of the customer, 
 
 3. Trunks 
 
 The minimum monthly rate for central office combination trunks or 
 lines from the central office to the Private Branch Exchange. This is 
 usually a certain percent tines the Bl rate. ie. 1.5 x Bl, 2 x Bl etc. 
 
 4. Private Branch Exchange Stations 
 
 The monthly rate for non-key type P.A.B.X. stations. Key telephone 
 systems and stations superimposed on a Private Branch Exchange carry 
 the approved rate as filed in the tariff for these services. 
 
 5. Non-recurring Charge 
 
 These are charges provided to cover installation and move services. 
 They are usually based on the actual cost involved. 
 
 6. Basic Termination Agreement 
 
 These are agreements between the customer and the telephone company 
 which provide for a contractual period of usually five years during 
 which time the customer is obligated to provide a fixed revenue for 
 the service which is contained in the contract. The contract figure 
 in the Basic Termination Agreement may be based on first cost plus 
 installation, plus freight or the monthly rate for Private Branch 
 Exchange local service as filed in the tariff. 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 RATE STRUCTURES 
 
 The company has the option of offering either or both of two Basic rate 
 structures these are the standard plan and the two-tier pricing plan. 
 It may be in the best interest of the company to offer the standard plan 
 for some systems and the two-tier pricing plan for other (normally 
 larger) systems. 
 
 STANDARD PLAN 
 
 This rate structure consists of monthly rates for the basic P.B.X., plus 
 rates for trunks, tie lines, stations and each non-standard (optional) 
 feature. These rates are all contained in the company's tariffs, as 
 approved by the Public Service Coramision (P.S.C.). These rates may be 
 changed in the future, subject to P.S.C. approval. 
 
 TWO-TIER PLAN 
 
 The Two-Tier plan is a contracted service using two distinct pricing 
 components. 
 
 (a) Level A (Fixed Monthly Rate) Rate designed to recover all capital 
 related and fixed costs. This is a fixed chsrge as agree upon 
 for the time periods quoted in the tariff (5,7 and 10 years) and 
 based upon the appropiate vintage year for service initiation. 
 
 (b) Level B (Variable Monthly Rate) Rate designed to recover recurring 
 costs associated with continuance of service. These rates are 
 variable and can change as conditions warrant and changes are 
 approved by the Public Service Commission. 
 
 Level B expenses would include - Maintenance Labor, Maintenance 
 Materials, Retraining Expense Allocation and Other Taxes besides 
 Federal and State Income taxes. (This statement for instructional 
 purposes only - will not be used in Tariff.) But if the telephone 
 company desires, it may include a profit component or contribution 
 to fixed overheads in the Level B rate level. This would allow 
 the service to be provided at something greater than direct costs 
 when the Level A price period is completed. If this is done, con- 
 sideration should be given to reducing the monthly Level A rate by 
 an amount equal to the profit component in Level B so that during 
 the contract period the customer's total rate will initiate profit 
 equal to the objective return. 
 
• 
 
 » 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 GE^fERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 RATE STRUCTURES (cont'd) 
 TWO-TIER PLAN (cont'd) 
 
 (c) Monthly charges apply from the date the equipment is placed in 
 service. The monthly rate will consist of the sura of rate Level A 
 and Level B until the expiration of the initial service period, at 
 which time the monthly rate will reduce to the Level B rates. 
 
 (d) In the event service is terminated in its entirety prior to 
 expiration of the initial service period, the customer is required 
 to pay the sum of the unpaid balance of all Level A charges 
 discounted at the Lump Sum Payment Option rates. 
 
 (e) In the event only a part of the service is discontinued, the 
 customer is required to continued paying Level A charges for the re- 
 maining initial service period. 
 
 (f) In either event. Level B charges will continue until the date the 
 customer requests removal of the service. 
 
 (g) With prior written authorization by the Company, the Two-Tier Plan 
 contract may be transfered to a second party at the same location. 
 
 (h) Additional equipment and service may normally be added to the 
 system prior to the expiration of the original Level A initial 
 service period under two options: 
 
 (1) The addition can be made under the rates and regulations of 
 the Standard Tariff Plan then in effect, or 
 
 (2) The addition can be made under a then current Two-Tier Plan 
 and initial service and initial service period. 
 
 (i) Maintenance will be provided at each installation for as long as 
 components are available. 
 
 CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS 
 
 It is strongly recommended that the company have a signed contract for 
 P.B.X. service, as well as a termination agreement from each P.B.X. 
 customer. 
 
 A sample of each of these two agreements is enclosed for your 
 consideration. 
 
• 
 
 « 
 
 • 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 % 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 TERMINATION AGREEMENT 
 
 (Name of Customer) (Exchange) 
 
 As provided by General Exchange Tariffs of (Name of Telephone Company) 
 this agreement is supplemental to the regular contract for telephone 
 service between the undersigned parties and is effective for 60 months 
 starting from the date of installation of the Private Automatic Branch 
 
 Exchange in the (Customer's Name) located in the exchange area 
 
 of (Name of Telephone Company) . 
 
 In the event that the contract for use of the equipment, facilities or 
 service described above is terminated by the customer within the minimum 
 service period of 60 months, the undersigned customer, or its assigns, 
 agrees to pay to (Name of Telephone Company) termination charges equal to 
 
 reduced by 1/60 for each month service is retained, with 
 
 proportionate reductions for fractional portions of a month. 
 
 Where the use of the equipment, facilities or service subject to termi- 
 nation charges under this agreement is terminated within the minimum 
 service period, proportionate termination charges apply, equal to the 
 original net cost of the equipment or facilities, the use of which is 
 terminated, reduced by 1/60 for each month service is retained, with 
 proportionate reductions for fractional portions of a month. 
 
 If, at the customer's request, engineering, manufacturing or installation 
 work once begun is stopped and the installation is not completed, the 
 customer agrees to pay the net costs incurred in lieu of the above 
 termination charge. 
 
 The destruction or partial destruction of the customer's premises by 
 fire, flood, storm or other acts of Gods shall not be considered as a 
 termination under this agreement, if following such destruction or partial 
 destruction or partial destruction of the customer's premises, the service 
 covered by this agreement is re-established within thirty days either at 
 the same or another location. Such interruption of continuous service 
 shall not be considered as a break in the effective period of this 
 contract. 
 
 Signed 19 
 
 Name of customer 
 
 Accepte d 1 9 By 
 
 Date of Installation 
 
 Name Title 
 
 19 (Name of Telephone Company) 
 
 By 
 
 Manager 
 
« 
 
 I 
 
 « 
 
Toil SECTION 1510 
 SM!PLE CONTRACT FOR USE WITH PART III 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLANS. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 Telephone Company 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEM 
 
 The undersigned customer requests Telephone Company to 
 
 provide, at the address designed below, a system of P.A.B.X, equipment as 
 listed in Schedule A attached, in accordance with the Telephone Company's 
 lawful rates and regulations, including the provisions set forth herein: 
 
 1. Telephone Company will provide, install, maintain, 
 and provide replacement components subject to the availability of 
 equipment . 
 
 2. The customer will pay to Telephone Company for said 
 
 equipment a monthly amount which is the sum of the Level A price and 
 the Level B price during the initial term and thereafter will pay the 
 Level B price. The Level A price will remain unchanged during the 
 initial term whereas the Level B price is subject to change in accor- 
 dance with tariffs as lawfully filed from time to time by 
 
 Telephone Company. The Level A price, the initial Level B price, and 
 the initial term are as listed in the box following. 
 
 In the event of termination of all or part of the service prior to the 
 expiration of the Level A initial term, the customer will be required 
 to pay the balance of Level A charges. At the customer's option, a 
 lump sum payment for the Level A balance due may be made. The amount 
 of the lump sum payment will be computed by calculating the present 
 vjorth of a monthly annuity at the annual effective interest rate filed 
 in the Company's tariff. 
 
 Charges for central office trunks, stations, and other terminal 
 equipment are in addition to those specified in Schedule A. 
 
 3. Additional equipment and features offered under the Company's tariff 
 will be provided under a new initial service period commencing with 
 the effective in service date of such additional equipment or under 
 standard Company tariff rates and regulations in effect at that time, 
 
 4. If part of the service is discontinued and a portion of the equipment 
 listed in Schedule A is disconnected, it is agreed that the equipment 
 last installed shall be considered as the equipment first disconnected. 
 
 5. Upon written authorization by the Telephone Company, the customer may 
 transfer the entire unexpired balance of the contract to others for 
 the payment of a contract transfer charge. 
 
 6. The customer agrees to pay any added costs incurred by the Telephone 
 Company because of a change by the customer of the location designated 
 for the equipment prior to the time it is placed in service. 
 
SAIiPLE CONTFlACT FOR USE WITH 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PL/IIS. 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BPJ^CH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 Telephone Company 
 
 PRIVATE ERAIs^CH EXCHMGE SYSTEM 
 (cont'd) 
 
 7. If the service requested by the customer is cancelled prior to the 
 
 establishment of service, the customer agrees to pay the cost incurred 
 by the Telephone Company in engineering, ordering, and providing the 
 equipment and disposing of it, less credit obtained through disposal. 
 
 This instrument become binding when executed by the customer and accepted 
 by the Telephone Company and shall remain in effect until properly 
 terminated in accordance with the Telephone Company's lawful regulations. 
 The terms and conditions hereof cannot be varied or waived except by 
 written consent of the Telephone Company, 
 
 Intial term; 
 
 months 
 
 Level A monthly price, not subject 
 
 to change $ 
 
 Level B monthly price, subject to 
 
 Change* $ 
 
 I 
 
 ADDRESS: 
 
 CUSTODIER 
 BY: 
 
 (Street Number and Name) 
 
 (City or Town, and State) 
 
 TITLE: 
 
 TELEPHONE COMPANY 
 
 ACCEPTED: 
 
 NOTATION ; 
 
 , 19 
 
 BY: 
 
 TITLE 
 
 Commencement Date of Initial Term; 
 
 (May be entered when service is established.) 
 ^Authorized by the State's Regulatory Authority. 
 
 • 
 
I 
 
 SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR USE WITH TOr SECTION 1510 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN PART III 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHAI^GE SERVICE 
 Telephone Company 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SYSTEll 
 (cont'd) 
 
 Schedule A 
 
 Level A Level B Monthly Rate 
 
 Quantity Discrlption Price * Price * Level A Level B 
 
 * Level A price not subject to change. 
 
 ** Level B prices are subject to change in conformity with lawfully filed 
 tariffs. 
 
^ 
 
 I 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Private Branch Exchange (P.B.X.) Service is manual or dial switching 
 equipment or a combination thereof located on a customer's premises, 
 which provide a means whereby a number of stations may be inter- 
 connected through such equipment to enable them to intercommunicate 
 and, by means of central office lines (P.B.X. trunks), give such 
 stations access to the telecommunications network for inward service 
 through an attendant or outward service or both. 
 
 B. DEFINITIONS 
 
 1. P.B.X. Station 
 
 A P.B.X. station is a telephone station connected with P.B.X. 
 switching equipment, either directly or through some button 
 arrangement. 
 
 2. P.B.X. Station Line 
 
 A P.B.X. station line is a channel connecting a P.B.X. station or 
 other station terminal equipment with P.B.X. switching equipment. 
 
 3. P.B.X. System - Manual 
 
 A manual P.B.X. system comprises a switchboard with central office 
 trunks and P.B.X. stations and (if desired) tie lines. Inter- 
 connections are established by an operator at the switchboard. 
 
 4. P.B.X. Systems - Automatic 
 
 Automatic systems (P.A.B.X.) are those systems which require an 
 attendant to answer only incoming calls. Internal and outgoing 
 calls are switched by electro-mechanical or solid state means. 
 There are P.A.B.X. systems which allow direct inward and outward 
 calling and internal calling without the aid of an attendant. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 B. DEFINITIONS (cont'd) 
 
 5. Off Premise Extension 
 
 A private branch exchange station or a station line termination 
 located in a building other than that in which the switching 
 equipment is located. 
 
 6. Tie Lines 
 
 A tie line is a channel directly connecting two private branch 
 exchange systems. Charges for tie line terminations are in 
 addition to mileage charges. 
 
 7 . Trunks 
 
 Private Branch Exchange Trunks are the telephone lines between the 
 central office and the Private Branch Exchange System. 
 
 C. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Standard and Special Equipment 
 
 Units of standard switching equipment are furnished with the 
 capacities and at the rates set forth and are subject to the 
 minimum revenue guarantees set forth herein, \-n\en switching 
 equipment of other than standard design is furnished, additional 
 charges are applicable based on the subscriber's requirements. 
 
 2. Foreign Exchange Trunks 
 
 When trunks to a Private Branch Exchange System are provided from 
 other than a central office in the subscriber's normal exchange, 
 rates and charges apply as established for Foreign Exchange 
 Service in Part IV, Section 5 of the Local Exchange Service 
 Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 • 
 
 By 
 
 state P.S.C. 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 # 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 CENERAJ. EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Special Wiring Requirements 
 
 When a Private Branch Exchange Service subscriber requires station 
 wiring of a type or over a route other than that which other wise 
 would be employed by the Company, charges for special construction 
 apply as set forth in Section 3 of this Tariff, 
 
 4. Location and Use of P.B.X, Stations and Tie Lines 
 
 Private Branch Exchange Service stations and station line 
 terminations must be located as to restrict their use to those 
 having the right to use the subscriber's service. 
 
 5. Customer Responsiblities 
 
 The Private Branch Exchange Service subscriber is responsible for 
 the provision at his expense of (a) space suitable in the opinion 
 of the Company for the installation and maintenance of associated 
 switching and power equipment, (b) operators and (c) power outlets 
 and commercial pov;er, 
 
 6. Minimum Revenue Requirements 
 
 A minimum revenue guarantee (MRG) shall be an amount equivalent to 
 the sum of sixty (60) months revenue due the Company from the 
 customer from the date of cutover at the original location of the 
 equipment at the rates set forth in this Tariff, This MRG reduces 
 1/60 for each month in service, 
 
 7. Private Branch Exchange Service Outside The Base Rate Area* 
 
 When the Private Branch Exchange is located outside the Base Rate 
 Area, the mileage charges apply as specified under Mileage Charges 
 in this Tariff, 
 
 *Use only if mileage or zone charges are allowed by the REA/RTB loan 
 
 contract, 
 (This footnote is for instructional purposes only - will not used in 
 
 Tariff) 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P,S.C, ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE 
 
 1. P.B.X. Station Lines 
 
 A P.B.X. station line include the facilities necessary to provide 
 two-point communications: 
 
 (1) Between a P.B.X. station having access to a P.B.X. trunk and 
 any station to which that trunk has access over the tele- 
 communication network and 
 
 (2) Between a P.B.X. station and any station connected to the 
 P.B.X. switching equipment to which the P.B.X. station is 
 connected. 
 
 Such facilities also include signaling of the type normally 
 furnished through the switching equipment involved. 
 
 2. P.B.X. Switching Equipment 
 
 P.B.X. Service is furnished with the following types of switching 
 equipment: 
 
 a. Manual Switching Equipment* 
 
 (1) Key Switchboard System 
 
 (2) Cord Switchboard System 
 
 (3) Button Console System 
 
 b. Dial Switching Equipment* 
 
 (1) Cord Switchboard System 
 
 (2) Button Console System 
 
 (3) Button Station System 
 
 (4) ** 
 
 (5) ** 
 
 *List only those services being offered. This list is a guide for 
 informational purposes only. 
 
 **Identify each type of P.A.B.X. Service provided by the company. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 f 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 * 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 3. P.B.X. Stations and Station Line Terminations 
 
 a. The regulations governing the location of P.B.X. stations and 
 staion line terminations are as specified for Extension 
 Service in this tariff except that such stations may be 
 located in dormitories, parlors or recreation rooms of a 
 school or college for use by students. Vlhen P.B.X. stations 
 are so located, the school or college is responsible for all 
 charges therefor, including those for messages sent paid from 
 or received collect at such stations. 
 
 b. The P.B.X. station rate is applicable where the P.B.X. station 
 line terminates in a Telephone Company provided station. 
 
 c. The P.B.X. station line with customer-provided station 
 instrument rate is applicable in lieu of the P.B.X. station 
 rate specified in b. preceding where the P.B.X. station line 
 terminates in a customer-provided instrument. 
 
 4. Flat Rate and Message Rate 
 
 a. Flat rate P.B.X. Service is furnished to residence or business 
 customers for use as specified for Limitations and Use of 
 Service in this Company's General Regulations Tariff. 
 
 b. Both flat rate and message rate P.B.X. trunks may be connected 
 to the same P.B.X. system only as specified in this Company's 
 Local Exchange Services Tariff. 
 
 c. \'lhen a P.B.X. system is served by both flat rate and message 
 rate trunks, the rates for stations are those applicable to 
 flat rate service except as otherwise specified in this 
 tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 5. Hotels and Hospital* 
 
 Flat rate P.B.X. system is service is not provided at hotels, 
 hospitals or other locations of a like nature, where the service 
 is desired for the use of others than the management, 
 
 6. Conference Arrangements 
 
 Conference arrangements provide for the simultaneous connection of 
 several P.B.X. stations on the same premises or the connection of 
 such stations with other lines as specified for conference 
 arrangements. 
 
 Other connections are permitted, but such connections are subject 
 to transmission and equipment limitations. 
 
 7. Night, Sunday and Holiday Service Arrangements 
 
 Service to P.B.X. systems outside the usual business hours when an 
 attendant is not regularly on duty at the main P.B.X. switchboard 
 may be arranged for under one of the following plans. 
 
 Under none of these plans are any special supervisory arrangements 
 in effect at the central office, other than those observed as a 
 matter of routine. 
 
 *This is a company option, and can only be used when message rate service 
 is available. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
> 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 » 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 7. Night, Sunday and Holiday Service Arrangements (cont'd) 
 
 a. Plan 1 - Normal Arrangements 
 
 Under this plan, the customer connects the trunk associated 
 with the main listing in the telephone directory to the P.B.X. 
 station best located so as to be available for any general 
 information. Additional trunks and stations may be similarly 
 connected. 
 
 b. Plan 2 - Special Telephone Numbers 
 
 (1) Under this plan, the customer connects a particular 
 P.B.X. station either to a nonsequence trunk not 
 otherwise listed in the telephone directory, or to a 
 regular trunk with which a special telephone number 
 is associated at the central office. The telephone 
 number of the nonsequence trunk or special telephone 
 number is listed in the directory as an alternate number 
 listing. 
 
 (2) In order that persons who have not observed the alternate 
 number listings for this service in the telephone 
 directory and who use the regular telephone number 
 assignment in making calls at night and on Sundays and 
 holidays may receive a response from the called person, 
 the P.B.X. customer is expected to connect to the trunk, 
 the telephone number of which is associated with the main 
 listing in the telephone directory, the P.B.X. station 
 best located so as to be available for general 
 information. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 7. Night, Sunday and Holiday Service Arrangements (cont'd) 
 
 b. Plan 2 - Special Telephone Numbers (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Alternate number listings, adequate to enable telephone 
 users to properly place calls to the P.B.X. service of 
 the customer, shall be arranged for with the Telephone 
 Company by the customer. 
 
 c. Plan 3 - Out-of-Hours Switchboard 
 
 Under this plan arrangements will be made by means of 
 switching equipment whereby any or all of the trunks and 
 stations may be disconnected from the main switchboard and 
 connected to an out-of-hours switchboard. 
 
 d. Plan 4 - Alternate Number Listings 
 
 This plan is furnished when the P.B.X. customer desires calls 
 to be referred to a telephone service not associated with the 
 P.B.X. Service and is provided as specified for Alternate 
 Number Listings in this tariff. 
 
 e. Plan 5 - Arrangement for Completing Incoming Out-of-Hours 
 
 Calls 
 
 This plan permits a watchman or attendant to complete incoming 
 calls from the central office to any station in a dial P.B.X. 
 system during periods when the manual switchboard position is 
 not attended. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
t 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 8. Connection of Code Calling Systems 
 
 Code calling systems are arrangements of equipment designed to 
 permit sounding of code signals in various parts of a customer's 
 premises for summoning called persons to the nearest telephone. 
 
 9. Long Distance Message Restriction 
 
 Long distance message restriction will be provided to dial P.B.X. 
 systems from central offices which are equipped for such service. 
 It is an arrangement whereby P.B.X. stations are restricted from 
 access to long distance message service except through the P.B.X. 
 attendant position over central office trunks arranged for access 
 to long distance message network facilities. 
 
 10. Direct Inward Dialing Service 
 
 a. Direct Inward Dialing (D.I.D.) Service provides for inward 
 dialing from the telecommunications network directly to 
 stations associated with Telephone Company provided or 
 customer-provided switching equipment located on the 
 customer's premises. D.I.D. Service requires special 
 equipment and will be provided only where D.I.D. facilities 
 are available in the central office and the switching 
 equipment located on the customer's premises is properly 
 equipped for D.I.D. Service. 
 
 b. D.I.D. Service must be provided on all trunks in a group 
 arranged for inward service. Routing of calls to selected 
 numbers within the D.I.D. number group over a separate trunk 
 group is not contemplated. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 % 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETIO 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 10. Direct Inward Dialing Service (cont'd) 
 
 c. Customer-provided switching systems with which D.I.D, Service 
 is associated must be arranged by the customer to provide for 
 the intercepting of assigned but unused station numbers. 
 
 d. I'/here D.I.D. Service is requested from more than one wire 
 center or from seperate trunk groups within the same wire 
 center, such service provided from each wire center or each 
 trunk group within the same wire center shall be considered a 
 separate service. 
 
 e. D.I.D. Service is furnished upon the condition that the 
 customer obtain adequate facilities to permit the use of 
 D.I.D. Service without injurious effect upon it or any other 
 services rendered by the Telephone Company. The Telephone 
 Company may terminate or refuse to furnish service to any 
 customer, without incurring any liablllity, if the use of the 
 service would Interfere with or Impair other services 
 provided by the Telephone Company, provided that, in the case 
 of a termination of service, at least five days have elapsed 
 following written notification to the customer by mail, or in 
 person, of the Telephone Company's intention to terminate the 
 service for such cause. 
 
 11. Indentified Outward Dialing Service 
 
 a. Identified Outward Dialing (I.O.D.) Service provides for 
 station number identification of outgoing long distance 
 messages originated from stations associated with Telephone 
 Company provided or customer-provided switching equipment 
 located on the customer's premises. I.O.D. Service requires 
 special equipment and will be provided only where I.O.D. 
 facilities and telephone numbers are available in the central 
 office and the switching equipment located on the customer's 
 premises is properly equipped for I.O.D. Service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 f 
 
 Name 
 
 Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEETll 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 D. SCOPE OF SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 11. Identified Outward Dialing Service (cont'd) 
 
 b. I.O.D. Service must be provided on all trunks in a group 
 arranged for outward service. 
 
 c. \^ere I.O.D. is requested on more than one group of trunks 
 each such group shall be considered a separate service. 
 
 E. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (I1ANUAL) 
 
 The rates set forth in 1 and 2 following, apply for cord or cordless 
 switchboards with capacities for the number of station lines or 
 station lines and trunk terminations enumerated and the required 
 battery supply or battery elimination and power rectifier.. 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges 
 
 1. Cordless Type Switchboard 
 
 Capacity-Up to 3 trunks and 10 station 
 
 lines $ $ 
 
 Capacity-5 trunks and 20 station lines $ 
 
 The minimum charge for a cordless 
 switchboard will be $ per month. 
 
 2. Cord Type Switchboards 
 
 Capacity-lO trunks and 50 station lines $ $ 
 
 Capacity-15 trunks and 100 station 
 
 lines $ $ 
 
 Capacity-15 trunks and 200 station 
 
 lines $ $ 
 The minimum charge for a cord switch- 
 board will be $ per month. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET12 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 F. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (AUTOMATIC)* 
 
 System 1 - P.B.X.** 
 
 Ultimate system capacity is 80 lines, 12 intercom links, and 18 
 trunks. The facility consists of a cabinet type dial switching system 
 and one or more attendant positions. This switching equipment permits 
 stations to dial each other and to dial outgoing calls directly. In- 
 coming calls are completed by the switchboard attendant. The 
 switchboard attendant may also place outgoing calls. Included in the 
 common equipment are a console with busy lamp panel, station dial 
 transfer (incoming and outgoing), consultation hold, station dial add 
 on, night answer service, touch calling, individual station 
 restriction, rotary hunting, standby power attendant conference, and 
 attendant's position. 
 
 *At present there are approximately 35 manufacturers of P.B.X. Equipment, 
 with over 200 different "Models" to choose from. They vary in size from 
 2 lines with 1 trunk to "Unlimited" lines with "Unlimited" trunks. The 
 available features will vary with manufacturer as well as with size. 
 This will require each company to have a separate tariff for each 
 different P.B.X. Service which is offered. The following example is for 
 informational purposes only, to suggest the format and the important 
 items to be included in the company's P.B.X. Tariff for Automatic 
 Switching Equipment. 
 
 **This is a hypothetical system. This portion of the Tariff should fully 
 describe, in narrative form the basic service being offered. The next 
 section will list all of the standard features, and also any optional 
 features which are available. 
 
 (These two footnotes are for instructional purposes only - care must be 
 taken to insure that they are not included in the filed Tariff) 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 • 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 F. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (AUTOMATIC) (cont'd) 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges 
 
 STANDARD PLAN 
 
 Common equipment including console for 
 capacity of - 
 
 40 lines, 6 intercom links, and 10 
 trunks - toll diversion (2 trunks) , 
 camp-on-busy (1st 10 trunks). 
 Minimum billing - 20 main lines. 
 
 80 lines, 12 intercom links, and 18 
 trunks - toll diversion (5 trunks), 
 camp-on-busy (1st 10 trunks). 
 Minimum billing - 40 lines. 
 
 Additional trunk units, each 
 
 Additional links (per 3) 
 
 Additional attendant's position, each 
 
 Tie Lines Terminals, each 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 I 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 » 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET14 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (AUTOMATIC) (cont'd) 
 STANDARD PLAN (cont'd) 
 
 OPTIONAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS* 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges** 
 
 Camp-on-busy, each 
 
 add 
 
 itonal 
 
 
 
 trunk 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Add-on Conference 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Meet-Me-Conference 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Automatic Call Back 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Call Forwarding 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Executive Busy Over 
 
 -ri 
 
 de 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Fixed Night Service 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Lockout 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Paging Adapter 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Toll Restriction 
 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Direct Inward Dialing 
 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Identified Outward 
 
 Dia 
 
 ling 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 *List all available optional features. Those shown are examples of some 
 available options. 
 
 **Some items, such as Camp-on-Busy, Meet-Me-Conference, etc. may be 
 excluded from the Installation & Service Charges if included with the 
 original Service Order. This should be indicated by footnotes in the 
 Company's filed Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 I 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET15 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 F. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (AUTOMATIC) (cont'd) 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN 
 
 Coramon equipment in- 
 cluding console for 
 capacity of - 
 
 40 lines, 6 intercom 
 links and 10 trunks- 
 toll diversion (2 
 trunks) , camp-on-busy 
 (1st 10 trunks). 
 Minimum billing - 20 
 main lines. $ 
 
 80 lines, 12 intercom 
 links, and 18 trunks- 
 toll diversion (5 
 trunks) . camp-on-busy 
 (1st 10 trunks) 
 Minimum billing - 40 
 
 Monthly Rates 
 Fixed - (Level A) 
 60 84 120 
 Months Months Months 
 
 Variable Installation & 
 (Level B) Service Charges 
 
 Additional atten- 
 dant's position, each 
 
 lines. 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Additional trunk 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 units, each 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Additional links 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (per 3) 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Tie Line Terminal, 
 each $ 
 ISSUED 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 16 
 
 ♦ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 F. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC) (cont'd) 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN 
 
 Monthly Rates Variable Installation & 
 
 Fixed - (Level A) (Level B) Service Charges 
 60 84 120 
 
 Months Months Months 
 
 OPTIONAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS* 
 
 Camp-on-Busy, each addi- 
 
 tional trunk 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Add-on Conference 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Meet-Me-Conference 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Automatic Call Back 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Call Forwarding 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Executive Busy Over-ride 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Fixed Night Service 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Lockout 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Paging Adapter 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Toll Restriction 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Direct Inward Dialing 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Identified Outward Dialing 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 *List all available optional features. Those shown are examples of some 
 available options. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Address 
 
 I 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET17 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 G. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC)* 
 
 The System III ** offering is an electronic system which includes 
 common control equipment, power and call transfer within the basic 
 common equipment. Also included in the common equipment are a console 
 with busy lamp panel, touch dialing standby power, attendant 
 conference, night answer service, rotary hunting, station dial addon, 
 station dial transfer (incoming and outgoing), consultation hold and 
 attendant's position. The system is offered limited to the capacities 
 shown below. 
 
 *At present there are several manufacturers of Electronic P.B.X. Equipment 
 with over 100 different "Models" to choose from. They vary in size, up 
 to "Unlimited" lines with "Unlimited" trunks. The available features 
 will vary with manufacturers as well as with size. This will require 
 each company to have a seperate tariff for each different P.B.X. Service 
 which is offered. The following example is for informational purposes 
 only, to suggest the format and the important items to be included in the 
 company's P.B.X. Tariff for Electronic Switching Equipment. 
 
 **This is a hypothetical system. This portion of the Tariff should fully 
 describe, in narrative form the basic service being offered. The next 
 section will list all of the standard features, and also any optional 
 features which are available. 
 
 (These two footnotes are for instructional purposes only - care must be 
 taken to insure that they are not included in the filed Tariff) 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET18 
 
 I 
 
 G. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC)* 
 
 STANDARD PLAN 
 
 Basic common equipment including 
 console capacity of - 
 
 40 lines, 15 trunks, toll 
 diversion (3 trunks) , camp- 
 on-busy (1st 7 trunks) 
 
 80 lines, 15 trunks, toll 
 diversion (3 trunks), camp- 
 on-busy (1st 7 trunks) 
 
 80 lines, 30 trunks, toll 
 diversion (6 trunks) , camp- 
 on-busy (1st 10 trunks) 
 
 120 lines, 30 trunks, toll 
 diversion (6 trunks) , camp- 
 on-busy (1st 10 trunks) 
 
 Tie Line trunk terminal, each 
 
 Attendant Optional Control 
 
 Additional attendant's position, 
 each 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 f 
 
G. 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC)* 
 STANDARD PLAN (cont'd) 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET19 
 
 OPTIONAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS* 
 
 Installation & 
 Monthly Rate Service Charges** 
 
 Camp-on-Busy, each additional 
 trunk 
 
 Add-on Conference 
 
 Meet-Me-Conference 
 
 Automatic Call Back 
 
 Call Forwarding 
 
 Excutive Busy Over-ride 
 
 Fixed Night Service 
 
 Lockout 
 
 Paging Adapter 
 
 Toll Restriction 
 
 Direct Inward Dialing 
 
 Identified Inward Dialing 
 
 *List all available optional features. Those shown are examples of some 
 available options. 
 
 **Some items, such as Camp-on-Busy, Meet-Me-Conference, etc. may be 
 excluded from the Installation & Service Charges if included with the 
 original Service Order. This should be indicated by footnotes in the 
 Company filed Tariff. 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET20 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 G. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC) (cont'd) 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN 
 
 Common equipment in- 
 cluding console for 
 capacity of - 
 
 40 lines, 15 trunks, 
 toll diversion (3 
 trunks), camp-on- 
 busy (1st 7 trunks) 
 
 80 lines, 15 trunks, 
 toll diversion (3 
 trunks) , camp-on- 
 busy (1st 7 trunks) 
 
 Monthly Rates 
 Fixed - (Level A) 
 60 84 120 
 Months Months Months 
 
 Variable Installation & 
 (Level B) Service Charges 
 
 80 lines, 30 trunks, 
 toll diversion (6 
 trunks) , camp-on- 
 busy (1st 10 trunks) $ 
 
 120 lines, 30 trunks, 
 toll diversion (6 
 trunks) , camp-on- 
 busy (1st 10 trunks) $ 
 
 Tie Line trunk termi- 
 nal, each $ 
 
 Attendant Optional 
 Control 
 
 Additional atten- 
 dant's position, 
 each 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 i $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 ! $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 5 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 I 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET21 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 G. RATES - SWITCHING EQUIPMENT (ELECTRONIC) (cont'd) 
 
 Monthly Rates Variable Installation & 
 Fixed - (Level A) (Level B) Service Charges 
 60 84 120 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN Months Months Months 
 
 OPTIONAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS* 
 Camp-on- Busy, each addi- 
 
 tional trunk 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Add-on Conference 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Meet-Me-Conference 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Automatic Call Back 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Call Forwarding 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Executive Busy Over-ride 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Fixed Night Service 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Lockout 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Paging Adapter 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Toll Restriction 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Direct Inward Dialing 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Identified Outward Dialing 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 *List all available optional features. Those shown are examples of some 
 available options. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By . , __ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET22 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 H. HOTEL/ MOTEL SERVICE* 
 
 System ultimate capacity is 80 lines, 12 links and 18 trunks. The 
 facility consists of a cabinet type dial switching equipment with one 
 or more attendant's positions and night answer service. This system 
 provides dial telephone service for small hotels and motels. The 
 system allows guests to place their own local and long distance calls 
 and offers such other features as room-to-room dialing, direct station 
 selection, message waiting, message registers, room status, wake up 
 service, busy lamp field, auto quote (time and charges), toll 
 restriction, dial paging access, standby power and one attendant's 
 position. 
 
 Installation & 
 STANDARD PLAN Monthly Rate Service Charges 
 
 Common equipment including console 
 for capacity of - 
 
 40 lines, 6 links, 4 trunks and 
 associated power supply. 
 
 80 lines, 6 links, 5 trunks and 
 associated power supply. 
 
 Additional links (per 3) 
 
 Additional trunk units, each 
 
 Attendant's Position, each 
 
 *This is a hypothetical system, but includes most of the standard features 
 in P.B.X.'s currently in use to provide this service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 I 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 t 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET23 
 
 H. 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 HOTEL/ MOTEL SERVICE (cont'd) 
 
 Monthly Rates Variable Installation & 
 
 Fixed - (Level A) (Level B) Service Charges 
 60 84 120 
 
 TWO-TIER PRICING PLAN Months Months Months 
 
 Common equipment in- 
 ding console for 
 capacity of- 
 
 40 lines, 6 links, 
 4 trunks and 
 associated power 
 supply . 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 80 lines, 6 links 
 5 trunks and 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 associated power 
 supply. 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Additonal Links 
 (per 3) 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Additional trunk 
 units, each 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Additional atten- 
 ant' s position, 
 each. 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 iiibUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET24 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 19 
 
 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 I. HOTEL/ HOSPITAL SURCHARGE 
 
 1 . Surcharge 
 
 A surcharge may be made by the hotel/hospital on calls sent paid 
 from, or collect to, stations on their switchboard. This sur- 
 charge will not be considered a resale of service, which is other- 
 wise restricted by this Tariff. These charges shall not exceed 
 the following: 
 
 Local Calls 
 
 Credit Card Calls 
 
 Reverse Charge Calls 
 
 Toll Calls 
 
 ( Intra-state, Inter-state) 
 
 2. Remittance 
 
 $. 
 
 each including tax* 
 each including tax 
 $^ each including tax 
 
 $. 
 
 Tariff Charge plus $, each 
 
 The hotel/hospital shall not be required to pay the above 
 surcharge to the Telephone Company but shall retain this as their 
 full compensation for their services in handling both incoming and 
 outgoing telephone messages for their guests/patients. 
 
 *This rate should not exceed the cost of a Local Call from a pay station. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 20 
 PRIVATE LINE SERVICE 
 
 1 . GENERAL 
 
 Private line service is telephone service between two or more main 
 stations, none of which are connected to or otherwise made available 
 for service to any local exchange switching facilities. Such service 
 is not in accord with the general plan of furnishing telephone 
 service and such service is provided only under special conditions 
 where warranted by the circumstances, including availability of 
 facilities involved. The rates and conditions outlined in this 
 Section apply to burglar alarms, metering channels, tie lines and 
 other private line services. 
 
 2. CONDITIONS 
 
 An applicant for private line service extending beyond this Company's 
 service area, who is located in the Company's area will normally 
 contract for service with this Company and be treated as its 
 subscriber, however such procedure is not mandatory. 
 
 This Company's service responsibility is limited to that furnished by 
 its own facilities. 
 
 3. CONCURRENCE 
 
 assents to, adopts and concurs with the rates, 
 
 (Company) 
 regulations and conditions applicable to all interchangable private 
 line services and channels as filed by 
 
 (Applicable Bell Operating Co.), 
 
 in their tariff , as approved by 
 
 (NR of Bell Co. Tariff) 
 
 (Title of State Regulatory Agency) 
 
 This concurrence will apply to all services and facilities that are 
 interexchange, both intercompany and intracompany. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 20 
 PRIVATE LINE SERVICE 
 
 4. RATES AND CHARGES 
 
 a. Monthly rate for individual line service for each main station 
 connected to the private line, plus; 
 
 b. $ per month per quarter-mile, or fraction thereof, air line 
 
 measurement of circuit furnished, plus; 
 
 c. The authorized monthly charge for any facilities other than main 
 stations and the circuit furnished, plus; 
 
 d. The regular authorized service charges applicable to any 
 facilities furnished by this Company. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 I 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 21 
 
 RADIO PAGING SERVICE 
 (Also known as PERSONAL SIGNALING SERVICES) 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Radio Paging Services are one-way services In which a radio receiver 
 is activated through a base station transmitter by dialing an address 
 code associated with a central office exchange in which the service is 
 offered. Receivers provided for use in connection with TYPE I Personal 
 Signaling Service are actuated by tone transmission. Receivers 
 provided for use in connection with TYPE II Personal Signaling Service 
 are actuated by digital transmission. Each receiver is a small 
 portable radio unit which may be carried on the person of the customer. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Availability of Service 
 
 Due to the inherent characteristics of radio transmission, the 
 Telephone Company cannot warrant the range of coverage within the 
 area in which the service is offered, since receivers may be 
 temporarily located in receiving blind spots. 
 
 TYPE I Radio Paging Service is offered through base stations 
 located in (List each exchange area providing this service) . 
 
 TYPE II Radio Paging Service is offered through base stations 
 located in (List each exchange area providing this service) . 
 
 2. Undertaking of Telephone Company 
 
 The Telephone Company undertakes only to transmit a signal for the 
 purpose of actuating a receiver and accepts no responsibility for 
 the transmission of further intelligence. 
 
 Radio Paging Service receivers will be actuated only when the 
 address code or codes associated with each receiver is dialed by 
 the calling party. The name and receiver address code or codes of 
 a customer will not be made public by the Telephone Company. 
 
 3. The provision of each Radio Paging Service constitutes a separate 
 service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III ^ 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_2 ^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 21 
 
 RADIO PAGING SERVICE 
 (Also known as PERSONAL SIGNALING SERVICES) 
 
 (contM) 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 1. TYPE I Radio Paging Service 
 
 Per 
 a. TYPE I Radio Paging Service, Including Month 
 receiver, battery and battery charger, 
 and group call capability, each $ 
 
 (1) Additional battery and adapter for 
 charging the battery outside of the 
 receiver case, each $ 
 
 (2) Additional battery charger, each .... $ 
 
 b. TYPE I Radio Pacing Service, Including 
 
 a single address code, to be used with k 
 
 a customer-provided receiver equipped to 
 
 receive tone type transmission, each $ 
 
 2. TYPE II Radio Paging Service 
 
 a. TYPE II Radio Paging Service, including 
 a receiver equipped to receive digital 
 transmission, initial battery and group 
 capability, each $ 
 
 Dual Address Feature $ 
 
 b. TYPE II Radio Paging Service, Including 
 a single address code, to be used with a 
 customer-provided receiver equipped to 
 
 receive digital transmission, each $ 
 
 3. Other Charges 
 
 For charge purposes, each signal call from a telephone to a 
 receiver in the exchange specified in B.l. preceding is treated as 
 a telephone call, either local or long distance. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By » 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IH 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 1. Service Charges are those charges associated with work performed 
 by the Telephone Company in connection with the provision of 
 services or equipment for a customer. 
 
 2. Service Charges are in addition to any other scheduled rates and 
 charges. They apply in addition to and not in lieu of 
 installation charges, non-recurring charges (NRC) or construction 
 charges which are found in other sections of this tariff. 
 
 3. Service Charges for the initial establishment of residential or 
 business service are due and payable on the first billing cycle 
 after installation date of the equipment. 
 
 4. The charges specified herein do not contemplate work being 
 performed by Company employees at a time when overtime wages apply 
 due to the request of the subscriber nor do they contemplate work 
 begun being interrupted by the subscriber. If the subscriber 
 requests overtime labor being performed or interrupts work once 
 begun, a charge in addition to the specified charges will be made 
 equal to the additional cost involved. 
 
 B. DEFINITIONS 
 
 1. ACCESS LINE 
 
 The term "Access Line" denotes the line between the service 
 Central Office and the Subscriber's premises. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 B. DEFINITIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2 . CHANGE 
 
 The term "Change" denotes the substitution of a different style, 
 color, or type of telephone or other terminal equipment, or a 
 rearrangement of equipment or cords, which does not involve a move 
 of the instrument or other terminal equipment and its associated 
 connecting apparatus. 
 
 3. CONNECTING APPARATUS 
 
 The term "Connecting Apparatus" denotes the terminal block or 
 standard jack to which the single line station or terminal 
 equipment may be connected, 
 
 4. CONNECTION 
 
 The term "Connection" denotes the establishment of telephones 
 service. A move of existing service to a different premises 
 requires a connection. 
 
 5. INSIDE MOVE 
 
 The term "Inside Move" denotes the transfer of telephone terminal 
 equipment, connecting apparatus, and wiring from one location to 
 another location within the same building or that portion of the 
 building occupied by the same subscriber where there is no 
 interruption of the service other than is incidental to the work 
 involved. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of _^ No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 B. DEFINITIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. PRE-INSTALLED WIRING 
 
 The term "Pre-Installed Wiring" denotes telephone wiring which is 
 placed in a building during the construction of that building and 
 prior to the installation of exchange service. The Company will 
 determine when such wiring will be placed. Generally, it will be 
 installed at that point in construction when the framing members 
 are in place and prior to the application of surfacing materials 
 to ceilings and interior sides of walls. 
 
 7 . COST 
 
 "Cost" as used in this section, is to be interpreted as meaning 
 the cost of labor, including charges for supervision and other 
 overhead expenses. 
 
 8. MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES 
 
 Applicable under a variety of circumstances. The charges usually 
 consist of a combination of one or more service charges. 
 
 9. RESTORATION CHARGE 
 
 Applicable for restoral of service following a temporary 
 suspension of such service. 
 
 10. TERMINATION CHARGE 
 
 Applicable for a subscriber's request for discontinuance of an 
 item of service or equipment prior to the expiration of the 
 initial service period designated for such item. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COriPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET A 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 C. REGULATIONS 
 
 1 . Application of Service Charges 
 
 a. Service Order Processing Charge 
 
 A Service Order Processing Charge applies per account for the 
 processing of a customer request for service or equipment 
 ordered for completion at one time. 
 
 (1) A service order processing charge will be applicable in 
 addition to the appropriate Premises Visit, Line 
 Connection, Wiring, Station Connection, Installation 
 Charge(s). 
 
 (2) Only one Service Order Processing Charge is applicable 
 for all requests made at one time for service on one 
 premises. 
 
 (3) The Service Order Processing Charge is applicable for 
 requests for initial connection of service and connection 
 of additional local exchange lines, private lines, 
 off-premises extension lines, or the lines to an 
 established service, and transfer of service involving 
 change in name and responsibility whether or not there is 
 a lapse in service. Also, a Service Order Processing 
 Charge is applicable for requests for connection of an 
 extension station or any miscellaneous equipment, inside 
 move or change, number change, restoration of service, 
 change from business to residence service or residence to 
 business service, or additional, optional, non-published, 
 non-listed, and dual-name directory listing, 
 
 (4) One Service Order Processing Charge is applicable to 
 document the use of customer provided equipment in 
 accordance with Section 12 of this tariff, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P,S,C, 
 
 By 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
• 
 
 * 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ~ ORIGINAL SHEET_5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE aiARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 
 b. Premises Visit Charge 
 
 (1) A Premises Visit Charge applies per account for each 
 visit to a customer's premises to perform work requested 
 by the customer. 
 
 (2) However, no additional premise visit charge is applicable 
 for subsequent visits required to complete an order to 
 which a visit charge has been applied. 
 
 (3) However, when a Telephone Company employee is on the 
 customer's premises for the purpose of repair, 
 
 maintenance or changes in class or grade of service 
 necessitating a premises visit, or where the visit was 
 initiated by the Telephone Company, no Premises Visit 
 Charges apply to residence customers who accept 
 installations of extension stations, or supplemental 
 equipment specified in Section 24 of this Tariff, which 
 the visiting Telephone Company employee has and installs 
 at the time of the visit. 
 
 c. Line Connection Charges 
 
 (1) One line connection charge is applicable to the provision 
 of each access line in association with any of the 
 following services: 
 
 Individual or Multi-Party Residence Service 
 
 Individual or Multi-Party Business Service 
 
 PBX Trunks 
 
 Key System Trunks 
 
 Off Premises Extensions 
 
 Telephone Answering Service Lines 
 
 Semi-Public Service 
 
 Long Distance Terminals 
 
 Foreign Exchange Service 
 
 Private Line 
 
 Tie Lines 
 
 WATS Line 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 » 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By ^ , , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 c. Line Connection Charges (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Line connection charges are not applicable when service 
 is assumed by a customer prior to discontinuance by 
 another customer (supersedure) and there is no change of 
 telephone number. 
 
 (3) A line connection charge is applicable to each change in 
 telephone number made at the request of the customer. 
 
 d. Wiring Charges 
 (1) General 
 
 Wiring Charges are applicable for installing, moving or 
 changing inside wire on the customer's premises to 
 provide service at the locations requested. The Wiring 
 Charge applies for each location on the customer's 
 premises where the customer desires inside wiring for the 
 connection of a A-conductor jack, or data jack or for 
 inside wiring to be placed as a provision for future 
 connection of terminal equipment, where suitable inside 
 wiring is not already in place. 
 
 The Wiring Charge also applies for 4-conductor jacks and 
 data jacks when such jacks are temporarily disconnected 
 and reconnected at the same location without changing the 
 type of jack. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
» 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 d. Wiring Charges (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Standard Wiring Charges 
 
 (a) One wiring charge is applicable for each 
 installation or move of a connecting apparatus; for 
 each move of the service drop and the associated 
 station protection device; and for each change in 
 wiring. 
 
 (b) Only one wiring charge is applicable for the move of 
 a connecting apparatus and the associated wiring 
 when the activities are requested on one order. 
 
 (c) A wiring charge is not applicable if suitable 
 Company provided wire and connecting apparatus to 
 permit the termination of a station are in place. 
 
 (d) A wiring charge is applicable to a change from wall 
 type instrument to desk, type, or vice versa, when a 
 change in wiring or a move of the connecting 
 apparatus is required. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1, Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 d. Wiring Charges (cont'd) 
 
 (3) Pre- Installed Wiring Charges 
 
 (a) A pre-installed wiring charge applies for pre- 
 installation of inside wiring in preparation for a 
 new installation, 
 
 (b) The pre-installed wiring charge is collected in 
 advance. 
 
 (c) No other Service Connection Charge applies with a 
 pre-installed wiring charge. 
 
 (d) An additional Service Order with applicable Service 
 Connection Charges is required to establish service. 
 
 (e) The pre-installed wiring charge is only applicable 
 in conjunction with establishment of service in a 
 residence in which wire was installed during 
 construction. 
 
 (f) Only one pre-installed wiring charge is applicable 
 per residence. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 > 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 e. Station Handling Charges 
 
 (1) Telephones for use with A-conductor jacks 
 
 A Station Handling Charge applies for the connection or 
 change of telephone for use with 4-conductor jacks. 
 Station Handling charges also apply to the relocation of 
 existing service to a different premises or building. 
 
 (2) Telephones for use with other than 4-conductor jacks 
 
 (a) Station Connection Charges 
 
 A Station Connection Charge applies for the 
 connection of each telephone, and also apply to the 
 relocation of existing service to a different 
 premises or building. 
 
 (b) Station Move Charges 
 
 A Station Move Charge applies for the move of each 
 telephone from one location to another in the same 
 building on the same premises with no interruption 
 of service other than that incident to the work 
 Involved. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , . ^,^ 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III A 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 " 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 
 e. Station Handling Charges (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Telephones for use with other than 4-conductor jacks (cont'd) 
 
 (c) Station Change Charges 
 
 A Station Change Charge applies for a change in the 
 
 color, type or button capacity of each telephone. A 
 
 change in button capacity is considered to be a 
 
 change to a lower, within the same, or to the next 
 
 higher button capacity range. However, when a 0- or 
 
 1-button telephone is changed to a 2- through ^ 
 
 6-button capacity telephone, or a telephone is U 
 
 changed to a button capacity range beyond the next 
 
 higher button capacity range, the appropriate 
 
 Station Connection Charge for the new telephone 
 
 applies. A Station Change Charge is not applicable 
 
 if the change is coincident with a move of the same 
 
 telephone for which a Station Move Charge applies. 
 
 Further, a Station Change Charge for a 0-1 button 
 
 telephone for use with other than a 4-conductor jack 
 
 is not applicable when the change is coincident with 
 
 lines being added or rearranged in the same 0-1 button 
 
 telephone for which a Station Addition and Rearrangement 
 
 Charge applies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 > 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
^ 
 
 » 
 
 TOi; SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1, Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 
 e. Station Handling Charges (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Telephones for use with other than A-conductor jacks (cont'd) 
 
 (d) Station Addition and Rearrangement Charge 
 
 A Station Addition and Rearrangement Charge applies 
 for each telephone in which exchange lines, WATS 
 access lines, intercommunicating lines, branch 
 exchange and Centrex station lines, private lines 
 and extension lines are added or rearranged and when 
 such telephones are temporarily disconnected and 
 reconnected without changing or moving the telephone, 
 A Station Addition and Rearrangement Charge is not 
 applicable if the addition or rearrangement is 
 completed coincident with a move of the same 
 telephone for which a Station Hove Charge applies. 
 Also, a Station Addition and Rearrangement Charge is 
 not applicable if the addition or rearrangement is 
 completed coincident with a change of the same 2-120 
 button capacity range telephone for which a Station 
 Change Charge applies. 
 
 f. Jack Charges 
 
 There are no jack charges specified in the Service Charges 
 Tariff for connecting, moving or changing jacks. Appropriate 
 Installation Charges apply as specified in Section 24 of this 
 tariff for Jack and Plug equipment. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET12 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 
 g. Cord Charges 
 
 One Station Connection Charge is applicable for any change of 
 cords associated with the instrument. 
 
 h. Miscellaneous Charges 
 
 1, Changes in Telephone Number 
 
 a. For changes in telephone number of local exchange, one 
 Service Order Charge plus a Line Connection Charge for 
 each number changed will apply. 
 
 b. For changes in telephone number of a Key System 
 Station where a Premises Visit is required, one 
 Service Order Charge and one Premises Visit Charge 
 will apply plus per number changed. 
 
 c. The above charges do not apply when in the judgment of 
 the Company, changes in telephone number are necessary 
 for continuation of satisfactory service. 
 
 I 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ♦ 
 
► 
 
 t 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPAIT^ PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 h. Miscellaneous Charges (cont'd) 
 
 2. Inside Moves or Changes of Terminal Equipment for Which an 
 Installation Charge is Specified 
 
 a. The charge for inside moves or changes of terminal 
 equipment for which an installation charge is 
 specified shall be the same as the installation charge 
 for that equipment unless; 
 
 (1) A specified relocation charge or inside move or 
 change charge is given for that equipment, or 
 
 (2) If the installation charge for each item is 
 
 greater than $ and no relocation, inside move 
 
 or change charge is specified, the installation 
 charge or a charge based on cost of labor and 
 material, whichever is less, shall apply. 
 
 3. Rearrangement of Drop Wire, Outside Circuit and/or 
 Protector 
 
 a. For the rearrangement of a drop wire, outside circuit 
 and/or protector initiated by the action of the 
 subscriber, a Service Order Charge and a Premises 
 Visit Charge as specified in this Section will be 
 applicable plus $ per rearrangement. 
 
 b. Charges for rearangements are not applicable if the 
 rearrangement, move or change is required for the 
 continuation of satisfactory service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 i 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET14 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Application of Service Charges (cont'd) 
 i . Other Charges 
 
 (1) Maintenance Visit Charge 
 
 A Maintenance Visit Charge applies per visit to a 
 customer' s premises where a service difficulty or trouble 
 report results from the use of equipment or facilities 
 provided by other than the Telephone Company. 
 
 (2) Denied Service Restoral Charge 
 
 A Denied Service Restoral Charge applies for the restoral 
 of service to an individual or party-line service, 
 service line or private branch exchange or Centrex system 
 after denial of service for nonpayment. 
 
 (3) Suspended Service Restoral Charge 
 
 When at the request of the customer, service is 
 
 temporarily suspended (a maximum of ) a Service 
 
 Order Charge and a Premise Visit Charge as specified in 
 Section will apply for the restoral of that service. 
 
 (4) Dishonored Check Charge 
 
 A Dishonored Check Charge applies when any negotiable 
 instrument presented for payment for service or deposit 
 becomes dishonored, and is returned to the Telephone 
 Company from the bank. 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 ^^ Nii^i TiTli ' Address 
 
 I 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 15 
 
 ^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Service Charges are in addition to all other rates and charges 
 that may be applicable for service and equipment provided by the 
 Telephone Company. Other rates and charges include, but are not 
 limited to, Installation and Nonrecurring Charges. 
 
 a. Installation Charges apply when equipment with which the 
 Installation charge is associated is connected or moved 
 unless otherwise specified. 
 
 b. Nonrecurring charges apply only for the initial installation 
 of certain items of equipment. 
 
 3. Service Charges do not apply to: 
 
 a. Visits to a customer's premises solely for the purpose of 
 repair, maintenance or disconnection of Telephone Company 
 provided service and equipjment. 
 
 b. Public Telephone Service, Toll Station Service, or service 
 station lines. 
 
 c. Changes in the class or grade of service, or concurrent moves 
 or changes necessitated by a change in the class or grade of 
 service or by a change in central office operation. 
 
 d. Customer orders when one customer accepts service and 
 equipment from another customer without lapse in the rendition 
 of service and no other work is required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET16 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Service Charges do not apply to: (cont'd) 
 
 e. Service reestablished after the destruction of the customer's 
 premises by fire, flood or other similar causes beyond the 
 customer's control, where the same amount of service is 
 reestablished within a reasonable period of time at the time 
 at the same or different location. If, under the preceding 
 conditions, service is installed at another location and then 
 subsequently reestablished at the original location, all 
 Service Charges will apply for the subsequent installation, 
 
 f . A change from listed telephone service to Nonlisted or 
 Nonpublished Telephone Service necessitated by communications 
 which are received that are of an annoying, foul or profane 
 nature. 
 
 g. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished for 
 Mobile Telephone Service or for changing the telephone number 
 of a Mobile Telephone Service unit to another nonlisted or 
 nonpublished telephone number. 
 
 h. Joint User Service when no visit is required to the customer's 
 premises. 
 
 i. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 customer for data service where there is no voice use 
 contemplated. 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 i 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET17 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Service Charges do not apply to: (cont'd) 
 
 j. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 customer for short periods of time, usually one day, in 
 connection with local and long distance message broadcasts of 
 sporting events, conventions or other special events. 
 
 k. Nonlisted or Nonpublished Telephone Service furnished to a 
 
 customer with other listed, nonlisted or nonpublished service 
 in the same directory area. 
 
 1. Telephones reconnected in place with the initial 
 
 establishment of service when no change is made at the 
 customer's request in the capacity, color, line terminations, 
 location, type of equipment or the wiring on the customer's 
 premises; and for inside wiring suitable for reuse with a 
 4-conductor jack or data jack. 
 
 m. Change a telephone to the desired type or color when that 
 
 telephone is installed on an interim basis for the purpose of 
 providing new main station service until the desired type or 
 color telephone is available. 
 
 n. Directory listings excluding changes to a residence dual name 
 primary or additional listing or the establishment of a 
 residence dual name additional listing, billing name or 
 billing address. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET18 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 C. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Service Charges do not apply to: (cont'd) 
 
 o, A change of name is ordered by the widow or widower of a 
 deceased spouse. 
 
 p. For a move in the same building and on the same premises of 
 PBX or Centrex switchboards, attendant positions or switching 
 equipment, and other equipment or wiring specified by the 
 Telephone Company, the customer will be given the option of 
 paying charges based on costs for the move in lieu of paying 
 Service Charges, such charges based on costs not to exceed the 
 charges for a new installation. \-}hen the customer elects to 
 pay for the move at charges based on costs, the termination 
 liability contract or minimumun revenue provisions remain 
 unchanged . 
 
 q. A change of telephone number when initiated by the Telephone 
 Company. 
 
 r. The processing of a customer request when the customer 
 picks up or changes telephones or, selected items of 
 supplemental equipment specified in Section of this tariff 
 at a location designated by the Telephone Company and no other 
 activity is required. 
 
 s. The processing of a customer request when the customer 
 
 notifies the Telephone Company of the customer's intent to 
 connect registered terminal equipment to the telecommunica- 
 tions network, and no other activity is required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 • 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET19 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 22 
 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. Service Charges do not apply to: (cont'd) 
 
 t. The station handling of telephones which are connected or 
 
 changed by the customer, when such telephones are picked up by 
 the customer at a location designated by the Telephone 
 Company. 
 
 u. Removal of service or equipment unless otherwise specified in 
 other sections of this tariff. 
 
 RATES 
 
 1. Service Order Processing Charge 
 
 2. Premise Visit Charge 
 
 3. Line Connection Charges 
 
 Exchange Lines, Each 
 
 PBX Trunks, Each 
 
 WATS Access Lines, Each 
 
 Centrex Main Station Lines, Each 
 
 Private Line Terminations, Each 
 
 Tie Line Terminations, Each 
 
 Residence 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Business 
 $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ $ 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
D. RATES 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 
 Residence 
 
 4. Wiring Charges 
 
 a. Standard Wiring, Per 
 Connecting Apparatus 
 
 $ 
 
 b. Pre-Installed Wiring, Per Order 
 
 (1) From 1 To Connection 
 
 Apparatus~Locations $ 
 
 (2) Each Additional Connecting 
 
 Apparatus Locations $ 
 
 5. Station Handling Charges 
 
 a. Telephones for use with 4- 
 conductor jacks, connected 
 or changed, each $ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET20 
 
 • 
 
 Business 
 
 b. Telephones for use with other than 4-conductor jacks 
 (1) Station Connection Charges 
 
 Telephones connected, each* 
 
 Button Capacity Range 
 
 to 1 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 2 through 6 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 7 through 12 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 13 through 20 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 21 through 30 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 31 through 120 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 • 
 
 *\<Jhen a telephone is connected or moved to a different location in the 
 same building and on the same premises, and suitable wiring as determined 
 by the Telephone Company is in place to connect the desired telephone, 
 one-half of the Station Connection Charge or Station Move Charge applies, 
 as appropriate. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 • 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET21 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 22 
 SERVICE CHARGES 
 D. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 5. Station Handling Charges (cont'd) 
 
 b. Telephones for use with- other than 4-conductor jacks (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Station Move Charge 
 
 Telephone moved, each Charges are the same as 
 
 specified for station 
 connections in (1) 
 preceding. 
 
 (3) Station Change Charges 
 Telephones changed, each 
 
 Residence Business 
 
 0- to 1-Button capacity range 
 
 2- through 120 Button capacity 
 
 range $ $ 
 
 PBX or Centrex system telephones changed to or from Push 
 Button models, subsequent to the initial change of class 
 of service of the system, as specified following: 
 
 0- to 1-Button capacity range 
 
 2- through 120 Button capacity 
 
 range $ $ 
 
 (4) Station Addition and Rearrangement Charge 
 
 Telephones in which lines 
 are added or rearranged, each 
 
 $ J 
 
 6. 
 
 Other Charges 
 
 
 
 
 a. 
 
 Maintenance Visit Charge $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 
 b. 
 
 Denied Service Restoral Charge $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 
 c. 
 
 Dishonored Check Charge, per 
 instrument, per return $ 
 
 $_ 
 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued 
 
 Under 
 
 Authority of 
 
 
 No. 
 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 Name Title 
 
 
 Address 
 
I 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 f 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 23 
 
 SET RECOVERY PLAN 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 The Set Recovery Plan permits residence customers to disconnect and 
 remove all eligible telephones from their previous service location 
 within the area served by the Telephone Company and deliver these 
 telephones to the Telephone Company representative at their new 
 service location. Residence customers who elect to participate in the 
 plan will receive a credit allowance on their telephone bill upon 
 delivery of the telephones. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. The Set Recovery Plan is available only: 
 
 a. In connection with those types of residence services which 
 contemplate removal of telephones, at the time of customer 
 residence relocations, as a normal work, operation, 
 
 b. In connection with residence services where no telephone is 
 excluded under 3. following and 
 
 c. Where the residence customer agrees to deliver all such tele- 
 phones to the Telephone Company representative at the new 
 service location prior to the completion of the installation 
 work. 
 
 2. The customer must deliver all telephones to the Telephone Company 
 representative at the new service location prior to the completion 
 of the installation work, in order to receive credit. 
 
 3. Wall, except modular wall. Panel, multibutton telephones and other 
 telephones associated with equipment such as Automatic Answering 
 and Recording, Automatic Dialing and Speakerphone equipment are 
 excluded from the plan. In addition, any changes, reararrange- 
 ments, additions, modifications, maintenance or repairs normally 
 provided by the Telephone Company, are excluded from the plan. 
 
 4. The customer shall indemnify and save the Telephone Company 
 harmless from any and all liability, damages, losses, claims or 
 demands of any kind arising out of any action or omission of the 
 customer or any other person in connection with the removal or 
 return of telephones to the Telephone Company. 
 
 C. CREDIT 
 
 Credit allowance 
 
 Only one credit allowance will be given per customer, per residence 
 
 relocation, regardless of the number of lines or telephones dis- 
 connected . 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. "~ 
 
 ^y . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
I 
 
 i 
 
 « 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1_ 
 
 SUPFLEMENTAI. EOUIPflENT 
 
 Section 24 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Page 
 
 1 . Adapters 2 
 
 2. Amplifier And Noise Cancelling Telephone Equipment 3 
 
 3. Automatic Dialing Equipment 5 
 
 4. Auxiliary Signal Equipment 6 
 
 5. Auxiliary TOUCH-TONE® Dials 10 
 
 6. Booths 11 
 
 7. Break Rotary Hunt Arrangement 12 
 
 8. Business Interphone System 13 
 
 9. Compact Telephones 15 
 
 10. Cords 16 
 
 11. Cut-off, Exclusion and Transfer Arrangements 17 
 
 12. Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement 18 
 
 13. Elevator Telephones 19 
 
 14. Explosive Atmosphere Telephones 19 
 
 15. Farm Interphone System 20 
 
 16. Home Interphone System 22 
 
 17. Hospital Interphone System 23 
 
 18. Jack and Key Equipment 26 
 
 19. Jack and Plug Equipment 27 
 
 20. Jack Equipped Telephone 30 
 
 21. Long Distance Message Restriction - Local Exchange Service 31 
 
 22. Loudspeaker Conference Arrangements 32 
 
 23. Loudspeaker Paging Systems 33 
 
 24. Make-Busy Arrangements 36 
 
 25. Message Register Equipment 37 
 
 26. Non-standard Telephones 39 
 
 27. Operator Sets 42 
 
 28. Outdoor Telephones 44 
 
 29. Panel Telephones 44 
 
 30. Portable Conference Telephones 45 
 
 31. Speakerphones 46 
 
 32 
 
 Trunk Hunting Service Arrangements 47 
 
i 
 
^ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAircE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 1 . ADAPTERS 
 
 A. Regulations 
 
 Adapters are offered for purchase by the customer only for single 
 and two-line bridged connections and may be provided either by the 
 Telephone Company or the customer, 
 
 1. When customer-provided equipment having a miniature plug is to 
 be connected to an existing four-conductor non-miniature or 
 twelve-conductor jack, the customer may furnish his own 
 adapter(s) or request the Telephone Company to convert these 
 four-conductor non-miniature or twelve-conductor jacks. 
 
 2. ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES FOR MERCHAN- 
 TABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE ARE EXCLUDED. 
 
 3. The Telephone Company shall not be liable for any special, 
 incidental, or consequential damages or for loss, damage or 
 expense directly or indirectly arising from the customer's use 
 of or inability to use adapters either separately or in 
 combination with other equipment, or for personal injury, 
 death or loss or destruction of other property or for any 
 other cause. The customer shall have no rights whatsoever 
 arising out of the sale of the adapters, or the Telephone 
 Company's performance thereunder, directly or indirectly, 
 against the Telephone Company beyond the replacement of 
 defective adapters. 
 
 Purchase 
 B. RATES Price * 
 
 1. Converts a A-conductor non-miniature jack 
 
 to a 4-conductor miniature jack, each $ 
 
 2, Converts a 12-conductor jack to a A-conductor 
 miniature jack, each $ 
 
 3. Converts a 4-conductor miniature jack from a single 
 
 to a double connecting point capability, each ... $ 
 
 *This price is applicable when adapter is purchased by the customer at 
 designated Telephone Company locations. Shipping charges are applicable 
 in addition to the price shown when a customer requests shipment, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C, ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EX CHAISE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 B, Rates (cont'd) 
 2. AMPLIFIER A_ND NOISE CATTCELLING TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 
 
 A. General 
 
 Amplifier Telephone Equipment amplifies telephone conversations 
 for persons with either hearing impairments or weak speech and in 
 noisy locations. 
 
 The Noise-Cancelling Telephone Transmitter is a special trans- 
 mitter intended for use in connection with telephones at noisy 
 locations. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Amplifier Telephone Equipment may be provided for use with all 
 classes and grades of service, except public and semi-public 
 telephone service. 
 
 The Telephone Company does not guarantee that Amplifier Telephone 
 Equipment will produce satisfactory results in all cases requiring 
 amplification. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 1. A customer may elect to pay on a monthly basis or make a 
 single payment as specified following: 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 a. For amplifying hearing in connection 
 
 with 
 
 
 a telephone or an operator set, each 
 
 unit , 
 
 » . . 9 
 
 Single payment charge $ 
 
 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 > 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 By 
 
 
 Name Title 
 
 
 Address 
 
 # 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4_ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 2. AMPLIFIER AND NOISE CANCELLING TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 1, A customer may elect to pay on a monthly basis or make a 
 single payment as specified following: (cont'd) 
 
 Monthly 
 
 b. For amplifying speech in connection with a 
 telephone, each unit $ 
 
 Single payment charge $ 
 
 c. For amplifying hearing or speech in con- 
 nection with a telephone equipped with a 
 push-to-listen button, each unit $ 
 
 Single payment charge $ 
 
 d. For amplifying speech in connection with an 
 
 operator set, each unit $ 
 
 Single payment charge $ 
 
 2. The single payment charge does not apply when an amplifier 
 telephone equipment unit is provided for a customer who 
 previously paid a single payment charge for the same unit in 
 the territory of the Telephone Company or any other Telephone 
 Company with which the Telephone Company has reciprocity. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 3. AUTOMATIC DIALING EQUIPMENT 
 A. General 
 
 Automatic dialing equipment provides customers with automatic 
 dialing to predetermined, preset numbers which have been recorded 
 in a storage device. 
 
 The equipment consists of a power supply, a main unit with a tape 
 cartridge, and a Dial-in-Unit, 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. Automatic dialing equipment may be furnished with any class 
 and grade of dial service, (excluding public and semi public 
 services) and automatic PBX stations and attendant's positions. 
 
 2. The customer is required to furnish a convenient power outlet 
 and suitable commercial power for the operation of the 
 equipment. 
 
 3. Automatic dialing equipment is available in certain standard 
 colors at no additional charge. 
 
 A. For a lost, damaged or broken magnetic tape or tape cartridge 
 a charge as specified for the installation of a Repertory 
 Dialer will apply, except where damage to the magnetic tape 
 or tape cartridge is due to the malfunction of Telephone 
 Company equipment. 
 
 C, Rates 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Monthly 
 Rates 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charge 
 
 Automatic dialing equipment- 
 equipped with a directory tape 
 and a magnetic tape for storing 
 single-line listings. 
 
 (a) 400 line capacity, each $ 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 AUTOMATIC DIALING EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 Monthly 
 Rates 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charge 
 
 1. Automatic dialing equipment- 
 equipped with a directory tape 
 and a magnetic tape for storing 
 single-line listings, (cont'd) 
 
 (b) 1000 lines capacity, each 
 
 (c) Additional cartridges 
 
 (1) 400 line capacity, each 
 
 (2) 1000 line capacity , each 
 
 2, Automatic dialing equipment- 
 equipped with a punched card type 
 dialing unit including 40 cards. 
 
 (a) Single line unit 
 
 (b) 6 Key unit 
 
 (c) Each additonal set of 20 cards 
 
 AUXILIARY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT 
 A. General 
 
 Auxiliary signals and signal equipment are furnished to 
 supplement or replace normal station bells where such bells do 
 not adequately meet the customer's requirements. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . The signals and signal equipment specified herein are 
 
 furnished by the Telephone Company for use as line and busy 
 signals. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 4. AUXILIARY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 B, Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 2. Signals approved by the Telephone Company may be provided, 
 installed and maintained by the customer to operate in 
 conjunction with control equipment furnished by the Telephone 
 Company. 
 
 3. The number of extension bells which may be installed in 
 connection with any main line, is limited to such as, in the 
 judgement of the Telephone Company, will not interfere with 
 the efficient operation of the service. 
 
 4. Signals and signal equipment are furnished for use in certain 
 types of explosive atmosphere specified by the Telephone 
 Company. The degree of explosive hazard in the atmosphere 
 shall be determined by the customer who will furnish such 
 information to the Telephone Company. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Installation Per 
 1. Extension Bells, each Charge Month 
 
 Regular type, bell or buzzer $ $ 
 
 Loud ringing type $ $ 
 
 Tone ringer $ $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COriPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8_ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 4. AUXILIARY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT (cent's) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 Per 
 2. Signal Equipment Month 
 
 a. Signal Control Units, separately mounted, 
 when required, each 
 
 (1) For line signals 
 
 Continuous or noncontinous operation .... $ 
 
 (2) For busy signals, per line $ 
 
 (3) For Station busy indication, visual, 
 furnished only within the same build- 
 ing in which the station equipped to 
 activate the signals is located, per 
 
 station $ 
 
 (4) For combined line and busy signals, 
 equipment per line $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 Title 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 4. AUXILIARY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 Installation Per 
 2. Signal Equipment (cont'd) Charge Month 
 
 b. Audible Signals - Indoor or Out- 
 door Type, each 
 
 (1) Indoor or outdoor type, each 
 
 (1) Power operated, audible 
 line signals 
 
 Bell, horn or chime with 
 
 self-contained control 
 
 unit $ $ 
 
 (2) For explosive atmosphere 
 
 Bell or horn with relay. . $ $ 
 
 c. Visual Signals, with separate con- 
 trol unit 
 
 (1) Separate lamps, each 
 
 With 1 lens $ $ 
 
 Each additional lens $ $ 
 
 (2) Illuminated buttons in button 
 telephones, per telephone 
 
 (a) First Button, each .... 
 
 (b) Additional buttons, each , 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 
 Name Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 4. AUXILIARY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 3. Local Signaling 
 
 a. Push buttons and associated wire, 
 
 single, each $ $ 
 
 b. Buzzers and associated wire, each, . - $ 
 
 5. AUXILIARY TOUCH-TONE® DIALS 
 
 A, General 
 
 Auxiliary TOUCH-TONE^ Dials are intended for use in the trans- 
 mission of TOUCH-TONE® signals on messages placed to or from 
 rotary dial telephone service, 
 
 B, Regulations 
 
 Auxiliary TOUCH-TONE® Dials are offered for use as an adjunct 
 
 to rotary dial telephones only and may not be use for establishing 
 
 a telephone message. 
 
 C, Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 1, Auxiliary TOUCH- TONE® Dials, 
 
 each $ $ 
 
 2, Auxiliary TOUCH- TONE® Dials, 
 
 equipped with card dialer features, 
 
 including 40 dialing cards and 9 
 
 index cards, each $ 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A.T,& T. Co, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P,S,C, 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 6. BOOTHS 
 
 A. Booths are intended to provide for better acoustics, in connection 
 with telephone conversations, than those which would be available 
 without the use of Booths, 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Booths satisfactory to the Telephone Company nay be furnished by 
 the customer. 
 
 Standard Booths may be furnished for Public and Semi-Public 
 Telephone Service at no charge when in the judgement of the 
 company they are required. However, where the customer desires a 
 non-standard booth, or where in the opinion of the Telephone 
 Company a booth is not required and/or where the revenues will 
 not justify the provision of a booth without charge, they may be 
 provided at the rates set forth below. 
 
 C. Rates* 
 
 1 . Indoor 
 
 Full size 
 Wall type 
 
 2. Outdoor 
 
 Full size $ • $_ 
 
 Wall type $ $_ 
 
 Pedestal type $ $ 
 
 Installat: 
 Charge 
 
 ion 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 - 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
# 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 12 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 
 ■V 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 7. BREAK ROTARY HUNT ARRANGEMENT 
 
 A. General 
 
 Break Rotary Hunt Arrangements are furnished to enable customers 
 to stop switching equipment from hunting beyond a designated line 
 in an incoming rotary line group utilizing a control key on the 
 customer's premises and a control channel between the control key 
 and the associated switching equipment. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Break Rotary Hunt Arrangements are furnished only in connection 
 with private branch exchange trunks, individual lines and Centrex 
 lines which are grouped for incoming service. 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 Break Rotary Hunt Arrangement, each $ $ 
 
 8. BUSINESS INTERPHONE SYSTEM 
 
 A. General 
 
 Business Interphone Systems provide for two-way intercommunication 
 between station units and enable the called party to answer and 
 converse on a hands-free basis by use of a speaker and microphone. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE ^^_ 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 13 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 8. BUSINESS INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . Business Interphone Systems provide for a capacity of 18 
 station codes with a maximum of 6 speaker station units per 
 code, busy and flashing lamps, single path two-way 
 intercommunication and 3 conference arrangements which will 
 accommodate 6 speaker station units each. Speaker station 
 units are equipped with volume control and optional cut-off 
 switches. 
 
 2. When speaker stations are not associated with a telephone, or 
 not in close proximity to an associated telephone, an 
 additional charge as specified in C.3. following, applies. 
 
 3. Outdoor type loudspeaker equipment is furnished only in 
 conjunction with and in close proximity to permanently 
 connected speaker stations. 
 
 4. Business Interphone Systems are offered for use within the 
 same building. 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 1. Equipment for First Three Stations 
 
 of either speaker or speakerless type, 
 each such system 
 
 a. Dial systems $ $ * 
 
 * Includes button telephone pickups and additional illuminated buttons, 
 when required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ^ 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEE T 14 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 8. BUSINESS INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 1. Equipment for First Three Stations 
 
 of either speaker or speakerless type, 
 each such system (cont'd) 
 
 b. TOUCH- TONE® systems - $ 
 
 Initial installation $ ** None 
 
 Initial change from dial $ None 
 
 2. Additional Stations 
 
 a. Speaker type, each - $ * 
 
 b. Speakerless type, per station code, 
 
 each - $ 
 
 3. Speaker Type Stations, either not 
 associated with a telephone, or 
 associated with a telephone but not 
 
 in close proximity to the telephone, each - $ *** 
 
 4. Outdoor Type Loudspeaker Equipment, each - $ *** 
 
 * Includes button telephone pickups and additional illuminated buttons 
 when required. 
 
 ** (Note- This Rate should be the sum of the Dial system cost in Cla plus 
 the charge for a change from Dial). 
 
 *** Applies in addition to other rates for speaker type stations. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 15 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 2A 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 8. BUSINESS INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 5. The preceding rates and charges include the furnishing of 
 speaker station units and associated telephones in colors 
 regularly offered by the Telephone Company for this systen. 
 
 6. In addition, rates as specified for intercommunicating only 
 stations associated with Button Telephone Service in this 
 tariff, apply for Business Interphone System only stations. 
 
 9. COMPACT TELEPHONES 
 
 A. General 
 
 Compact telephones are designed for desk type installation, where 
 limited space is available, and/or where a Dial-in-Hand-Set is 
 desired. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Compact telephones may be provided with all classes and grades of 
 service (except coin Public and Semi-Public Service). 
 
 C. Rates* Monthly Installation & 
 
 Rate** Service Charge 
 
 Model I $ $ 
 
 Model II $ $ 
 
 Model III $ 
 
 * There are a substantial number of "Models" available. This portion of 
 the tariff should identify the specific "Model" being offered by the 
 company. 
 ** These rates are in addition to all other rates and charges associated 
 with the customers service, and should be so noted in the company's 
 filed tariff. 
 
 These notes are for informational purposes only, and should not be 
 included in the filed tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Titl e * Addreaa 
 
$ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 16 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TAHIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMJ'NT 
 10. CORDS 
 
 A. General 
 
 Extra length Cords for use with telephone service are offered to 
 meet specific needs of customers. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 The Cords specified in C. following will not be furnished in 
 connection with coin collecting telephones associated with 
 Semi-Public Telephone Service. 
 
 C. Rates Nonrecurring 
 
 Charge* 
 1. Nonmulticonductor Cords 
 
 a. 9 foot coil cord, each $ 
 
 b. 15 foot coil cord, each S 
 
 c. 25 foot coil cord, each $ 
 
 d. 14 foot non-coil cord, each $ 
 
 e. 25 foot non-coil cord, each $ 
 
 2. Mutliconductor cords for Use with Button Telephones or 1 to 
 6-Button capacity, each. 
 
 a. 9 foot, nonspring, each $ 
 
 b, 14 foot, nonspring, each $ 
 
 V 
 
 3. The preceding charges include the furnishing of Cords in 
 colors regularly offered by Telephone Company for this 
 equipment. 
 
 * The nonrecurring charge does not apply when a 9-foot, 15-foot, or 
 25-foot coil cord or 14-foot 25-foot non-coil cord is provided for a 
 customer who previously paid a nonrecurring charge for such a cord in 
 the territory of the Telephone Company or of any other Telephone Company 
 with which the Telephone Company has reciprocity, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Pate 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COIIPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 17 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEflENTAL EQUIPI4ENT 
 11. CUT-OFF, EXCLUSION AND TRANSFER ARRANGEMENTS 
 
 A. General 
 
 1. A Cut-off Arrangement enables a customer to manually dis- 
 connect and reconnect a telephone or bell for indefinite 
 periods of time. 
 
 2. An Exclusion Arrangement is a form of cut-off which denies 
 other telephone users access to a line or lines. 
 
 3. A Transfer Arrangement enables a customer to transfer 
 incoming telephone calls to another bell or telephone. 
 
 Per 
 
 B. Rates Month 
 
 1. Cut-off Arrangements 
 
 a. Bell cut-off at bell location, each None 
 
 b. Cut-off, telephone or bell, per station, 
 
 per line, each $ 
 
 2. Exclusion Arrangements 
 
 a. Manual operation and manual or automatic 
 
 restoral, per line, per telephone, each .... $ 
 
 b. Automatic operation and automatic restoral, 
 
 per line, per telephone, each $ 
 
 3. Transfer Arrangement 
 
 Per line transferred $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 V 
 
I 
 
 12. 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 18 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 DIAL PULSE SIGNALING CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT 
 A. General 
 
 A Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement converts TOUCH- 
 Tone® signaling to dial pulse signaling. 
 
 Regulations 
 
 1. A Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement may be provided 
 on rotary dial Local Exchange Service individual lines, where 
 the serving central offices are not equipped for TOUCH- 
 TONE' calling Service and such lines terminate in button 
 
 equipment stations otherwise equipped with TOUCH-TONE 
 Calling Service. 
 
 Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement Service will only 
 be provided in those exchanges so equipped for the conversion 
 of TOUCH-TONE® Signaling to Dial Pulse Signaling. This 
 service is subject to availability of central office lines so 
 equipped for this conversion. 
 
 A Dial Pulse Signaling Conversion Arrangement may also be 
 provided on off-premises extension lines originating from a 
 rotary dial communications system, and terminating in button 
 equipment stations associated with another communications 
 system equipped with TOUCH-TONE® Calling Service. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 1. Common Equipment (maximum of 2 lines), 
 
 per arrangement $ 
 
 2. Each line equipped $ 
 
 $ 
 
 © 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 19 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAI^E SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 i SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 13. ELEVATOR TELEPHONES 
 A. I General 
 
 The Elevator Telephone is a flush-mounted wall type instrument 
 designed for use in elevators or any other location where it is 
 desirable to recess the instrument into the wall. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 The customer shall be responsible for furnishing, installing and 
 maintaining flexible cable and wiring between the outlet box and 
 the Telephone Company's terminal, and for providing a suitable 
 opening for recessing the telephone. 
 
 Per 
 
 C. Rates Month 
 
 Elevator Telephone, each $ 
 
 14. EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE TELEPHONES 
 
 A, General 
 
 The Explosive Atmosphere Telephone is intended to limit the 
 posibility of explosion in locations where certain types of 
 gaseous fumes are in the atmosphere, 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . In no case shall any type of telephone apparatus or wiring be 
 installed in a location where acetylene could become present 
 in the atmosphere. 
 
 2. The degree of explosive hazard in the atmosphere shall be 
 determined by the customer who will furnish such information 
 to the Telephone Company. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 f*«me TtrtE Address 
 
» 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 20 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 14. EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE TELEPHONES (cont'd) 
 
 Per 
 C. Rates Month 
 
 Explosive Atmosphere Telephone, each $ 
 
 15. FARM INTERPHONE SYSTEM 
 
 A. General 
 
 A Farm Interphone System is a two-way intercommunication service 
 designed to assist farm operation through association with 
 exchange telephone service. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. A Farm Interphone System includes one outdoor type 
 loudspeaker-microphone and two telephones each equipped with 
 a push-to-talk, handset, two-line pick-up, hold feature and 
 indoor type loudspeaker-microphone. 
 
 2. No more than a total of six loudspeaker-microphones may be 
 provided in a single system and no more than three of these 
 may be outdoor type loudspeaker-microphones. 
 
 3. The total number of telephones which may be equipped with 
 loudspeaker-microphones is limited to four per system. 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 1. Farm Interphone System, each $ $ 
 
 2. Additional Extension Telephones, 
 equipped with a push-to-talk hand- 
 set, two-line pick-up, hold feature 
 and indoor type loudspeaker-micro- 
 phone, each $ 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 By State P.S.C. 
 
 ~ ^'^™e ' TTtTe ' Address 
 
15. 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEE T 21 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEtffiNTAL EQUIPF.ENT 
 
 FARM INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 3. Additional Outdoor Type Loudspeaker- 
 
 nicrophones, each $ $ 
 
 4. Additional Indoor Type Loudspeaker- 
 microphones, each $ $ 
 
 5. Channel Facilities between the build- 
 ing in which the principle station is 
 located and each other interphone loca- 
 tion on the same premises 
 
 a. 500 Feet or less air line - None 
 
 b. Over 500 feet 
 
 (1) Per equipped station location. . - $ 
 
 (2) Per Loudspeaker-microphone only 
 
 location - $ 
 
 6. For Channel Facilities between the building in which the 
 principle station is located and each other interphone 
 location on different premises, charges apply as specified 
 for Extension Lines in this tariff. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
I 
 
 TON SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 22 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 16. HOME INTERPHONE SYSTEM 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Home Interphone System provides additional communication 
 service for the residence customer consisting of telephones, each 
 v/ith a built-in microphone and separate loudspeaker, equipped to 
 pick up an exchange service line and an intercommunicating line, 
 and to hold the exchange service line. The system also includes a 
 door answering unit or units consisting of speaker-microphone 
 arrangements installed at outside doors for communication with any 
 one of the telephones. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . The number of telephones and door answering units which may be 
 connected to the system is limited to such as, in the 
 judgement of the Telephone Company, will not interfere with 
 the efficient operation of the system. 
 
 2. The Home Interphone System is offered only for use within the 
 same building. 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 1. Equipment for Three or Less Tele- 
 phones, with microphones and loud- 
 speakers, equipped to pick up two 
 lines and mechanically hold one line, 
 and including an intercommunicating 
 
 line and one door answering unit, each. . $ $ 
 
 2. Additional Door Answering Unit, each. . . - $ 
 
 3. Equipment for Additional Telephones, 
 with microphone and loudspeaker, 
 equipped to pick up two lines and 
 mechanically hold on line, each . . 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By „ ^ , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 23 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 17. HOSPITAL INTERPHONE SYSTEM 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Hospital Interphone System is furnished to hospitals, nursing 
 and convalescent homes and other customers of like character where 
 there is a requirement for nurse-patient communication over an 
 interphone line in addition to branch exchange or Centrex Service. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . A button telephone may be provided at a location remote from 
 the nurse console so that hospital personnel may answer 
 patient originated calls when the interphone line has been 
 transferred from the console. Such remote answering 
 telephones are furnished at rates as specified elsewhere in 
 this Company's applicable tariffs for the service and features 
 provided. 
 
 2. Nurse console remote answering telephones are furnished only 
 when either a branch exchange station line, a Centrex line or 
 an individual business line is terminated therein. Patient 
 telephones are furnished only where a branch exchange patient 
 station line or Centrex line is terminated therein, 
 
 3. Patient telephones and associated equipment are not provided 
 for use in oxygen tents. The customer shall idemnify and hold 
 the Telephone Company harmless for any and all loss, claims, 
 demands, suits, or other action, or any liability whatsoever, 
 whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by customers or 
 others, caused or claimed to be caused directly or indirectly 
 by the use of service in an oxygen tent. 
 
 4. A maximum of one nurse console and forty patient telephones 
 may be connected to each Hospital Interphone System. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
I 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 24 
 
 ^ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAT^GE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 17. HOSPITAL INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 5. The Hospital Interphone System provides for two-way inter- 
 coininunication between a nurse console and a patient telephone. 
 The patient may converse with the nurse by the use of a loud- 
 speaker-microphone on a hands-free basis. The patient handset 
 may be used for conversation over both the hospital interphone 
 line and the branch exchange station line or Centrex line. 
 
 6. Ivhere the nurse console and the common equipment cabinet are 
 seperated by more than 100 feet, special charges based on the 
 circumstances in each case will apply for the additional 
 facilities required. 
 
 7. A customer-provided emergency signaling switch may be 
 connected to an interphone line to provide emergency audible 
 and visual signals. 
 
 8. A customer-provided door lamp may be connected to an 
 interphone line through Telephone Company provided signal 
 control equipment. 
 
 9. Conduit, if required, will be provided by the customer at his 
 expense. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Hospital Interphone Systems are provided at the following charges, 
 which apply in addition to the regular monthly charges for branch 
 exchange, Centrex, or individual business stations or lines, and 
 button telephone service features on all lines (except interphone 
 lines) terminating in the nurse console. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET_25_ 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 17. HOSPITAL INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 1. Nurse Console, including Illuminated 
 
 station selection, patient interphone Installation Per 
 line teroinations , and common equip- Charge Month 
 ment for a maximum of 40 patient tele- 
 phones, each* $ $ 
 
 2. Patient Telephone, including inter- 
 phone line, speaker-microphone and one 
 
 nurse call cord, each - $ 
 
 The preceding rates and charges include the furnishing of the 
 patient telephone and nurse console in colors regularly offered by 
 the Telephone Company for this system. 
 
 3. Optional Equipment 
 
 a. Additional Nurse Call Cord, 
 
 6 or 11 feet, each - $ 
 
 b. Connection to customer-provided 
 emergency signaling system, per 
 
 emergency switch connected $ ** $ 
 
 c. Speakerphone for use in nurse 
 
 console, each Rates and charges 
 
 are as for Speaker- 
 phones in this 
 tariff. 
 
 * Minimum revenue guarantee of 24 months applies. 
 
 ** No installation charge applies when installed at the same time as the 
 associated Hospital Interphon System. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 DaTe DaTe 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 { 
 
I 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 17. HOSPITAL INTERPHONE SYSTEM (cont'd) 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 I 
 
 18. 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 26 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 3. Optional Equipment (cont'd) 
 
 d. Jack for use in connection with 
 DATAPHONE® Type Service at 
 the patient station, each . . . 
 
 None 
 
 e. Signal Control Unit, noncontinuous 
 line signal for the connection to 
 customer-provided door lamp, for 
 each patient telephone so arranged. 
 
 Rates and charges 
 are as for Auxi- 
 liary Signal Equip- 
 ment in this 
 tariff. 
 
 JACK AND KEY EQUIPMENT 
 
 A, General 
 
 Jack and Key Equipment supplements, or is substituted for, 
 telephones in locations where the duties of an attendant require 
 the freedom of both hands. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 A key with an associated jack is furnished for use with an 
 operator set at the rates specified in C. following, which are in 
 addition to the rates specified for an operator set in this 
 tariff. 
 
 © 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 DaTe 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
r- 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COIIPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 27 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAl^GE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 18. JACK AND KEY EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates Per 
 
 Month 
 
 1. Without Holding, each $ 
 
 2. With Holding, each $ 
 
 19. JACK AND PLUG EQUIPMENT 
 
 A. General 
 
 A jack is a permanently mounted receptacle in which a line 
 terminates. A plug is an attachment to a telephone cord which 
 allows a portable telephone to be used at various jack locations. 
 Jack and Plug Equipment is intended to meet the requirement for 
 telephone service in locations where a permanent installation is 
 not desired. 
 
 Jacks and plugs are provided to customers needing portable 
 telephone(s) in their homes or places of business. Jacks may be 
 flush mounted or externally mounted. Plugs may be provided to 
 terminate in such jacks. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. Jack and Plug Equipment is furnished to connect portable 
 telephones to individual lines (except any form of coin 
 telephone service), party lines, branch exchange station lines 
 Knd Centrex lines. 
 
 2. Where Jack and Plug Equipment is used to terminate main 
 station lines having no permanently connected telephones, the 
 customer is charged the individual or party-line rate 
 applicable. One bell and one portable telephone are furnished 
 without additional charge for each such line. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 ( 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COflPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 28 
 
 I 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEIIENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 19. JACK AND PLUG EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 3. Where Jack and Plug Equipment is used to terminate branch 
 
 exchange station lines or Centrex lines having no permanently 
 connected telephones, the branch exchange or Centrex station 
 rate applies to each line or station line so terminated. One 
 bell and one portable telephone are furnished without charge 
 for each such line or station line. 
 
 A. Except as specified in 2. and 3. preceding, portable 
 
 telephones equipped with a cord and plug are furnished at the 
 regular extension station, branch exchange station or Centrex 
 bridged station rate, as applicable. 
 
 5. One bell permanently connected to the line is ordinarily 
 required for each line equipped with jacks. When the total 
 number of bells exceeds the number of permanently connected 
 and portable telephones, the additional bells are provided at 
 the established rate for extension bells. 
 
 6. The regulations governing the location and use of extension 
 stations, branch exchange stations and Centrex stations, as 
 specified in this tariff, also supply to the location and use 
 of Jack and Plug Equipment. 
 
 7. A customer with Jack and Plug Equipment is required to have a 
 minimum of one portable telephone. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
19. 
 
 COflPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAICE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 JACK AND PLUG EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 1 . Voice Jacks 
 
 a. Indoor Installations 
 
 (1) Jacks, 4-conductor, niniature 
 and nonniniature, each 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 29 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charge* 
 
 Residence 
 Business . 
 
 (2) Jacks, 5- to 12-conductor , each 
 b. Outdoor Installations 
 
 Jacks, heavy duty type, each 
 
 $ 
 
 * No installation charge applies when jack and plug equipment is left 
 on a premises and is reconnected without any change in location and 
 type except that when nonniniature 4-conductor jacks are replaced by 
 miniature 4-conductor jacks at the same location with the 
 establishment of residence service, the installation charge only 
 applies to each jack replaced in excess of one per room. In 
 addition, no installation charge applies for replacing nonminiature 
 4-conductor jacks with miniature 4-conductor jacks when such change 
 is necessitated by a change in class or grade of service. For moves 
 or changes of a jack, the associated installation charge for the jack 
 moved or changed applies. 
 
 NOTE: This is a company option, which is recommended, as it permits 
 conversion of non-modular jacks to modular at no charge to the 
 customer, if it is done at the time, a premise visit is otherwise 
 required. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEE T 30 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 19. JACK AND PLUG EQUIPMENT (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) Installation & 
 
 Service Charge* 
 
 1. Voice Jacks (cont'd) 
 
 c. Single Plug Ended Flexible Cable, 
 
 50-foot, for use with heavy duty type 
 
 outdoor jacks, each $ $ 
 
 2. Data Jacks 
 
 a. Programmed, each $ None 
 
 b. Universal, each $ None 
 
 20. JACK EQUIPPED TELEPHONES 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Jack Equipped Telephone is intended for use as a standard 
 handset, or when required, for use with a hands-free headset. 
 
 B. Rates Per 
 
 Month 
 
 1. Jack Equipped Telephone, each $ 
 
 2. The preceding rate includes the furnishing of the Jack 
 Equipped Telephone in colors regularly offered by the 
 Telephone Company for this equipment. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART m 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 31 
 
 GENERAJ. EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLE^ffiNTAL EQUIPMENT 
 21. LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE RESTRICTION - LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 A. General 
 
 Long Distance Message Restriction - Local Exchange Service is an 
 
 arrangement which permits Local Exchange Service line user to 
 
 dial local service area calls but prevents the origination of 
 
 long distance calls. In addition, this arrangement denies the 
 user access to "ZERO" (Operator) dialing. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. Long Distance Message Restriction - Local Exchange Service is 
 provided for use only on individual line Local Exchange 
 Service and only where the customer has other Local Exchange 
 Service on the same premises arranged for unrestricted use of 
 the telecommunications network. 
 
 2. The acceptance of long distance collect call messages is not 
 restricted by this arrangement. 
 
 Rates 
 
 Long Distance Message Restriction 
 
 Per Local Exchange Service line arranged 
 
 Rates and charges 
 are as for Long 
 Distance Message 
 Restriction for 
 PBX Trunks in 
 Section 19 of this 
 tariff. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 32 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 22. LOUDSPEAKER CONFERENCE ARRANGEMENTS 
 
 A. General 
 
 Loudspeaker Conference Arrangements are for use by a customer to 
 make telephone messages audible for group listening. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 A loudspeaker nay be associated vjith telephone service to enable 
 a group of people at one or more locations to receive messages. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Installation 
 Charge 
 
 1. Transistorized Loudspeaker, with or 
 without automatic output level control 
 
 With 2-position key including a self- 
 contained amplifier with volume con- 
 trol and power equipment where 
 required, each $ 
 
 2. Telelecture Arrangement 
 
 Includes control equipment, amplifier, 
 two loudspeakers, two microphones, and 
 operator's headset, if required, each. $ 
 
 3. Small Loudspeaker, each $ 
 
 4. Large Loudspeaker, each $ 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 33 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 23. LOUDSPEAKER PAGING SYSTEM'S 
 
 A, General 
 
 A Loudspeaker Paging System is an arrangement of equipment 
 consisting of amplifiers, paging service lines and loudspeakers 
 designed to permit the one-way broadcast of messages through 
 telephones or attendant positions associated with Telephone 
 Company provided button telephones, branch exchange, Centrex 
 Systems . 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1 . Structural work required for support of the loudspeaker 
 
 paging equipment, conduit for concealed wiring and housings 
 
 for recessed speakers shall be provided and maintained by the 
 customer. 
 
 2. This offering is not designed for use as a public address 
 system or for the transmission of music, and may not be 
 accessed via the telecommunications network. Connection to 
 the paging system is limited to the attendant and stations 
 within the system; however, it may be used in the 
 transmission of customer-provided music when the music source 
 is interconnected to the loudspeaker paging equipment through 
 a protective connecting arrangement. 
 
 3. System Activity Charges apply for the initial establishment 
 of a system and for subsequent installations of equipment to 
 existing systems as specified in C . following, and are in 
 addition to all other applicable Service Charges. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
I 
 
 COfTANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 34 
 
 23. LOUDSPEAKER PAGING SYSTEMS (cont'd) 
 C. Rates 
 
 1 . Type A Systems 
 
 a. Ajnplifiers, each 
 
 lO-Watt . . , 
 
 25-VJatt . . . , 
 
 50-Watt . . . , 
 
 75-Watt . . . , 
 
 lOO-Watt . . . , 
 
 2G0-Watt . . . , 
 
 I 
 
 b. Loudspeakers 
 
 (1) 
 
 Speakers, 8-inch diameter, 
 equipped with 70-volt line 
 transformers, including baffle 
 or grille, each 
 
 6 -Watt 
 12-Watt 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 $ 
 
 * $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 * The Installation Charge should be constant regardless of vjattage, 
 however the installation charge for amplifiers is normally more than 
 that for loudspeakers i.e. $2C for amplifiers & $10 for loudspeakers, 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
23. 
 
 TOM SECTICN 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEE T 35 
 
 GENERAL EXCHAircE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 LOUDSPEAKER PAGING SYSTEMS (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 1. Type A Systems (cont'd) Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 b. Loudspeakers (cont'd) 
 
 (2) Horns, equipped with 70-volt 
 line transformers, each 
 
 10-Watt, weatherproof, 120- 
 
 degree dispersion $ * $ 
 
 15-Watt, llO-degree dispersion. $ $ 
 
 30-Watt, lOO-degree dispersion. $ $ 
 
 30-Watt, radial pattern, over- 
 head mounted, 360-degree disper- 
 sion $ $ 
 
 30-Watt, bidirectional $ $ 
 
 c. Volume Controls, each $ $ 
 
 d. Paging Service Line, each $ ^ $ 
 
 e. Connecting Equipment 
 
 For use with other Systems, each $ $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 36 
 
 23. LOUDSPEAKER PAGING SYSTEMS (cont'd) 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 1. Type A Systems (cont'd) 
 
 f. System Activity 
 
 Installation 
 Charge 
 
 (1) Service Eastablishment Charge, 
 
 per system $ 
 
 (2) Equipment Addition Charge, per 
 system, per customer order ... $ 
 
 24. MAKE-BUSY ARRANGEMENTS 
 
 A. General 
 
 Make-Busy Arrangements are provided to enable a customer, during 
 certain periods, to make busy one or more incoming lines by the 
 operation of a key at the customer's location. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Make-Busy Arrangements are provided ory.y in connection with 
 individual lines, P.B.X. trunks and Centrex CO. lines. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 1. Make-Busy Circuit 
 
 Per 
 Month 
 
 Per line to be made busy $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 37 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 24. MAKE-BUSY ARRANGEMENTS (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 2. Common Equipment 
 
 Per 
 
 Month 
 
 Including control key and lamp, one per line 
 or group of lines, each , 
 
 3. Control Channel 
 
 One channel required for each control 
 
 key, each Rates and charges 
 
 are as in this 
 Company's Private 
 Line Services 
 Tariff. 
 
 25. MESSAGE REGISTER EQUIPMENT 
 
 A. General 
 
 Message Register Equipment is for customer use in recording 
 volumes of equipment or service usage in connection with a 
 customer's telephone service. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 The rates and charges specified in G. following, include the 
 provision of a register cabinet where required. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
$ 
 
 TOI! SECTION 1510 
 COIIPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 38 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 25. MESSAGE REGISTER EQUIPMENT 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 1. Message Registers, each - $ 
 
 2. Totalizing circuits to record incom- 
 ing calls 
 
 Line circuit $ $ 
 
 Register circuit $ $ 
 
 3. Overflow circuits to record the 
 number of attempts to reach a busy 
 line* 
 
 Register circuit $ $ 
 
 Register circuit relay $ $ 
 
 * In addition, rates and charges apply as specified in this Company's 
 Private Line Services Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C, 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 t 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 39 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 26. NON-STANDARD TELEPHONES. (Including customer provided telephones) 
 
 A. General 
 
 Non-standard telephone sets are those where the enclosure or 
 housing differs from standard type telephones regularly furnished 
 by the Company. Such telephones may be provided by the Company 
 or the customer as specified herein. For the purposes of this 
 Tariff any telephone furnished by the customer will be considered 
 non-standard. 
 
 B, Regulations 
 
 1. Non-standard telephones provided by the company under this 
 Tariff will remain the property of the Company. 
 
 2. Customer provided non-standard telephones are those which 
 have been, or can be modified to conform with standards 
 prescribed by the Company. 
 
 3. A standard telephone apparatus assembly (which is a combina- 
 tion of mechanical and electrical telephone parts) will be 
 installed in a customer provided enclosure or housing when 
 the: 
 
 (a) enclosure or housing is of a design and appearance 
 significantly different from telephone sets regularly 
 furnished by the Company, and the 
 
 (b) enclosure or housing is of adequate size and shape to 
 accomodate all parts which comprise a telephone 
 apparatus assembly, vjhich may include a dial, receiver, 
 transmitter, electrical and mechanical parts. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 1 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 # 
 
# 
 
 TOfI SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 40 
 
 t 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 26. NON-STANDARD TELEPHONES. (Including customer provided telephones) 
 (cont'd) 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 4. The Company will determine when a customer-ov;ned enclosure or 
 housing requires modification and if such enclosure or 
 housing will accommodate a standard telephone apparatus 
 assembly. 
 
 5. Ovmership of the customer provided telephone enclosure or 
 housing and apparatus as covered in Rates below shall remain 
 vested in the customer. 
 
 6. Ownership of the customer provided telephone enclosure or 
 housing as covered in Rates below shall remain vested in the 
 customer, and the apparatus assembly covered therein shall 
 remain the property of the Company. 
 
 7. The Company will not be responsible for the maintenance, 
 repair or replacement of the customer provided enclosure or 
 housing in which a telephone apparatus assembly is installed; 
 however the Company will be responsible for the maintenance 
 and repair or replacement of the telephone apparatus 
 assembly . 
 
 8. The Company's Maintenance Visit Charge of $ , as set 
 
 forth in Section 22 - Service Charges, of this tariff will 
 apply for each repair service visit to the customer's 
 premises where it is found that the trouble condition was 
 caused by failure of the customer owned housing or enclosure. 
 
 9. The customer shall not alter or repair the telephone 
 apparatus assembly, nor allow other than authorized Company 
 personnel to do so. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 41 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 26. NON-STANDARD TELEPHONES. (Including customer provided telephones) 
 (cont'd) 
 
 B. Regulations (cont'd) 
 
 10. When removal from the customer's premises of the customer 
 provided enclosure or housing is required for repair of the 
 telephone apparatus assembly, the Company will provide a 
 standard telephone set at no additional charge on a 
 temporary basis until the special type telephone set is 
 reinstalled, 
 
 11. When service is disconnected or discontinued, the Company 
 shall remove from a customer owned housing any company owned 
 apparatus assembly. The Company will not be responsible for 
 replacing electrical and mechanical telephone components 
 previously removed from the customer owned enclosure or 
 housing. 
 
 12. When a non-standard telephone is moved on the same premises 
 for the same customer or is removed from one premises and 
 reinstalled at another premises in the sane, or another 
 exchange of this Company for the same customer, nonrecurring 
 charges shown above under "Rates" will not apply; however, 
 regular service charges will apply. 
 
 13. The Company, its employees or agents will not be responsible 
 for damage to the customer owned enclosure or housing caused 
 by conditions beyond their control. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 t 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COITANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 42 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 26. NON-STANDARD TELEPHONES. (Including customer provided telephones) 
 (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates Monthly Installation & 
 
 Rate Service Charge 
 Non-standard telephones 
 
 1 . When provided by the Company $ $ 
 
 2. When provided by the customer and: 
 
 (a) modification by the Company 
 
 is not required on the enclo- 
 sure housing, or appparatus $ * $ * 
 
 (b) modification by the Company 
 is required on the enclosure 
 housing or apparatus $ * $ 
 
 (plus parts) 
 
 * These rates are in addition to rates and charges applicable to the 
 type, class and grade of service furnished. 
 
 27. OPEPJ^TOR SETS 
 
 A. General 
 
 Operator Sets are used in connection with switchboards, consoles 
 or telephone positions equipped with jacks. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 Operator Sets are furnished in addition to, or in lieu of, 
 telephones at the rates specified in C. following, except as 
 otherwise specified in this Company's tariffs, which are in 
 addition to the applicable tariff rates for the associated 
 telephone service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Wantc TlLlt; Addiess 
 
TOIl SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 43 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TAEIFF 
 
 SECTION 24 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 27. OPERATOR SETS (cont'd) 
 
 C. Rates Installation Per 
 
 Charge Month 
 
 1 . Operator Headset or Handset 
 
 Assembly, each - $ 
 
 2. Lightweight Operator Headset 
 Assemblies 
 
 (a) Attendant type, without 
 
 quick disconnect each $ $ 
 
 (b) Attendant type, equipped 
 for quick disconnect 
 
 (a) Headset assembly 
 including amplifier, 
 
 each* $ $ 
 
 (b) Headset assembly only, 
 
 each* $ $ 
 
 (c) Supervisor type, including 
 
 push-to-talk feature, each. ... - $ 
 
 (d) Controller type, 4- or 6- 
 
 wire, each - $ 
 
 (e) Additional earpiece kits, each . $ None 
 
 * Not subject to the Surcharge specified in this Company's General Regula- 
 tions Tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET kh 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 
 28. OUTDOOR TELEPHONES 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Outdoor Telephone is a wall type telephone encased in a 
 weatherproof housing. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 The customer is required to provide a suitable support for 
 mounting the Outdoor Telephone. 
 
 C. Rates Per 
 
 Month 
 
 Outdoor Telephone, each $ 
 
 29. PANEL TELEPHONES 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Panel Telephone is a wall mounted telephone designed to be 
 recessed in walls or cabinets. 
 
 B, Regulations 
 
 The customer shall be responsible for providing a suitable 
 opening when a Panel Telephone is recessed and for providing 
 suitable means of concealment when unexposed wiring is desired. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 each . . . 
 
 
 Installation 
 Charge 
 
 Panel Telephones, 
 ISSUED 
 
 <• 
 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPAIJY 
 
 30. 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 45 
 
 I 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 PORTABLE CONFERENCE TELEPHONES* 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Portable Conference Telephone provides portable facilities 
 for handsfree, two-way communications over the telecommunications 
 network for classrooms, meeting rooms and small auditoriums. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 1. The Portable Conference Telephone consists ot a control unit, 
 a telephone and two portable microphones. The control unit 
 contains a fixed microphone, a loudspeaker, connections for 
 the two portable microphones and push buttons for selecting 
 the mode of operation. 
 
 2. In addition to the rates specified in C. following, 
 regulations and rates apply as specified for portable 
 telephones in connection with Jack and Plug Equipment 
 in this tariff. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Installation Per 
 Charge Month 
 
 Portable Conference Telephones, each . . . $ 
 
 Additional Portable Microphones, 
 
 including a push-to-talk switch 
 
 per microphone, each $ 
 
 * This is considered as School-to-Home Service for some companies. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
 # 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 46 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEItENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 31. SPEAKERPHONES 
 
 A. General 
 
 The Speakerphone is designed for customers who require group 
 discussion or hands-free calling over the telephone. It consists 
 of a control, loudspeaker, and transmitter units. 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 This telephone may be furnished with business or residence 
 individual (excluding public and semipublic services), PBX or key 
 system lines, and certain private line services. 
 
 C. Rates 
 
 Monthly 
 Rate 
 
 Installation & 
 Service Charge 
 
 1. Speakerphone- Separate unit used 
 
 with regular tele- 
 phone set 
 
 2. Speakerphone- Self-contained with 
 
 one line telephone 
 set 
 
 $ 
 
 * These rates are in addition to rates and charges applicable to the class 
 and grade of service furnished. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOI! SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PAFT III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 47 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 SECTION 24 
 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT 
 32. TRUNK HUNTING SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS 
 
 A. General 
 
 Trunk Hunting Service Arrangement is equipment located in the 
 Telephone Company's central office arranged to select the next 
 available line of a customer's group of hunting lines, when the 
 line associated with the called number of the customer is busy, 
 
 B. Regulations 
 
 The rate follovjing is applicable to residence and business 
 individual line service, excluding Semi-Public Telephone Service, 
 and including incoming message rates P.B.X. trunks. 
 
 C. Rates Per 
 
 Month 
 
 Hunting Service Arrangement, per line or trunk 
 
 in a group so arranged $ 
 
 When a customer requests that specific sequential numbers be 
 reserved for his future use with additional lines, there will be 
 a monthly charge of $___*__ for each line connector so reserved. 
 
 * This rate is normally approximately 1/3 of the normal business one pary 
 local service rate. This note is for informational puposes only, and 
 care should be taken to insure it is not included in the filed tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 25 
 
 SUSPENSION OF SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Exchange telephone service and Wide Area Telephone Service may be 
 termporarily suspended, at the customer's request, without termination 
 of contract subject to the conditions specified herein. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Exchange telephone service may be suspended as follows: 
 
 a. Entire Service 
 
 A customer for any class of business or residence exchange 
 telephone service excluding any service offerings cxi a Two- 
 Tier Payment Plan, and Service Line Service, may suspend the 
 entire service. 
 
 b. Portion of Service 
 
 A customer for business or residence individual line, branch 
 exchange or Centrex Service excluding any service offerings an 
 a Two-Tier Payment Plan, may suspend a portion of the service. 
 In connection with individual line service, each line with all 
 of its terminations and supplemental equipment may be 
 suspended. In connection with branch and Centrex Service, 
 attendant positions, station lines and associated 
 terminations, supplemental equipment and branch exchange 
 trunks may be suspended without suspension of the entire 
 service. 
 
 2. Wide Area Telephone Service may be suspended as follows: 
 
 a. After the initial contract period, service through a Wide Area 
 Telephone Service access line, or any extension and 
 supplemental equipment associated therewith, may be suspended 
 for a period of not less than two weeks and not more than two 
 months . 
 
 b. Ttie suspension rate will not be applicable for a subsequent 
 suspension until the service has been restored to the full 
 rate for one month. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 • 
 
 Date Date 
 
 No. 
 
 issued under Authority of state P.b.L. 
 
 By -^ Ti€Te ' saarss^" 
 
 Name 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 25 
 
 SUSPENSION OF SERVICE 
 (cont'd) 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 3. The following minimum and maximum suspension periods for exchange 
 service are the time periods during which the rates specified in 
 C. following apply. 
 
 a. Ihe minimum period of suspension shall not be less than one 
 month . 
 
 b. The maximum continuous period of suspension shall not exceed 
 six months except where, because of the probability of 
 reconnection, the removal of the equipment is not justified in 
 the opinion of the Telephone Conpany, the suspension may be 
 continued for an additional period not exceeding six months. 
 
 4. For Centrex Service, the suspended service rate must equal or 
 exceed the Continuing Minimum Monthly Charge. 
 
 5. When the initial contract period applicable to the service being 
 suspended is in excess of one month, suspension of service prior 
 to the expiration of the contract period does not extend the 
 contract period. 
 
 6. No inward or outward service is contemplated during the period of 
 rates specified in C. following. 
 
 7. When message rate service is suspended under the conditions 
 specified for suspension of entire service for a period involving 
 a fractional part of a billing period, the message unit allowance 
 for the fractional part of the billing period during which service 
 is not suspended shall be the allowance for the full billing 
 period . 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 i 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 25 
 
 SUSPENSION OF SERVICE 
 (cx)nt'd) 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 The following rates apply during the period of suspension, except as 
 specified for Centrex Service in Section 2 preceding. 
 
 Per Month 
 1. Exchange Telephone 
 
 a. Suspension of Entire Service 50% of the fixed 
 
 monthly charge. 
 
 b. Suspension of a Portion of Service 50% of the fixed 
 
 monthly charge 
 for the service 
 suspended. 
 
 2. Wide Area Telephone Service 
 
 a. Per Access Line 50% per period 
 
 of suspension. 
 
 b. Extension and suplemental equipment 50% of the fixed 
 
 monthly charge. 
 
 c. Interexchange mileage associated with 
 
 extensions Ito Charge 
 
 NOTE: The 50% shown above is only a suggestion. Each company should 
 determine what percent is most appropriate based on local 
 cicumstances, and Prevailing Regulatory Requirements. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 i 
 
• 
 
 » 
 
 • 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 26 
 TOUCH- T0Ne5^ calling SERVICE 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 1. Definition 
 
 Touch-Tone' calling service provides for the origination of 
 telephone calls through the use of pushbuttons in lieu of rotary 
 dial. The service requires either special central office 
 facilities or special station apparatus. 
 
 2. Service Coverage 
 
 a. The service is furnished in connection with individual and 
 multi-party line service. The service will be furnished only 
 where the necessary facilities and equipment are available. 
 Unless special station apparatus are used for exchange 
 service, the serving central office must be suitably equipped 
 and, for foreign exchange service, both the serving central 
 office and the local central office must be suitably equipped, 
 
 b. Unless special station apparatus are utilized, Touch-Tone 
 calling service is limited to lines served from the following 
 central offices and will be offered in additional central 
 offices as facilities are made available: 
 
 Central Offices 
 
 Alphabetical List Numerical List 
 
 (Name) (XXX) 
 
 c. The service is available in all exchanges to business and 
 residence customers connected to WATS (Wide Area Telephone 
 Service) lines which are interconnected to Bell System 
 Service. 
 
 ® Registered Service Mark of A.T.&T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By ^ , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TON SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 26 
 TOUCH-TONE® CALLING SERVICE 
 REGULATIONS 
 
 1 . The service provides for Touch-Tone telephones In standard 
 colors at no additional charges for the color. 
 
 2. Where a rotary dial telephone in color (including a telephone 
 without a dial) is provided on a single customer Touch-Tone 
 line, initial charges for color apply. 
 
 3. All telephones on a Touch- Tone' line may be equipped for 
 Touch-Tone calling, however, rotary dial telephones may be 
 
 provided where requested by the customer, provided at least one 
 Touch-Tone telephone is in service on such line and the total 
 telephones on the line do not exceed five telephones. 
 
 4. When a branch exchange system is arranged for Touch- Tone 
 
 calling, all lines for which such a branch exchange system has 
 
 out-dial: 
 
 calling. 
 
 out-dialing capabilities must be arranged for Touch-Tone 
 
 5. Other facilities, miscellaneous and supplemental equipment, 
 requested by customers and not detrimental to this service or 
 other services of the telephone company will be furnished in 
 accordance with regulations and at the rates specified in the 
 applicable sections of this tariff. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 1. Recurring Charges 
 
 The following rates and charges apply in addition to the 
 established rates and charges for the services with which the 
 equipment is associated. 
 
 ®Registered Service Hark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 I 
 
TOM SF.CTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART III 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 26 
 
 TOUCH- TONE® CALLING SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (con't) 
 
 1. Recurring Charges (cont'd) Monthly Rate* 
 
 a. Residence- Individual and Party Line 
 Service** 
 
 -Per flat rate exchange access line $ 
 
 -Per telephone station or other terminal 
 
 equipment furnished by the telephone 
 
 company equipped for tone-type address 
 
 signalling, except where otherwise 
 
 specified $ 
 
 b. Business-Individual and Party Line 
 Service** 
 
 -Per flat rate exchange access line $ 
 
 -Per telephone station or other terminal 
 equipment furnished by the telephone company 
 equipped for tone-type address signalling, 
 except where otherwise specified $ 
 
 c. Telephone Set Conversion (with no C.O. 
 Equipment) - Telephone Company Furnished 
 Equipment 
 
 -Residence service** - each set $ 
 
 -Business service** - each set $ 
 
 ®Registered Service Mark of A.T.& T. Co. 
 
 *The rates which a telephone company select should be appropriate to its 
 customer demand and cost requirements. Some companies prefer to offer low 
 rates with the hope of covering more of the market, especially if demand 
 conditions are tight while others seek to gain a shorter first co^t 
 turnover by listing higher rates. 
 
 **Rates differentiated by class of service may have to be justified by 
 cost differentials before they will be approved by many state commissions 
 today. 
 
 NOTE: The Two footnotes are for informational purposes only. Care should 
 
 be taken to insure they are not included in the filed tariff. 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART III 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 26 
 TOUCH-TONE® CALLING SERVICE 
 
 C. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 Monthly Rate* 
 
 d. Private or Hotel Branch Exchange 
 Service - Manual or Dial 
 -Attendant position - each 
 -Trunks (except incoming) - each 
 -Station lines - each 
 -Telephone stations - each 
 
 e. Dial Private Branch Exchange Service 
 Equipment Systems 
 
 -Trunks (except incoming) - each 
 
 f. Centrex Systems 
 
 -First 25 main, restricted and 
 
 extension station lines 
 -Additional main, restricted and 
 
 extension station lines, each 
 -Telephone station - each 
 
 2. Non Recurring Charges 
 
 Service Connection charges, restoral charges, move and change of 
 equipment charges for Touch-Tone® service will be the same as 
 now applicable in Sections 22 of this tariff. 
 
 ( 
 
 *The rates which a telephone company select should be appropriate to its 
 customer demand and cost requirements. Some companies prefer to offer low 
 rates with the hope of covering more of the market, especially if demand 
 conditions are tight while others seek to gain a shorter first cost 
 turnover by listing higher rates. 
 
 This note is for informational purposes only, and should not be included 
 in the filed tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
I 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 TOn SECTION 151C 
 PART III 
 ORICINAL SHEET 5 
 
 GENERAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 26 
 TOUCH-TONE^ CALLING SERVICE 
 
 B. RATES (cont'd) 
 
 3. Rate Coverage 
 
 a. The monthly rate and non recurring charges apply to each 
 Touch-Tone service customer on the same party line. 
 
 b. The monthly rates for residence and business Touch-Tone 
 calling services, listed above, are in addition to the regular 
 monthly rates for the class, type and grade of service. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 t 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART IV 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 Schedule of Rates and Charges, and 
 Regulations governing Local Exchange 
 Services and applying in all exchanges 
 of this Company in the State of 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P. S. C. 
 
 By , , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
f 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART IV 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 SHEET NO. 
 
 TITLE PACE 1 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 
 
 EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS 2 
 
 SECTION 1. APPLICATION OF TARIFF 3 
 
 2. LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 6 
 
 3. SEMI-PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE 17 
 
 4. PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE 19 
 
 5. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE 20 
 
 6. JOINT USER SERVICE 22 
 
 EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS 
 
 (C) Signifies a changed regulation, 
 
 (D) Signifies a discontinued rate, treatment or regulation. 
 
 (I) Signifies an increased rate or new treatment resulting in 
 increased rate. 
 
 (N) Signifies a new rate, treatment or regulation. 
 
 (R) Signifies a reduced rate or new treatment resulting in reduced 
 rates. 
 
 (T) Signifies a change in text but no change in rate, treatment 
 regulation. 
 
 ©I 
 
 Registered Service Mark of A.T.& Co. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 OPIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 1 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 This tariff applies to local exchange telephone services furnished by 
 
 * the exchanges and zones 
 
 to which the regulations and rates contained herein apply are as 
 
 specified on maps filed with ** 
 
 The regulations and rates contained herein are in addition to the 
 applicable regulations and rates specified in other tariffs of the 
 Telephone Company. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Applications of Business and Residence Rates 
 
 The determination as to whether customer service (as distinguished 
 from Public Telephone Service), except Semipublic Telephone 
 Service, is furnished at business or residence rates is based on 
 the location and character of use, made of the service. The type 
 of directory listing may, in some cases, also serve as a satis- 
 factory basis for determining whether business or residence rates 
 apply. 
 
 Business Rates 
 
 Service is classified and charged for as business service where 
 the use is primarily or substantially of a business, profession- 
 al, institutional or occupational nature, or where a business 
 directory listing is furnished, except as provided in the 
 following paragraph. 
 
 * Complete Company Name 
 **State Regulatory Commission 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date DaTe 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 4 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 1 
 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 1. Applications of Business and Residence Rates (cont'd) 
 
 Residence Rates 
 
 Service is classified and charged for as residence service where • 
 the primary use of the service is of a domestic nature and where 
 the business use, if any, is merely incidental. 
 
 Included in this classification is service subscribed to by a 
 nonprofit association of owners of residential condominiums for 
 use with customer-provided door answering equipment. 
 
 Business-Residence Rates* 
 
 Business-Residence rates apply where the use of the service is 
 of a combined nature of the above two classifications. In other 
 words, where a business is conducted from a residence. Farm 
 telephones will, in most instances, be classified as a business- 
 residence service since the business of operating a farm is 
 normally conducted from the farm residence phone. There are 
 some town phones that will be classified as business residence, 
 such as a subscriber who farms but lives in town, or a 
 subscriber who operates a small business from his residence, 
 etc. By the same token, a person living in a rural area may be 
 classified as a residence if he is a salaried person and 
 conducts no business from his telephone. 
 
 *This is only one possible alternative. Borrowers may not desire to use 
 this variation. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
$ 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 5 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 1 
 APPLICATION OF TARIFF 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 2. Flat Rate and Message Rate Services on the Same Premises 
 
 Flat rate and message rate services will not be furnished the same 
 customer on the same premises where the local calling areas of the 
 two services are identical, except as otherwise specified in the 
 Telephone Company's applicable tariffs. This regulation, however, 
 will not be interpreted to prevent the provisions of both types of 
 service where it is established that one type of service is not to 
 be used to supplement the use of the other type, nor to prevent 
 the provision of flat rate and message rate service on the same 
 premises within an exchange where the flat rate service provides 
 for flat rate calling which is restricted to a part of the local 
 calling rate. 
 
 3. Use of Party-Line Service 
 
 Party-line service is furnished by the Telephone Company on the 
 condition that each customer will use the service so as not to 
 interfere with an equitable proportionate use of the service by 
 other customers on the same line. When the use of the service by 
 a party-line customer does result in such interference, the 
 Telephone Company shall have the right to discontinue the service 
 of the offending customer on his refusal to accept a grade of 
 service suitable to his needs. The Telephone Company reserves the 
 right to limit the continuous use of a party-line for a local 
 message to minutes. 
 
 4. Semi-Public Telephone Service is provided as specified in Section 
 3 of this tariff. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 t 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART IV 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 6 
 
 i 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 A. RATE DETERMINATION* 
 
 1 . GENERAL 
 
 The group rate schedule set forth on Sheet of this section shows 
 the monthly rates applicable under the conditions of line 
 availability type of service and service grades. Line availability 
 for a given exchange contemplates total lines in service (to 
 include individual and party lines, key lines and PBX trunks) 
 within the local calling area of that exchange. The total of such 
 lines establishes the rate group applicable. 
 
 *As one alternative to the above, one could base rates on a combination of 
 lines in service and distance. A method could be as follows: 
 
 (1) Each exchange could be assigned to a rate class for the 
 application of exchange service rates according to the number 
 of weighted lines in service in its local calling area. 
 
 (2) The weighted lines in service in a local calling area are 
 computed by multiplying the total number of lines in service in 
 each local calling area by the appropriate distance factor. 
 
 (3) Distance factors could be based on airline miles between the 
 rate center of an exchange and the rate center of each of the 
 exchanges in the local calling area, as indicated below: 
 
 i 
 
 Airline Miles Between the Rate 
 Centers of Exchanges 
 
 Over 
 
 
 Up to and 
 Including 
 
 Distance Factor 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 i 
 
• 
 
 COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART IV 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 7 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 A. RATE DETERMINATION (cont'd) 
 
 2. CHANGES IN EXCHANGE GROUP CLASSIFICATION 
 
 The total lines in service in the local calling area of each 
 exchange shall be verified annually using the Company's official 
 report of the lines in service on (Date) of each year. This date 
 shall be considered the annual study period. 
 
 An exchange shall be reclassified to the applicable higher rate 
 group and shall take the rates and services of that group: 
 
 (1) When the number of lines in service in the local calling area 
 of the exchange, averaged for the ends of any twelve con- 
 secutive months, falls into a higher rate group from that 
 currently authorized; or 
 
 (2) When extended area service enlarges the local calling area of 
 any exchange so that the total lines in service in the 
 extended area exceed the upper limits of the rate group 
 currently authorized. 
 
 3. LOCAL SERVICE RATE GROUPS 
 
 Local service rate groups are established as follows, based on the 
 total number of lines in service in the local calling area: 
 
 
 Lines in Service in 
 
 Rate Group Number 
 
 Local Calling Area 
 
 I 
 
 - XX 
 
 II 
 
 XX - XX 
 
 III 
 
 XX - XX 
 
 IV 
 
 XX - XX 
 
 V 
 
 XX 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 No. 
 
 i 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART IV 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 8 
 
 • 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 A. RATE DETERMINATION (cont'd) 
 
 4. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCHANGES BY RATE GROUPS 
 
 Rate Group Number 
 I 
 
 II 
 III 
 IV 
 V 
 Special 
 
 5. ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF EXCHANGES 
 
 (List all exchanges alphabetically with the exchange classifica- 
 tion numeral to the right.) 
 
 Exchanges 
 
 (List all exchanges 
 alphabetically within 
 each group) 
 
 6. LOCAL CALLING AREAS 
 
 Number 
 
 Exchange 
 
 (List applicable 
 exchanges for each 
 rate group.) 
 
 Exchange in 
 Local Calling Area 
 
 (List applicable 
 exchange in the 
 local calling area 
 for each exchange.) 
 
 II 
 
 - 
 
 
 III 
 
 
 
 IV 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 Title ' - 
 
 Addrooo 
 
 # 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 PART IV 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 9 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES 
 
 1 . GROUP RATE SCHEDULES 
 
 Rate Croup I 
 (0 - Lines in Service) 
 
 Inside the Base Rate Area 
 
 Flat Rate : 
 
 Individual Line 
 2 Party Line 
 4 Party Line 
 PBX Trunk • 
 Semi-Public 
 
 Message Rate 
 
 Individual Line 
 PBX Trunk 
 Semi-Public 
 
 Business 
 
 Residence 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 
 N/A 
 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 
 N/A 
 
 Business-Residence 
 
 Message Unit Charges* 
 Message Unit Allowance 
 Add. Message Units, Each 
 
 Basic Stations** 
 
 * Only provided with availability of facilities 
 ** This is an optional rate structure, where the company has unbundled the 
 charge for Local Service. The line charge then applies for only the line, 
 and the station charge applies to the basic telephone instrument. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 10 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 B. LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE PJ^TES (cont'd) 
 
 1. GROUP RATE SCHEDULES (cont'd) 
 
 Rate Croup I 
 (0 - Lines in Service) 
 
 Outside the Base Rate Area 
 
 Business Residence Business-Residence 
 
 Flat Rate : 
 
 individual Line $ $ $ 
 
 2 Party Line $ $ $ 
 
 A Party Line $ $ $ 
 
 • 
 
 PBX Trunk $ N/A 
 
 Seni-Public $ N/A 
 
 Message Rate 
 
 Semi-Public $ N/A $ ^ 
 
 Individual Line $ $ $ 
 
 PBX Trunk $ N/A $ 
 
 Message Unit Charges* 
 
 Message Unit Allowance 
 
 Add. Message Units, Each $ $ $" 
 
 Basic Stations** $ $ $ 
 
 * only provided with availability of facilities 
 ** This is an optional rate structure, where the company has unbundled the 
 charge for Local Service, The line charge then applies for only the line, 
 and the station charge applies to the basic telephone instrument. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 • 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PAPT IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 11 
 
 B. 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES (cont'd) 
 
 1. GROUP RATE SCHEDULES (cont'd) 
 
 Rate Group II (etc) 
 Place on successive pages the 
 appropriate date and rates for 
 rate groups II-IV, 
 
 2. MESSAGE UNIT CHARGES* 
 
 (Only provided with availability of facilities) 
 
 Message Unit Allowance 
 
 Additional Message Units, each $ 
 
 3. ZONE CHARGES 
 a. General 
 
 Zone charges as appropriate and in accordance with this Section 
 will apply in connection with lines in service which are 
 located outside the base rate area, but within the particular 
 exchange area. 
 
 Zone boundaries are shown on the Exchange Service Area Maps 
 which are filed with the Public Service Commission 
 
 *Borrowers may desire some variation besides simply messages such as 
 measured service based on time of day, duration, distance and frequency. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S,C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 12 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SEPVICE 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES (cont'd) 
 3. ZONE CHARGES (cont'd) 
 b. Rates 
 
 Zone charges for one-party and two-party service, per month: 
 
 Monthly Rate* 
 
 Zone 
 
 A 
 B 
 C 
 D 
 
 Individual Line 
 
 2-Party 
 
 $ 
 
 These charges are addition to the rate for the primary service 
 furnished in the Base Rate Area, as set forth in this section. 
 
 *Miie;age charges may be desired by some borrowers. The REA contract 
 prohibits mileage or zone charges on the lowest grade of service. 
 
 C. EXCHANGE RATE SCHEDULES AND MAPS 
 
 Exchange Name: 
 
 1 Exchange Limits 
 
 (a) Exchange Area 
 
 (Define the exchange boundaries) 
 
 (b) Base Rate Area 
 
 (Define the base rate area boundaries) 
 
 (c) Outside the Base Rate Area 
 
 Outside the area described in 1(b) above and within the area 
 described in 1(a) above. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 Title 
 
 Date 
 No. 
 
 Address 
 
 V 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 13 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 C. EXCHANGE RATE SCHEDULES AND MAPS (cont'd) 
 
 Exchange Name : 
 
 2. Local Calling 
 
 The local calling area includes the exchanges of 
 
 3. Rates 
 
 Group rates per month as shown on Sheet of this Part 
 
 apply. 
 
 a. Within the Base Rate Area, as shown on the map on Sheet _ 
 of this Part. 
 
 Flat Rate ; 
 
 individual Line 
 2 Party Line 
 4 Party Line 
 PBX Trunk 
 Semi-Public 
 
 Message Rate 
 
 Individual Line 
 PBX Trunk 
 Semi-Public 
 
 Business 
 
 Residence 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 N/A 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 
 N/A 
 
 Message Unit Charges* 
 Message Unit Allowance 
 Add. Message Units, Each 
 
 Basic Stations** 
 
 * Only provided with availability of facilities 
 ** This is an optional rate structure, where the company has unbundled the 
 charge for Local Service. The line charge then applies for only the line, 
 and the station charge applies to the basic telephone instrument. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 14 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 C. EXCHANGE RATE SCHEDULES AND MAPS (cont'd) 
 
 Exchange Name : 
 
 3. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 b. Outside the Base Rate Area, but within the exchange area as 
 
 shown on the map on Sheet of this Part together with 
 
 established zone charges as shown below where applicable. 
 
 Business Residence Business-Residence 
 
 Flat Rate: 
 
 Individual Line 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 2 Party Line 
 4 Party Line 
 PBX Trunk 
 Semi-Public 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 
 N/A 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 Message Rate 
 
 
 
 
 Individual Line 
 PBX Trunk 
 Semi-Public 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 $ 
 
 N/A 
 
 N/A 
 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
 Message Unit Charges* 
 
 Message Unit Allowance 
 
 Add. Message Units, Each $ $ $" 
 
 Basic Stations** $ $ $ 
 
 * Only provided with availability of facilities 
 ** This is an optional rate structure, where the company has unbundled the 
 charge for Local Service. The line charge then applies for only the line, 
 and the station charge applies to the basic telephone instrument. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 > 
 
 Title 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 15 
 
 C. 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 2 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 EXCHANGE RATE SCHEDULES AND MAPS (cont'd) 
 Exchange Name: 
 
 3. Rates (cont'd) 
 
 c. Zone Charges 
 
 Zone 
 
 A 
 B 
 C 
 D 
 
 Monthly Rate 
 
 Individual Line 
 
 2-Party 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 
 Date 
 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 By 
 
 Title 
 
 
 Name 
 
 Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 16 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 2 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 D. EXCHANGE AREA MAP 
 
 (Map should show layout of streets, highways and roads of the exchange 
 area outside the Base Rate Area, and names or designations thereof. 
 Also, show the boundaries of any lakes, or ponds and the courses of 
 any creeks or rivers, or railroads. Show the exchange area limits, 
 Base Rate Area Limits and zone area limits. (Street layouts and city 
 blocks inside the Base Rate Area will not be shown.) Show location of 
 central office. (If mileage charges are used, draw map to scale and 
 indicate scale under code so that map may be used by Business Office 
 to compute mileage charges.) 
 
 CODE 
 
 Central Office 
 Base Rate Area Limits 
 Exchange Area Limits 
 Zone Area Limits 
 
 SCALE 1 inch = 2 miles 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 17 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 3 
 SEMI-PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Semi-Public Telephone Service is a form of individual line business 
 message rate exchange service designed for a combination of customer 
 and public use at locations more or less public in character. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1, Serai-Public Telephone Service will be furnished only where, in 
 addition to use by the customer, there is a requirement for 
 service by persons other than the customer, his employees or 
 representatives, but where, in the opinion of the Telephone 
 Company, Public Telephone Service is not justified. 
 
 Semi-public main service will not be furnished at locations where 
 service is desired solely for the use of the customer, his 
 employees or representatives, 
 
 2, A semi-public main station is equipped with a coin collector, 
 
 3, At the request of the customer, public telephone signs of a 
 standard type will be provided under the same conditions as apply 
 where such signs are provided in connection with public 
 telephones, 
 
 A. The customer shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the 
 Telephone Company against robbery or pilferage of its property on 
 customer's premises, including moneys deposited in coin collecting 
 receptacles, and against the fraudulent use of such facilities, 
 including the use of slugs, and spurious, mutilated or foreign 
 coins, 
 
 5. No commission is paid on the collections from semi-public 
 telephones, 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P,S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COIJPANY 
 
 TOI^ SECTION 1510 
 
 PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1{ 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 3 
 
 SEMI-PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. A customer to Semi-Public Telephone Service may subscribe to any 
 other form of business service regularly offered, provided such 
 service is used in accordance with the regulation pertaining to 
 Use of Customer's Service, 
 
 7. When Semi-Public Telephone Service is used for data transmission 
 and reception, its use will be in accordance with the following 
 provisions : 
 
 a. 
 
 b. 
 
 d. 
 
 The telecommunications network connection for the data mode 
 must be established on an incoming call only basis. 
 Use of the service in the data mode must occur during 
 off-hours when it is anticipated that the public will not 
 originate calls. 
 
 A visual signal lens shall be located at the main station to 
 indicate to a potential user v/hen data transmission is in 
 progress. The visual signal lens and associated station busy 
 Indication control unit will be furnished by the Telephone 
 Company at the established rates and charges for such service. 
 The customer shall furnish a sign or notice to be associated 
 with the visual signal lens to inform the public of the 
 meaning of the illuminated lens. 
 
 The customer shall execute an agreement with the Telephone 
 Company stating that he will comply with the regulations 
 preceding. 
 
 RATES 
 
 1. Rates and local service areas for semi-public service are as 
 specified in Section 2 preceding. 
 
 2. Local Messages are charged at the rate of ($. ) each. 
 
 Toll messages are charged at the company's established toll rates. 
 
 3. Coin Telephone in Color 
 
 In colors regularly provided by the 
 Telephone Company, each 
 
 Nonrecurring 
 Charge 
 
 $ 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 
 Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 No. 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Title 
 
 Address 
 
TOH SECTION 1510 
 
 COIIPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 19 
 
 LOCAL EXCHAI^GE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 4 
 PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Public Telephone Service is exchange service provided for use 
 primarily by the general public. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. A public telephone is an exchange station installed at the Tele- 
 phone Company's initiative, or at its option, for furnishing 
 service to the general public. 
 
 2. Persons with whom arrangements are made for the installation of 
 public telephones are required to execute the established form of 
 contract for Public Telephone Service. 
 
 3. Public telephones are installed for the use of the general public 
 and any use by occupants of the premises on which the public 
 telephones are located is incidental to their principal purpose. 
 
 4. All public telephones will be equipped with coin collecting 
 devices, except where Telephone Company supervision is provided in 
 specific cases. 
 
 5. The Telephone Company will provide, without charge, adequate 
 public telephone facilities to meet all reasonable public 
 requirements, the decision as to the extent, character and 
 location of such facilities resting with the Telephone Company. 
 
 6. The Telephone Company will furnish and display such of its 
 standard signs as are necessary to properly advertise the station. 
 At a point where it is necessary to secure a permit and pay a fee 
 for the privilege of placing a sign, the person vjith whom 
 arrangements are made for the installation of public telephones 
 may be required both to secure the permit and to pay the fee. 
 
 C. RATES 
 
 1. Local Messages are charged at the rate of ($. ) each. 
 
 Toll Messages are charged at the Company's established toil rates. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
( 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 20 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 5 
 FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Foreign exchange telephone service is exchange service furnished from 
 one exchange to a location in another exchange. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Foreign Exchange Service is provided in accordance with such 
 methods as are best suited to meet plant and operating 
 requirements of the Telephone Company. 
 
 2. Foreign Exchange Service will be provided only in connection with 
 individual line and branch exchange or order receiving trunks. 
 
 3. Where the normal and foreign exchanges are not contiguous, a 
 customer to Foreign Exchange Service is required to subscribe also 
 for some class of exchange service regularly furnished in the 
 exchange in which the customer's premises is located. 
 
 4. The rates and charges applicable to foreign exchange main stations 
 and trunks are the rates and charges within the foreign exchange 
 for the class of service furnished. 
 
 The long distance and local message charges and the extent of 
 local service applicable, are the same as apply to other local 
 exchange services provided from the same foreign exchange. 
 
 5. The rates and charges for all other items of service and equipment 
 are the rates and charges applicable in the area within which the 
 customer terminal equipment is located. 
 
 6. The rates specified for foreign exchange mileage in C. following, 
 contemplate service over only those stations located in the same 
 building with the foreign exchange main service. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. ~~ 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 21 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 5 
 FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE 
 C. RATES 
 
 1, Interexchange Channel 
 
 a. Mileage Per 
 
 Month 
 First miles, per mile or fraction thereof ~^ 
 
 Next miles, per mile or fraction thereof $ 
 
 Each additional mile, or fraction thereof $ 
 
 Mileage is measured airline between the rate centers 
 of the normal and foreign exchange. 
 
 b. Channel Terminal, each $ 
 
 c. When Foreign Exchange Service is provided in an exchange 
 
 contiguous with a metropolitan exchange having or 
 
 more main terminals and is subscribed to from the metropolitan 
 zone having its rate center nearest the rate center of the 
 normal exchange, the monthly charge for the interexchange 
 channel is $ . 
 
 d. When Foreign Exchange Service as described in c. preceding is 
 provided in an exchange contiguous with an exchange described 
 in c . preceding, the maximum monthly charge for each channel 
 is $ plus the applicable mileage and channel terminal 
 charges as specified in a. and b, preceding. Mileage is 
 measured airline between the rate centers of the normal 
 exchange and the exchange adjacent to the metropolitan 
 exchange. 
 
 2. Customer Terminal Equipment Locations 
 
 a. When the customer terminal equipment is in 
 
 the base rate area of the normal exchange .... No charge 
 
 b. When the customer terminal equipment is outside the base rate 
 area of the normal exchange. Local Exchange Mileage Band 
 charges apply. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 ( 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No, 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By ^. , 
 
 Nanrs T itle Address 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 22 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 SECTION 6 
 JOINT USER SERVICE 
 
 A. GENERAL 
 
 Joint User Service is a shared service arrangement which allows the 
 business telephone exchange service of a customer to be used, when 
 designated by the customer, by individuals, firms or corporations not 
 otherwise permitted use of the customer's business service by the 
 Telephone Company's tariffs. 
 
 B. REGULATIONS 
 
 1. Joint User Service is offered on a business individual line, 
 branch exchange trunk or Centrex Main Station (excluding Dormitory 
 Centrex) basis, 
 
 2. Application for Joint User Service, and for changes in service or 
 equipment therewith, must be executed by the customer. The 
 customer must be a user of the shared service arrangement and is 
 responsible for payment of all charges incurred, regardless of 
 whether such charges are associated with his usage, or that of any 
 of his joint users, and such charges will be included on the 
 customer's regular monthly bill. 
 
 3. Joint users of a customer's service must have the option of 
 obtaining service directly from the Telephone Company. The joint 
 users may subscribe to any other form of service regularly 
 offered, provided such service is used in accordance with the 
 regulation pertaining to Use of Customer's Service. 
 
 4. The total charges for telephone service rendered by the Telephone 
 Company and allocated by the customer between the customer and 
 each of his joint users shall not exceed the charges of the 
 Telephone Company to the customer as specified in the Telephone 
 Company's applicable tariffs. 
 
 5. No separate call numbers or other distinctive designations are 
 provided for the purpose of signaling the joint users. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
COMPANY 
 
 TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 PART IV 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 23 
 
 LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TARIFF 
 
 SECTION 6 
 
 JOINT USER SERVICE 
 
 B. REGULATIONS (cont'd) 
 
 6. Joint User Service is terminated and charges for Joint User 
 
 Service are automatically discontinued upon termination of the 
 customer's telephone service. Charges for Joint User Service may 
 otherwise be discontinued at the request of the customer, provided 
 that the joint user no longer utilizes any of the customer s 
 service, and also that the terms of the initial contract period 
 have been satisfied. 
 
 C . RATES 
 
 1. Message Rate Service 
 
 For Each Joint User 
 Per Month* 
 
 1/2 of the first in- 
 dividual business line 
 or branch exchange 
 trunk rate. 
 
 No message unit allowance provided. 
 All messages sent by joint users 
 accounted for as if sent by the 
 customer. 
 
 2. Flat Rate Service 1/2 of the first in- 
 dividual business line 
 or branch exchange 
 trunk rate. 
 
 *For joint use in connection with a Centrex System the rate applicable is 
 1/2 of the first branch exchange trunk rate for the exchange or zone on 
 which the Centrex System is rated. 
 
 ISSUED 
 
 EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date 
 Issued Under Authority of 
 
 By 
 
 Name 
 
 Date 
 
 No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 — Ttrt^ 
 
 AdditJSb 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART V 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 MESSAGE TOLL TELEPHONE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART V 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 MESSAGE TOLL TELEPHONE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 Schedule of Rates and Charges, and 
 Regulations governing Message Toll 
 Telephone Service in all exchanges 
 of the company in the State of 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P. S. C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Ti tie Address 
 
( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART V 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 2 
 
 MESSAGE TOLL TELEPHONE SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 Sheet No . 
 
 Title Page 1 
 
 Table of Contents 2 
 
 Concurrence 3 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P. S.C. 
 
 By . . 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
(( 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART V 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 MESSAGE TOLL TELEPHONE SERVICE TARIFF 
 
 CONCURRENCE 
 
 concurs in the standard toll company rates. 
 
 Company 
 rules and regulations governing such comunications as files by the 
 
 , together with any amendments or 
 (Applicable Connecting Company)* 
 
 successive issues thereof and makes itself a party to such rates 
 and charges until this concurrence is revoked or cancelled. 
 
 hereby expressly reserves the right to cancel 
 
 Company 
 this statement of concurrence at any time when it appears that such 
 
 cancellation is in the best interest of , subject 
 
 Company 
 the jurisdiction of as it applies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
( 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART VI 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 1 
 
 WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 PART VI 
 
 TITLE PAGE 
 
 WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 Schedule of Rates and Charges, and 
 Regulations governing Wide Area Tele- 
 communications Services (WATS) in all 
 exchanges of this company in the State 
 of 
 
 I 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
i 
 
 (. 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 COMPANY PART VI 
 
 
 ORIGINAL SHE 
 
 WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE 
 
 TARIFFS 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
 
 Sheet No. 
 
 Title Page 
 
 1 
 
 Table of Contents 
 
 2 
 
 Concurrence 
 
 3 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P. S. C. 
 
 By . , 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
c 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
TOM SECTION 1510 
 
 COMPANY PART VI 
 
 ORIGINAL SHEET 3 
 
 WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE TARIFFS 
 
 CONCURRENCE. 
 
 concurs in the standard Wide Area Teleconmuni- 
 
 Company 
 cations Service (WATS) rates, rules, and regulations governing such 
 
 communications as filed by , 
 
 (Applicable Connecting Company) 
 together vjith any amendments or successive issues thereof and makes 
 itself a party to such rates and charges until this concurrence is 
 revoked or cancelled. hereby expressly reserves the 
 
 Company 
 right to cancel this statement of concurrence at any time when it appears 
 
 that such cancellation is in the best interest of , 
 
 Company 
 subject to the jurisdiction of as it 
 
 • Title of State Regulatory Agency 
 
 applies. 
 
 ISSUED EFFECTIVE 
 
 Date Date 
 
 Issued Under Authority of No. 
 
 State P.S.C. 
 
 By 
 
 Name Title Address 
 
 19251 'U.S. QOVERUMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1980 0-310-9^7/REA-209 
 
< 
 
 (i 
 

 >>, 
 
 85070 
 
 . / IIA/ 1 
 
 25071 
 
 
 25072 
 
 
 25073 
 
 
 25074 
 
 
 85075 
 
 
 28076 
 
 1 
 
 26077 
 
 -Jt 
 
 ?5078 
 
 
 wmiWA 
 
 MT 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 COVERS 
 
 AOOO. 
 
 AC 
 
 Ct 
 
 (MATIONAL INC